Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-9861

M&T BANK CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

New York   16-0968385
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York   14203
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

716-842-5445

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.50 par value   New York Stock Exchange

5% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

Series A, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

  New York Stock Exchange

5% Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,

Series C, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

  New York Stock Exchange

Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock

(expiring December 23, 2018)

  New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

8.234% Capital Securities of M&T Capital Trust I

(and the Guarantee of M&T Bank Corporation with respect thereto)

(Title of class)

8.234% Junior Subordinated Debentures of

M&T Bank Corporation

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ         No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨         No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ         No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ         No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer    þ       Accelerated filer     ¨   
Non-accelerated filer    ¨          Smaller reporting company     ¨   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)      

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨         No   þ

Aggregate market value of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the close of business on June 30, 2012: $9,403,393,623.

Number of shares of the Common Stock, $0.50 par value, outstanding as of the close of business on February 20, 2013: 128,727,372 shares.

Documents Incorporated By Reference:

(1) Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of M&T Bank Corporation in Parts II and III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION

Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

 

                          Form 10-K    
Page
PART I

Item 1. Business

   4

Statistical disclosure pursuant to Guide 3

  
   I.     
 
Distribution of assets, liabilities, and shareholders’ equity; interest rates
and interest differential
  
        A.       Average balance sheets    48
        B.       Interest income/expense and resulting yield or rate on average interest-earning assets (including non-accrual loans) and interest-bearing liabilities    48
        C.       Rate/volume variances    25
   II.      Investment portfolio   
        A.       Year-end balances    23
        B.       Maturity schedule and weighted average yield    82
        C.       Aggregate carrying value of securities that exceed ten percent of shareholders’ equity    116
   III.      Loan portfolio   
        A.       Year-end balances    23, 119
        B.       Maturities and sensitivities to changes in interest rates    80
        C.       Risk elements   
         Nonaccrual, past due and renegotiated loans    62, 121-122
         Actual and pro forma interest on certain loans .    122, 128
         Nonaccrual policy    109-110
         Loan concentrations    71
   IV.      Summary of loan loss experience   
        A.       Analysis of the allowance for loan losses    60, 125-130
         Factors influencing management’s judgment concerning the adequacy of the allowance and provision    59-71, 110, 125-130
        B.       Allocation of the allowance for loan losses    70, 125, 130
   V.      Deposits   
        A.       Average balances and rates    48
        B.       Maturity schedule of domestic time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more    83
   VI.   

 

Return on equity and assets

   25, 43, 86-87, 90-91
   VII.      Short-term borrowings    135

Item 1A.

     Risk Factors    25-33

Item 1B.

     Unresolved Staff Comments .    33

Item 2.

     Properties    33-34

Item 3.

     Legal Proceedings    34

Item 4.

  

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

   34
     Executive Officers of the Registrant    34-36
PART II

Item 5.

    
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   36-39
        A.       Principal market    36
        

Market prices

   98
        B.      

Approximate number of holders at year-end

   23

 

2


Table of Contents
                          Form 10-K    
Page
        C .      

Frequency and amount of dividends declared

   24-25, 98, 107
        D.      

Restrictions on dividends

   9-10
        E.      

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

   36-37
        F.      

Performance graph

   38
        G.       Repurchases of common stock    38-39
Item 6.         Selected Financial Data    39
        A.       Selected consolidated year-end balances    23
        B.      

Consolidated earnings, etc

   24
Item 7.     
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations
   39-99
Item 7A.         Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    100
Item 8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    100
        A.       Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting    101
        B.       Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    102
        C.       Consolidated Balance Sheet — December 31, 2012 and 2011    103
        D.       Consolidated Statement of Income — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010    104
        E.       Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010    105
        F.       Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010    106
        G.       Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 .    107
        H.       Notes to Financial Statements    108-176
        I.       Quarterly Trends    98
Item 9.        
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
   177
Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures    177
        A.       Conclusions of principal executive officer and principal financial officer regarding disclosure controls and procedures    177
        B.       Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting    177
        C.       Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm ..    177
        D.       Changes in internal control over financial reporting    177
Item 9B .      Other Information    177
PART III   
Item 10.      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    177
Item 11.      Executive Compensation    177
Item 12.        
 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
   178
Item 13.     
 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
   178
Item 14.      Principal Accounting Fees and Services    178
PART IV   
Item 15.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    178
SIGNATURES    179-180
EXHIBIT INDEX    181-183

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

M&T Bank Corporation (“Registrant” or “M&T”) is a New York business corporation which is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”) and as a bank holding company (“BHC”) under Article III-A of the New York Banking Law (“Banking Law”). The principal executive offices of the Registrant are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. The Registrant was incorporated in November 1969. The Registrant and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” As of December 31, 2012 the Company had consolidated total assets of $83.0 billion, deposits of $65.6 billion and shareholders’ equity of $10.2 billion. The Company had 13,640 full-time and 1,303 part-time employees as of December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the Registrant had two wholly owned bank subsidiaries: M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”). The banks collectively offer a wide range of retail and commercial banking, trust and wealth management, and investment services to their customers. At December 31, 2012, M&T Bank represented 99% of consolidated assets of the Company.

The Company from time to time considers acquiring banks, thrift institutions, branch offices of banks or thrift institutions, or other businesses within markets currently served by the Company or in other locations that would complement the Company’s business or its geographic reach. The Company has pursued acquisition opportunities in the past, continues to review different opportunities, including the possibility of major acquisitions, and intends to continue this practice.

Subsidiaries

M&T Bank is a banking corporation that is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York. M&T Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank System, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits. M&T acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of M&T Bank in December 1969. The stock of M&T Bank represents a major asset of M&T. M&T Bank operates under a charter granted by the State of New York in 1892, and the continuity of its banking business is traced to the organization of the Manufacturers and Traders Bank in 1856. The principal executive offices of M&T Bank are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Bank had 725 domestic banking offices located throughout New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, New Jersey, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in George Town, Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Bank had consolidated total assets of $82.1 billion, deposits of $66.4 billion and shareholder’s equity of $10.3 billion. The deposit liabilities of M&T Bank are insured by the FDIC through its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). As a commercial bank, M&T Bank offers a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in its markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, Delaware and Washington, D.C., and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through lending offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. In addition, the Company conducts lending activities in various states through other subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. M&T Bank and certain of its subsidiaries also offer commercial mortgage loans secured by income producing properties or properties used by borrowers in a trade or business. Additional financial services are provided through other operating subsidiaries of the Company.

Wilmington Trust, N.A., a national banking association and a member of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC, commenced operations on October 2, 1995. The deposit liabilities of Wilmington Trust, N.A. are insured by the FDIC through the DIF. The main office of Wilmington Trust, N.A. is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19890. A second office is located in Oakfield, New York. Wilmington Trust, N.A. offers various trust and wealth management services. Historically, Wilmington Trust, N.A. offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, through direct mail, telephone marketing techniques and the Internet. As of December 31, 2012, Wilmington Trust, N.A. had total assets of $1.8 billion, deposits of $1.2 billion and shareholder’s equity of $405 million.

Wilmington Trust Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Delaware bank and trust company in March 1901 and amended its charter in July 2011 to become a nondepository trust company. Wilmington Trust Company provides a variety of Delaware based trust,

 

4


Table of Contents

fiduciary and custodial services to its clients. As of December 31, 2012, Wilmington Trust Company had total assets of $1.4 billion and shareholder’s equity of $543 million. Revenues of Wilmington Trust Company were $122 million in 2012. The headquarters of Wilmington Trust Company are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

M&T Life Insurance Company (“M&T Life Insurance”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T, was incorporated as an Arizona business corporation in January 1984. M&T Life Insurance is a credit reinsurer which reinsures credit life and accident and health insurance purchased by the Company’s consumer loan customers. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Life Insurance had assets of $17 million and shareholder’s equity of $16 million. M&T Life Insurance recorded revenues of $1 million during 2012. Headquarters of M&T Life Insurance are located at 101 North First Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85003.

M&T Insurance Agency, Inc. (“M&T Insurance Agency”), a wholly owned insurance agency subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a New York corporation in March 1955. M&T Insurance Agency provides insurance agency services principally to the commercial market. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Insurance Agency had assets of $52 million and shareholder’s equity of $36 million. M&T Insurance Agency recorded revenues of $27 million during 2012. The headquarters of M&T Insurance Agency are located at 285 Delaware Avenue, Buffalo, New York 14202.

M&T Mortgage Reinsurance Company, Inc. (“M&T Reinsurance”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Vermont business corporation in July 1999. M&T Reinsurance enters into reinsurance contracts with insurance companies who insure against the risk of a mortgage borrower’s payment default in connection with M&T Bank-related mortgage loans. M&T Reinsurance receives a share of the premium for those policies in exchange for accepting a portion of the insurer’s risk of borrower default. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Reinsurance had assets of $23 million and shareholder’s equity of $14 million. M&T Reinsurance recorded approximately $2 million of revenue during 2012. M&T Reinsurance’s principal and registered office is at 148 College Street, Burlington, Vermont 05401.

M&T Real Estate Trust (“M&T Real Estate”) is a Maryland Real Estate Investment Trust that was formed through the merger of two separate subsidiaries, but traces its origin to the incorporation of M&T Real Estate, Inc. in July 1995. M&T Real Estate engages in commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to M&T Bank. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Real Estate had assets of $16.6 billion, common shareholder’s equity of $15.6 billion, and preferred shareholders’ equity, consisting of 9% fixed-rate preferred stock (par value $1,000), of $1 million. All of the outstanding common stock and 89% of the preferred stock of M&T Real Estate is owned by M&T Bank. The remaining 11% of M&T Real Estate’s outstanding preferred stock is owned by officers or former officers of the Company. M&T Real Estate recorded $760 million of revenue in 2012. The headquarters of M&T Real Estate are located at M&T Center, One Fountain Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation (“M&T Realty Capital”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation in October 1973. M&T Realty Capital engages in multifamily commercial real estate lending and provides loan servicing to purchasers of the loans it originates. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Realty Capital serviced $10.6 billion of commercial mortgage loans for non-affiliates and had assets of $691 million and shareholder’s equity of $101 million. M&T Realty Capital recorded revenues of $98 million in 2012. The headquarters of M&T Realty Capital are located at 25 South Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

M&T Securities, Inc. (“M&T Securities”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank that was incorporated as a New York business corporation in November 1985. M&T Securities is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisors Act”). M&T Securities is licensed as a life insurance agent in each state where M&T Bank operates branch offices and in a number of other states. It provides securities brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services. As of December 31, 2012, M&T Securities had assets of $56 million and shareholder’s equity of $36 million. M&T Securities recorded $95 million of revenue during 2012. The headquarters of M&T Securities are located at One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203.

Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc. (“WT Investment Advisors”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T Bank and formerly known as MTB Investment Advisors prior to its name change on January 10, 2012, was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on June 30, 1995. WT Investment Advisors, a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act, serves as investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and institutional clients. As of December 31, 2012, WT Investment Advisors had assets of $26 million and shareholder’s equity of $22 million. WT Investment

 

5


Table of Contents

Advisors recorded revenues of $38 million in 2012. The headquarters of WT Investment Advisors are located at 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

Wilmington Funds Management Corporation (“Wilmington Funds Management”), formerly known as Rodney Square Management Corporation, is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T that was incorporated in September 1981 as a Delaware corporation. Wilmington Funds Management is registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and serves as the investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds. Wilmington Funds Management had assets of $7 million and shareholder’s equity of $6 million as of December 31, 2012. Wilmington Funds Management recorded revenues of $19 million in 2012. The headquarters of Wilmington Funds Management are located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

Wilmington Trust Investment Management, LLC (“WTIM”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T and was incorporated in December 2001 as a Georgia limited liability company. WTIM is a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act and provides investment management services to clients, including certain private funds. As of December 31, 2012, WTIM has assets of $22 million and shareholder’s equity of $21 million. WTIM recorded revenues of $7 million in 2012. WTIM’s headquarters is located at Terminus 27 th Floor, 3280 Peachtree Road N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30305.

On February 21, 2012, the shareholders of the Wilmington Funds approved the reorganization of twelve Wilmington Funds into the surviving MTB Group of Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, which were renamed as the Wilmington Funds. Following the reorganization, Rodney Square Management Corporation was renamed Wilmington Funds Management and continued as the investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, and WT Investment Advisors became the primary sub-advisor to the Wilmington Funds.

The Registrant and its banking subsidiaries have a number of other special-purpose or inactive subsidiaries. These other subsidiaries did not represent, individually and collectively, a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated assets, net income and shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2012.

Segment Information, Principal Products/Services and Foreign Operations

Information about the Registrant’s business segments is included in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and is further discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The Registrant’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking. The Company’s international activities are discussed in note 17 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

The only activities that, as a class, contributed 10% or more of the sum of consolidated interest income and other income in any of the last three years were interest on loans and fees for providing deposit account services. The amount of income from such sources during those years is set forth on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Supervision and Regulation of the Company

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the comprehensive regulatory framework applicable to bank and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. Regulation of financial institutions such as M&T and its subsidiaries is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the FDIC’s DIF and the banking and financial system as a whole, and generally is not intended for the protection of shareholders, investors or creditors other than insured depositors. Described below are material elements of selected laws and regulations applicable to M&T and its subsidiaries. The descriptions are not intended to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described. Changes in applicable law or regulation, and in their application by regulatory agencies, cannot be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and results of M&T and its subsidiaries.

 

6


Table of Contents

Overview

M&T is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board System (the “Federal Reserve Board”) as a BHC under the BHCA. As such, M&T and its subsidiaries are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the BHCA and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

In general, the BHCA limits the business of a BHC to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In addition, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation or order, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments.

To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” M&T became a financial holding company on March 1, 2011. If a financial holding company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Under such agreement, the noncompliant financial holding company generally may not commence any additional activity or acquire shares of any company pursuant to the financial holding company provisions of the BHCA, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve Board may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies engaged in activities permissible only for a BHC electing to be treated as a financial holding company. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity or to acquire a company engaged in any activity pursuant to the financial holding company provisions of the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company also must have at least a “satisfactory” rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”). See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item.

Current federal law also establishes a system of functional regulation under which, in addition to the broad supervisory authority that the Federal Reserve Board has over both the banking and non-banking activities of bank holding companies, the federal banking agencies will regulate the banking activities of bank holding companies, banks and savings associations and subsidiaries of the foregoing, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) will regulate their securities activities, and state insurance regulators will regulate their insurance activities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has broad regulatory rules developed by the federal financial institutions regulators that require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent the disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties.

Recent Developments

The events of the past few years have led to numerous new laws in the United States and internationally for financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”), which was enacted in July 2010, significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States and provides for enhanced supervision and prudential standards for, among other things, bank holding companies, like M&T, that have total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more. The implications of the Dodd-Frank Act for the Company’s businesses will depend to a large extent on the manner in which rules adopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act are implemented by the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies as well as potential changes in market practices and structures in response to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act and financial reforms in other jurisdictions. Among other things:

   

Dodd-Frank repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

   

Dodd-Frank centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and giving it responsibility for regulating consumer financial products and services sold by banks and non-bank companies and supervising

 

7


Table of Contents
 

banks and other insured depository institutions with assets of more than $10 billion and their affiliates for compliance with federal consumer protection laws.

   

Dodd-Frank provided that debit card interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction. This provision is known as the “Durbin Amendment.” The Federal Reserve Board adopted regulations, which became effective on October 1, 2011, setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards. For more information regarding the impact of the Durbin Amendment on M&T’s results of operations, see Part II, Item 7.

   

Dodd-Frank created a new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), to oversee and coordinate the efforts of the primary U.S. financial regulatory agencies in establishing regulations to address financial stability concerns.

   

Dodd-Frank directs the FSOC to make recommendations to the Federal Reserve Board as to enhanced supervision and prudential standards applicable to large, interconnected financial institutions, including bank holding companies like M&T with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (often referred to as “systemically important financial institutions”), and authorizes the Federal Reserve Board to establish such standards either on its own or upon the recommendations of the FSOC. Dodd-Frank mandates that the requirements applicable to systemically important financial institutions be more stringent than those applicable to other financial companies. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued for public comment a notice of proposed rulemaking (the “Proposed SIFI Rules”) establishing enhanced prudential standards responsive to these provisions for:

   

risk-based capital requirements and leveraged limits;

   

stress testing of capital;

   

liquidity requirements;

   

overall risk management requirements;

   

resolution plan and credit exposure reporting; and

   

concentration/credit exposure limits.

The Proposed SIFI Rules address a wide, diverse array of regulatory areas, each of which is highly complex. In some cases they would implement financial regulatory requirements being proposed for the first time, and in others over-lap with other regulatory reforms (including the Basel III capital and liquidity reforms discussed later in this section). The requirements generally will become effective on the first day of the fifth calendar quarter after the effective date of the final rule, although certain requirements have different transition periods. M&T is analyzing the impact of the Proposed SIFI Rules on its businesses. However, the full impact will not be known until the rules, and other regulatory initiatives that overlap with the rules, are finalized and their combined impacts can be understood. In October 2012, the Federal Reserve Board implemented, with revisions, a portion of the Proposed SIFI Rules by issuing a final rule with respect to annual company-run stress test requirements for bank holding companies, like M&T, with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more.

   

Dodd-Frank requires various U.S. financial regulatory agencies to implement comprehensive rules governing the supervision, structure, trading and regulation of swap and over-the-counter derivative markets and participants. Dodd-Frank requires a large number of rulemaking in this area, many of which are not yet final. Once these rules are finalized, they could affect the way M&T or its subsidiaries operate, and resulting changes to the markets and participants could impact business models and profitability of M&T or its subsidiaries.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal financial regulatory agencies to adopt rules that prohibit banks and their affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in and sponsoring certain unregistered investment companies (defined as hedge funds and private equity funds). The statutory provision is commonly called the “Volcker Rule.” In October 2011, federal regulators proposed rules to implement the Volcker Rule. The proposed rules are highly complex, and many aspects of their application remain uncertain. Although the Volcker Rule became effective on July 21, 2012, final rules for its

 

8


Table of Contents

implementation have not yet been adopted. In April 2012, the Federal Reserve Board confirmed that banking institutions will have two years from the effective date to conform their activities to the requirements of the Volcker Rule. Based on the proposed rules, M&T does not currently anticipate that the Volcker Rule will have a material effect on the operations of M&T and its subsidiaries. Until a final rule is adopted, the precise financial impact of the rule on M&T, its customers or the financial industry more generally, cannot be determined.

New laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations (including changes in interpretation or enforcement) could materially adversely affect M&T’s financial condition or results of operations. As discussed further throughout this section, many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on M&T and its subsidiaries or the financial services industry generally.

Dividends

M&T is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and other subsidiaries. Historically, the majority of M&T’s revenue has been from dividends paid to M&T by its subsidiary banks. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are subject, under one or more of the banking laws, to restrictions on the amount of dividends they may declare and pay. Future dividend payments to M&T by its subsidiary banks will be dependent on a number of factors, including the earnings and financial condition of each such bank, and are subject to the limitations referred to in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and to other statutory powers of bank regulatory agencies.

An insured depository institution is prohibited from making any capital distribution to its owner, including any dividend, if, after making such distribution, the depository institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure, including the risk-based capital adequacy and leverage standards discussed herein.

Dividend payments by M&T to its shareholders and stock repurchases by M&T are subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve Board. As described below in this section under “Federal Reserve Board’s Capital Plan Review,” dividends and stock repurchases generally may only be paid or made under a capital plan as to which the Federal Reserve Board has not objected.

Supervision and Regulation of M&T Bank’s Subsidiaries

M&T Bank has a number of subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulations of both the federal government and the various states in which they conduct business. For example, M&T Securities is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators.

Federal Reserve Board’s Capital Plan Review

In November 2011, the Federal Reserve Board published a final rule requiring bank holding companies (including M&T) with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets to submit annual capital plans to the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank. Such bank holding companies will also be required to collect and report certain related data on a quarterly basis to allow the Federal Reserve Board to monitor the companies’ progress against their annual capital plans. The comprehensive capital plans, which are prepared using Basel I capital guidelines, include a view of capital adequacy under four scenarios – a BHC-defined baseline scenario, a baseline scenario provided by the Federal Reserve Board, at least one BHC-defined stress scenario, and a stress scenario provided by the Federal Reserve Board. Covered bank holding companies, including M&T, may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the Federal Reserve Board and as to which the Federal Reserve Board has not objected. The rules provide that the Federal Reserve Board may object to a capital plan if the plan does not show that the covered BHC will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios and maintain a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 5% on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the nine-quarter planning horizon covered by the capital plan. Even if such quantitative thresholds are met, the Federal Reserve Board could object to a capital plan for qualitative reasons, including inadequate assumptions in the plan, other unresolved supervisory issues or an insufficiently robust capital adequacy process, or if the capital plan would otherwise constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or violate law. The rules also require, among other things, that a covered BHC may not make a capital distribution unless after giving effect to the distribution it will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios and have a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 5%. As part of this process, M&T also

 

9


Table of Contents

provides the Federal Reserve Board with projections covering the time period it will take M&T to fully comply with Basel III capital guidelines, including the 7% Tier 1 common equity, 8.5% Tier 1 capital and 3% leverage ratios as well as granular components of those elements. M&T’s most recent annual capital plan was filed with the Federal Reserve Board on January 7, 2013.

The purpose of the Federal Reserve Board’s capital plan review is to ensure that these bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for each BHC’s unique risks and that permit continued operations during times of economic and financial stress. The capital plan review rule, consistent with prior Federal Reserve Board guidance, provides that capital plans contemplating dividend payout ratios exceeding 30% of projected after-tax net income will receive particularly close scrutiny.

Capital Requirements

M&T and its subsidiary banks are required to comply with the applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve Board. There are two basic measures of capital adequacy for bank holding companies that have been promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure.

Risk-based Capital Standards. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in credit and market risk profiles among bank and financial holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital (“Total Capital”) to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of the Total Capital must be “Tier 1 Capital,” which currently consists of qualifying common equity, qualifying perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minority interests relating to qualifying common or non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary, and certain “restricted core capital elements,” as discussed below, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets. Currently, “Tier 2 Capital” may consist of, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt, mandatorily convertible debt securities, preferred stock and trust preferred securities not included in the definition of Tier 1 Capital, and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses. Non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities and other so-called “restricted core capital elements” are currently limited to 25% of Tier 1 Capital. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities will be phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 Capital of bank holding companies having consolidated assets exceeding $500 million, such as M&T, over a three-year period that began in January 2013.

The minimum guideline to be considered well-capitalized for Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital is 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the Registrant’s consolidated Tier 1 Capital ratio was 10.22% and its Total Capital ratio was 13.39%. The elements currently comprising Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital and the minimum Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital ratios may in the future be subject to change, as discussed in greater detail below.

Basel I and II Standards. M&T currently calculates its risk-based capital ratios under guidelines adopted by the Federal Reserve Board based on the 1988 Capital Accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new set of risk-based capital standards (“Basel II”) in order to update Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk — an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk-weighting on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in the existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures. A definitive final rule for implementing the advanced approaches of Basel II in the United States, which applies only to internationally active banking organizations, or “core banks” (defined as those with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or more) became effective on April 1, 2008. Other U.S. banking organizations may elect to adopt the requirements of this rule (if they meet applicable qualification requirements), but are not required to comply. The rule also allows a banking organization’s primary federal supervisor to determine that application of the rule would not be appropriate in light of the bank’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile or scope of operations. Neither M&T Bank nor Wilmington Trust, N.A. is currently required to comply with Basel II.

 

10


Table of Contents

In July 2008, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies issued a proposed rule that would provide banking organizations that do not use the advanced approaches with the option to implement a new risk-based capital framework. This framework would adopt the standardized approach of Basel II for credit risk, the basic indicator approach of Basel II for operational risk, and related disclosure requirements. Although this proposed rule generally parallels the relevant approaches under Basel II, it diverges where United States markets have unique characteristics and risk profiles, most notably with respect to risk weighting residential mortgage exposures. A definitive final rule has not been issued as of February 2013.

Leverage Requirements. Although neither Basel I nor Basel II includes a leverage requirement as an international standard, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines to be considered well-capitalized for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average total assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets (the “Leverage Ratio”), of 3.0% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a Leverage Ratio of at least 4%. M&T’s Leverage Ratio at December 31, 2012 was 10.07%.

The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that it will consider a “tangible Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Basel III Standards. In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III.” Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as proposed in a joint notice of proposed rulemaking in June 2012 and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Basel III final capital framework, among other things:

   

introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1,” or “CET1,” specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions or adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital, and expands the scope of the deductions or adjustments as compared to existing regulations;

   

when fully phased in (which is contemplated to occur by January 1, 2019), requires bank holding companies to maintain:

   

as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%);

   

a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation);

   

a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation);

   

as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter); and

   

provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 5%).

The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

 

11


Table of Contents

In July 2011, the Basel Committee introduced a consultative document establishing a requirement for a capital surcharge on certain globally systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”), and in November 2011, the Basel Committee issued final provisions substantially unchanged from the previous proposal. An “indicator-based approach” will be used to determine whether a bank is a G-SIB and the appropriate level of the surcharge to be applied. The “indicator-based approach” consists of five broad categories: size, interconnectedness, lack of substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity and complexity. Banks found to be G-SIBs will be subject to a progressive CET1 surcharge ranging from 1% to 3.5% over the Basel III 7% CET1 requirement. The surcharge will become fully effective on January 1, 2019.

The implementation of the Basel III final framework was originally contemplated to commence on January 1, 2013, but in November 2012, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies announced that implementation would not take effect on that date. As of February 2013, no new effective date had been announced. Upon effectiveness of the Basel III capital rules, banking institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital ratios before the application of any buffer:

   

3.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

   

4.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and

   

8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

The Basel III final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 are contemplated to begin on January 1, 2014 (which may be subject to delay given the delayed initial implementation of the Basel III framework) and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 (subject to potential delay) at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019, subject to potential delay).

In June 2012, the U.S. banking regulators requested comment on three sets of proposed rules that would implement Basel III in the U.S. These proposed rules, among other things, would revise the capital levels at which a banking institution would be subject to the prompt corrective action framework (including the establishment of a new Tier 1 common capital requirement), eliminate or reduce the ability of certain types of capital instruments to count as regulatory capital, eliminate the Tier 1 treatment of trust preferred securities (as required by the Dodd- Frank Act) following a phase-in period beginning in 2013, and require new deductions from capital for investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets that exceed specified thresholds. The proposed rules also would establish a new capital conservation buffer and, for large or internationally active banks not currently including M&T, a supplemental leverage capital requirement that would take into account certain off-balance sheet exposures and a countercyclical capital buffer that would initially be set at zero. The proposed rules would also revise the Federal Reserve Board’s rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity.

The Dodd-Frank Act appears to require the Federal Reserve Board to adopt regulations imposing a continuing “floor” of the Basel I-based capital requirements in cases where the Basel II-based capital requirements and any changes in capital regulations resulting from Basel III otherwise would permit lower requirements. In 2011, the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and OCC jointly approved a final rule which requires a banking organization operating under the agencies’ advanced approaches risk-based capital rules to adhere to the higher of the minimum requirements under the general risk-based capital rules and the minimum requirements under the advanced approaches risk-based capital rules.

Liquidity Ratios under Basel III. Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and BHC liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, both in the U.S. and internationally, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III final framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities

 

12


Table of Contents

to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. The Basel III liquidity framework contemplates that the LCR will be subject to an observation period continuing through mid-2013 and, subject to any revisions resulting from the analyses conducted and data collected during the observation period, implemented as a minimum standard on January 1, 2015. However, in January 2013, the governing body of the Basel Committee endorsed revisions to the LCR which include introducing the LCR as planned on January 1, 2015, but the minimum requirement will begin at 60%, raising in equal annual steps of ten percentage points each contemplated to reach 100% on January 1, 2019. Similarly, the Basel III liquidity framework contemplates that the NSFR will be subject to an observation period through mid-2016 and, subject to any revisions resulting from the analyses conducted and data collected during the observation period, implemented as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018. These new standards are subject to further rulemaking and their terms may well change before implementation. The U.S. bank regulatory agencies have not yet proposed rules to implement Basel III’s liquidity requirements.

The Proposed SIFI Rules address liquidity requirements for bank holding companies, including M&T, with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets. In the release accompanying those rules, the Federal Reserve Board states a general intention to incorporate the Basel III liquidity framework for the bank holding companies covered by the Proposed SIFI Rules or a “subset” of those bank holding companies. Although these rules do not include prescriptive ratios like the LCR and NSFR, they do include detailed liquidity-related requirements, including requirements for cashflow projections, liquidity stress testing (including, at a minimum, over time horizons that include an overnight time horizon, a 30-day time horizon, a 90-day time horizon and a 1-year time horizon), and a requirement that covered bank holding companies maintain a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets sufficient to meet projected net cash outflows and the projected loss or impairment of existing funding sources for 30 days over a range of liquidity stress scenarios.

Capital Requirements of Subsidiary Depository Institutions. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are subject to substantially similar capital requirements as those applicable to M&T. As of December 31, 2012, both M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. were in compliance with applicable minimum capital requirements. None of M&T, M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A. has been advised by any federal banking agency of a failure to meet any specific minimum capital ratio requirement applicable to it as of December 31, 2012. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on its business. See “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA.”

Given that the Basel III rules are subject to change and the scope and content of capital regulations that U.S. federal banking agencies may adopt under the Dodd-Frank Act is uncertain, M&T cannot be certain of the impact new capital regulations will have on its capital ratios or those of its bank subsidiaries.

Safety and Soundness Standards

Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the “FDIA”), establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. Additionally, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA. See “Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA” below. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Regulatory Remedies under the FDIA

The FDIA establishes a system of regulatory remedies to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions, referred to as the prompt corrective action. The federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (“well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly

 

13


Table of Contents

undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”) and must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions which are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. The severity of these mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the FDIA requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal bank regulatory agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category:

 

“Well-Capitalized”

  

“Adequately Capitalized”

Leverage Ratio of 5%,

Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6%,

Total Capital ratio of 10%, and

Not subject to a written agreement, order, capital directive or regulatory remedy directive requiring a specific capital level.

  

Leverage Ratio of 4%,

Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4%, and

Total Capital ratio of 8%.

“Undercapitalized”

  

“Significantly Undercapitalized”

Leverage Ratio less than 4%,

Tier 1 Capital ratio less than 4%, or

Total Capital ratio less than 8%.

  

Leverage Ratio less than 3%,

Tier 1 Capital ratio less than 3%, or

Total Capital ratio less than 6%.

“Critically undercapitalized”

      
Tangible equity to total assets less than 2%.   

For purposes of these regulations, the term “tangible equity” includes core capital elements counted as Tier 1 Capital for purposes of the risk-based capital standards plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minus all intangible assets with certain exceptions. An institution that is classified as well-capitalized based on its capital levels may be classified as adequately capitalized, and an institution that is adequately capitalized or undercapitalized based upon its capital levels may be treated as though it were undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, respectively, if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking regulator. Under the FDIA, in order for the capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal banking agency, a BHC must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations. The BHC must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The obligation of a controlling BHC under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the FDIC. Institutions that are significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fail to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fail to implement an approved capital restoration plan may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions failing to submit or implement an acceptable capital restoration plan are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Support of Subsidiary Banks

Under longstanding Federal Reserve Board policy which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, M&T is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, its subsidiary banks. This support may be required at times when M&T may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a BHC to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the BHC to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

14


Table of Contents

Cross-Guarantee Provisions

Each insured depository institution “controlled” (as defined in the BHCA) by the same BHC can be held liable to the FDIC for any loss incurred, or reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC due to the default of any other insured depository institution controlled by that holding company and for any assistance provided by the FDIC to any of those banks that is in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim under the cross-guarantee provisions is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company and to most claims arising out of obligations or liabilities owed to affiliates of the institution, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.

Transactions with Affiliates

There are various legal restrictions on the extent to which M&T and its non-bank subsidiaries may borrow or otherwise obtain funding from M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. In general, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Board Act and Federal Reserve Board Regulation W require that any “covered transaction” by M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. (or any of their respective subsidiaries) with an affiliate must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited to (a) in the case of any single such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution, and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of an insured depository institution and its subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of such insured depository institution. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including for example, the requirement that the 10% of capital limit on covered transactions begin to apply to financial subsidiaries. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include, among other things, a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan, and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. All covered transactions, including certain additional transactions (such as transactions with a third party in which an affiliate has a financial interest), must be conducted on market terms.

FDIC Insurance Assessments

Deposit Insurance Assessments. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. pay deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC.

Since April 1, 2011, the FDIC, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, has mandated that the deposit insurance assessment be based on a depository institution’s average consolidated total assets minus its average tangible equity. Additionally, the FDIC’s deposit insurance assessment system has a two scorecard system for large institutions, one for most large institutions that have more than $10 billion in assets, such as M&T Bank, and another for “highly complex” institutions that have over $50 billion in assets and are fully owned by a parent with over $500 billion in assets. Each scorecard has a performance score and a loss-severity score that is combined to produce a total score, which is translated into an initial assessment rate. In calculating these scores, the FDIC utilizes the bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings (its “CAMELS” ratings) and certain new forward-looking financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The FDIC’s current assessment rule does not use risk categories and long-term debt issuer ratings for calculating risk-based assessments for institutions having more than $10 billion in assets. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score, up or down, based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the scorecard. The total score is then translated to an initial base assessment rate on a non-linear, sharply-increasing scale.

For large institutions, including M&T Bank, the initial base assessment rate ranges from 5 to 35 basis points (hundredths of one percent) on an annualized basis. After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the total base assessment rate could range from 2.5 to 45 basis points on an annualized basis. The potential adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate include (i) a potential decrease of up to 5 basis points for certain long-term unsecured debt and (ii) (except for well-capitalized institutions with a CAMELS rating of 1 or 2) a potential increase of up to 10 basis points for brokered deposits in excess of 10% of domestic deposits. As the DIF reserve ratio grows, the rate schedule will be adjusted downward.

 

15


Table of Contents

Additionally, there is an adjustment for depository institution debt whereby an institution will pay an additional premium equal to 50 basis points on every dollar (above 3% of an institution’s Tier 1 capital) of long-term, unsecured debt held that was issued by another insured depository institution (excluding debt guaranteed under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program).

In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new restoration plan to ensure the designated reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 2020. The FDIC will, at least semi-annually, update its income and loss projections for the DIF and, if necessary, propose rules to further increase assessment rates.

In November 2010, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that provide for temporary unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. The separate coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminated on December 31, 2012.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

FICO Assessments. In addition, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to impose assessments on DIF applicable deposits in order to service the interest on FICO’s bond obligations from deposit insurance fund assessments. The amount assessed on individual institutions by FICO is in addition to the amount, if any, paid for deposit insurance according to the FDIC’s risk-related assessment rate schedules. FICO assessment rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect a change in assessment base. M&T Bank recognized $5 million of expense related to its FICO assessments and Wilmington Trust, N.A. recognized $70 thousand of such expense in 2012.

Acquisitions

The BHCA requires every BHC to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before: (1) it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or savings and loan association, if after such acquisition, the BHC will directly or indirectly own or control 5% or more of the voting shares of the institution; (2) it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings and loan association; or (3) it may merge or consolidate with any other BHC. Since July 2011, financial holding companies and bank holding companies with consolidated assets exceeding $50 billion, such as M&T, have been required to (i) obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring certain nonbank financial companies with assets exceeding $10 billion and (ii) provide prior written notice to the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any company having consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. Since July 2011, bank holding companies seeking approval to complete an acquisition have been required to be well-capitalized and well-managed.

The BHCA further provides that the Federal Reserve Board may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any section of the United States, or the effect of which may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country, or that in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve Board is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues includes the parties’ performance under the CRA. The Federal Reserve Board must take into account the institutions’ effectiveness in combating money laundering. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the BHCA was amended to require the Federal Reserve Board, when evaluating a proposed transaction, to consider the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system.

U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program

Pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (“TARP”), on December 23, 2008, M&T issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury in a private offering (i) $600 million of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,218,522 shares of M&T Common Stock at an exercise price of $73.86 per share, subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments (the “M&T

 

16


Table of Contents

Warrant”). M&T elected to participate in the capital purchase program at an amount equal to approximately 1% of its risk-weighted assets at the time. On May 18, 2011, M&T redeemed and retired $370 million of the Series A Preferred Stock, on August 21, 2012, the U.S. Treasury completed its public offering of the remaining outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and on December 17, 2012, the U.S. Treasury completed its public offering of the M&T Warrant. In connection with its acquisition of Provident on May 23, 2009, M&T issued $151.5 million of Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for the securities issued by Provident to the U.S. Treasury on November 14, 2008, and assumed a warrant issued by Provident to the U.S. Treasury, which, on a converted basis, provides for the purchase of 407,542 shares of M&T Common Stock at $55.76 per share. On August 21, 2012, the U.S. Treasury completed its public offering of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Following the completion of these public offerings, the U.S. Treasury does not hold any preferred shares of M&T.

Executive and Incentive Compensation

Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDIA prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, discussed above. Any deficiencies in compensation practices that are identified may be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect its ability to make acquisitions or perform other actions. The Incentive Compensation Guidance provides that enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, such as M&T and M&T Bank, having at least $1 billion in total assets that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011 and in December 2012, the Federal Reserve Board announced that it, along with other federal regulatory agencies, was continuing to work on developing final rules regarding incentive-based payment arrangements. If the final regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which M&T may structure compensation for its executives.

The scope and content of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are continuing to develop and are likely to continue evolving in the future. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of M&T and its subsidiaries to hire, retain and motivate their key employees.

Resolution Planning

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC have jointly issued a final rule that requires certain organizations, including bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, to report periodically to regulators a resolution plan for their rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure. M&T’s resolution plan must, among other things, ensure that its depository institution subsidiaries are adequately protected from risks arising from its other subsidiaries. The final rule sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the range of specific actions the company proposes to take in resolution,

 

17


Table of Contents

and a description of the company’s organizational structure, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. The initial plan of M&T is due on December 31, 2013.

In addition, the FDIC has issued a final rule that requires insured depository institutions with $50 billion or more in total assets, such as M&T Bank, to submit to the FDIC periodic plans for resolution in the event of the institution’s failure. The rule requires these insured institutions to submit a resolution plan that will enable the FDIC, as receiver, to resolve the bank in a manner that ensures that depositors receive access to their insured deposits within one business day of the institution’s failure, maximizes the net-present-value return from the sale or disposition of its assets, and minimizes the amount of any loss to be realized by the institution’s creditors. The final rule also sets specific standards for the resolution plans, including requiring a strategic analysis of the plan’s components, a description of the strategies for achieving the least costly resolution, and analyses of the financial company’s organization, material entities, interconnections and interdependencies, and management information systems, among other elements. The initial plan of M&T Bank is due on December 31, 2013.

Insolvency of an Insured Depository Institution or a Bank Holding Company

If the FDIC is appointed as conservator or receiver for an insured depository institution such as M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., upon its insolvency or in certain other events, the FDIC has the power:

   

to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor, including a newly formed “bridge” bank without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors;

   

to enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms without regard to any provisions triggered by the appointment of the FDIC in that capacity; or

   

to repudiate or disaffirm any contract or lease to which the depository institution is a party, the performance of which is determined by the FDIC to be burdensome and the disaffirmance or repudiation of which is determined by the FDIC to promote the orderly administration of the depository institution.

In addition, under federal law, the claims of holders of domestic deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution, in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, whether or not the FDIC ever sought to repudiate any debt obligations of M&T Bank or Wilmington Trust, N.A., the debt holders would be treated differently from, and could receive, if anything, substantially less than, the depositors of the bank. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new resolution regime (known as “orderly liquidation authority”) for systemically important non-bank financial companies, including bank holding companies and their affiliates. Under the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC may be appointed as receiver for the systemically important institution, and its failed non-bank subsidiaries, for purposes of liquidating the entity if, among other conditions, it is determined at the time of the institution’s failure that it is in default or in danger of default and the failure poses a risk to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

If the FDIC is appointed as receiver under the orderly liquidation authority, then the powers of the receiver, and the rights and obligations of creditors and other parties who have dealt with the institution, would be determined under the Dodd-Frank Act provisions, and not under the insolvency law that would otherwise apply. The powers of the receiver under the orderly liquidation authority were based on the powers of the FDIC as receiver for depository institutions under the FDIA. However, the provisions governing the rights of creditors under the orderly liquidation authority were modified in certain respects to reduce disparities with the treatment of creditors’ claims under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code as compared to the treatment of those claims under the new authority. Nonetheless, substantial differences in the rights of creditors exist as between these two regimes, including the right of the FDIC to disregard the strict priority of creditor claims in some circumstances, the use of an administrative claims procedure to determine creditors’ claims (as opposed to the judicial procedure utilized in bankruptcy proceedings), and the right of the FDIC to transfer claims to a “bridge” entity.

The orderly liquidation authority provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective upon enactment. However, a number of rulemakings are required under the terms of Dodd-Frank, and a number of provisions of the new authority require clarification. The FDIC has completed its initial phase of rulemaking under the orderly liquidation authority, but additional rules are under consideration.

 

18


Table of Contents

An orderly liquidation fund will fund such liquidation proceedings through borrowings from the Treasury Department and risk-based assessments made, first, on entities that received more in the resolution than they would have received in liquidation to the extent of such excess, and second, if necessary, on bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, such as M&T. If an orderly liquidation is triggered, M&T could face assessments for the orderly liquidation fund.

Depositor Preference

Under federal law, depositors and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against an insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution in the “liquidation or other resolution” of such an institution by any receiver. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the parent BHC, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Financial Privacy

The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

Consumer Protection Laws

In connection with their respective lending and leasing activities, M&T Bank, Wilmington Trust, N.A. and certain of their subsidiaries, are each subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and various state law counterparts.

In addition, federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions. Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, a financial institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

Since July 1, 2010, a federal banking rule under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this new rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in.

 

19


Table of Contents

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Supervision

In July 2011, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. were notified that they will be supervised by the CFPB for certain consumer protection purposes. The CFPB will focus on:

   

risks to consumers and compliance with the federal consumer financial laws, when it evaluates the policies and practices of a financial institution;

   

the markets in which firms operate and risks to consumers posed by activities in those markets;

   

depository institutions that offer a wide variety of consumer financial products and services;

   

depository institutions with a more specialized focus; and

   

non-depository companies that offer one or more consumer financial products or services.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 implemented a broad range of corporate governance, accounting and reporting measures for companies that have securities registered under the Exchange Act, including publicly-held bank holding companies such as M&T. Specifically, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the various regulations promulgated thereunder, established, among other things: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of the reporting company’s securities by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in the twelve-month period following the initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; (iv) the creation of an independent accounting oversight board; (v) standards for auditors and regulation of audits, including independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (vi) disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions and a prohibition on trading during pension blackout periods; (vii) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on nonpreferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; and (viii) a range of civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of the securities laws.

Community Reinvestment Act

M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are subject to the provisions of the CRA. Under the terms of the CRA, each appropriate federal bank regulatory agency is required, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess such bank’s record in assessing and meeting the credit needs of the communities served by that bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. During these examinations, the regulatory agency rates such bank’s compliance with the CRA as “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is part of the regulatory agency’s consideration of applications to acquire, merge or consolidate with another banking institution or its holding company, or to open or relocate a branch office. Currently, M&T Bank has a CRA rating of “Outstanding” and Wilmington Trust, N.A. has a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.” In the case of a BHC applying for approval to acquire a bank or BHC, the Federal Reserve Board will assess the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant BHC in considering the application, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. The Banking Law contains provisions similar to the CRA which are applicable to New York-chartered banks. Currently, M&T Bank has a CRA rating of “Outstanding” as determined by the New York State Department of Financial Services.

USA Patriot Act

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) imposes obligations on U.S. financial institutions, including banks and broker/dealer subsidiaries, to implement and maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls which are reasonably designed to prevent, detect and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution. The Registrant and its impacted subsidiaries have approved policies and procedures that are believed to be compliant with the USA Patriot Act.

 

20


Table of Contents

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g. property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Regulation of Insurers and Insurance Brokers

The Company’s operations in the areas of insurance brokerage and reinsurance of credit life insurance are subject to regulation and supervision by various state insurance regulatory authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, insurance laws generally grant broad discretion to regulatory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. This supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Certain of M&T’s insurance company subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulatory supervision and to insurance laws and regulations requiring, among other things, maintenance of capital, record keeping, reporting and examinations.

Governmental Policies

The earnings of the Company are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve Board frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies, or the effect which they may have on the Company’s business and earnings.

Competition

The Company competes in offering commercial and personal financial services with other banking institutions and with firms in a number of other industries, such as thrift institutions, credit unions, personal loan companies, sales finance companies, leasing companies, securities firms and insurance companies. Furthermore, diversified financial services companies are able to offer a combination of these services to their customers on a nationwide basis. The Company’s operations are significantly impacted by state and federal regulations applicable to the banking industry. Moreover, the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, the Interstate Banking Act and the Banking Law have allowed for increased competition among diversified financial services providers.

Other Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives

Proposals may be introduced in the United States Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Registrant in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the

 

21


Table of Contents

cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. M&T cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Registrant. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to M&T or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Registrant.

Other Information

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of M&T’s website at www.mtb.com, copies of M&T’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information are also available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 13th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138).

Corporate Governance

M&T’s Corporate Governance Standards and the following corporate governance documents are also available on M&T’s website at the Investor Relations link: Disclosure and Regulation FD Policy; Executive Committee Charter; Nomination, Compensation and Governance Committee Charter; Audit and Risk Committee Charter; Financial Reporting and Disclosure Controls and Procedures Policy; Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers; Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and Employee Complaint Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters. Copies of such governance documents are also available, free of charge, to any person who requests them. Such requests may be directed to M&T Bank Corporation, Shareholder Relations Department, One M&T Plaza, 13th Floor, Buffalo, NY 14203-2399 (Telephone: (716) 842-5138).

Statistical Disclosure Pursuant to Guide 3

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional information is included in the following tables.

 

22


Table of Contents

Table 1

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED YEAR-END BALANCES

 

    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

  $ 129,945      $ 154,960      $ 101,222      $ 133,335      $ 10,284   

Federal funds sold

    3,000        2,850        25,000        20,119        21,347   

Resell agreements

                                90,000   

Trading account

    488,966        561,834        523,834        386,984        617,821   

Investment securities

         

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

    4,007,725        5,200,489        4,177,783        4,006,968        3,909,493   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    203,004        228,949        251,544        266,748        135,585   

Other

    1,863,632        2,243,716        2,721,213        3,506,893        3,874,129   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

    6,074,361        7,673,154        7,150,540        7,780,609        7,919,207   

Loans and leases

         

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

    17,973,140        15,952,105        13,645,600        13,790,737        14,563,091   

Real estate — construction

    3,772,413        4,203,324        4,332,618        4,726,570        4,568,368   

Real estate — mortgage

    33,494,359        28,202,217        22,854,160        21,747,533        19,224,003   

Consumer

    11,550,274        12,020,229        11,483,564        12,041,617        11,004,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

    66,790,186        60,377,875        52,315,942        52,306,457        49,359,737   

Unearned discount

    (219,229     (281,870     (325,560     (369,771     (359,274
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    66,570,957        60,096,005        51,990,382        51,936,686        49,000,463   

Allowance for credit losses

    (925,860     (908,290     (902,941     (878,022     (787,904
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

    65,645,097        59,187,715        51,087,441        51,058,664        48,212,559   

Goodwill

    3,524,625        3,524,625        3,524,625        3,524,625        3,192,128   

Core deposit and other intangible assets

    115,763        176,394        125,917        182,418        183,496   

Real estate and other assets owned

    104,279        156,592        220,049        94,604        99,617   

Total assets

    83,008,803        77,924,287        68,021,263        68,880,399        65,815,757   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    24,240,802        20,017,883        14,557,568        13,794,636        8,856,114   

NOW accounts

    1,979,619        1,912,226        1,393,349        1,396,471        1,141,308   

Savings deposits

    33,783,947        31,001,083        26,431,281        23,676,798        19,488,918   

Time deposits

    4,562,366        6,107,530        5,817,170        7,531,495        9,046,937   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

    1,044,519        355,927        1,605,916        1,050,438        4,047,986   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    65,611,253        59,394,649        49,805,284        47,449,838        42,581,263   

Short-term borrowings

    1,074,482        782,082        947,432        2,442,582        3,009,735   

Long-term borrowings

    4,607,758        6,686,226        7,840,151        10,240,016        12,075,149   

Total liabilities

    72,806,210        68,653,078        59,663,568        61,127,492        59,031,026   

Shareholders’ equity

    10,202,593        9,271,209        8,357,695        7,752,907        6,784,731   

Table 2

SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND OFFICES

 

Number at Year-End

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Shareholders

     15,623         15,959         12,773         13,207         11,197   

Employees

     14,943         15,666         13,365         14,226         13,620   

Offices

     799         849         778         832         725   

 

23


Table of Contents

Table 3

CONSOLIDATED EARNINGS

 

    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  

Interest income

         

Loans and leases, including fees

  $ 2,704,156      $ 2,522,567      $ 2,394,082      $ 2,326,748      $ 2,825,587   

Deposits at banks

    1,221        2,934        88        34        109   

Federal funds sold

    21        57        42        63        254   

Resell agreements

           132        404        66        1,817   

Trading account

    1,126        1,198        615        534        1,469   

Investment securities

         

Fully taxable

    227,116        256,057        324,695        389,268        438,409   

Exempt from federal taxes

    8,045        9,142        9,869        8,484        9,946   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

    2,941,685        2,792,087        2,729,795        2,725,197        3,277,591   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

         

NOW accounts

    1,343        1,145        850        1,122        2,894   

Savings deposits

    68,011        84,314        85,226        112,550        248,083   

Time deposits

    46,102        71,014        100,241        206,220        330,389   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

    1,130        962        1,368        2,391        84,483   

Short-term borrowings

    1,286        1,030        3,006        7,129        142,627   

Long-term borrowings

    225,297        243,866        271,578        340,037        529,319   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

    343,169        402,331        462,269        669,449        1,337,795   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    2,598,516        2,389,756        2,267,526        2,055,748        1,939,796   

Provision for credit losses

    204,000        270,000        368,000        604,000        412,000   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    2,394,516        2,119,756        1,899,526        1,451,748        1,527,796   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

         

Mortgage banking revenues

    349,064        166,021        184,625        207,561        156,012   

Service charges on deposit accounts

    446,698        455,095        478,133        469,195        430,532   

Trust income

    471,852        332,385        122,613        128,568        156,149   

Brokerage services income

    59,059        56,470        49,669        57,611        64,186   

Trading account and foreign exchange gains

    35,634        27,224        27,286        23,125        17,630   

Gain on bank investment securities

    9        150,187        2,770        1,165        34,471   

Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses

    (32,067     (72,915     (115,947     (264,363     (182,222

Portion of OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

    (15,755     (4,120     29,666        126,066          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

    (47,822     (77,035     (86,281     (138,297     (182,222

Equity in earnings of Bayview Lending Group LLC

    (21,511     (24,231     (25,768     (25,898     (37,453

Other revenues from operations

    374,287        496,796        355,053        325,076        299,674   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    1,667,270        1,582,912        1,108,100        1,048,106        938,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

         

Salaries and employee benefits

    1,314,540        1,203,993        999,709        1,001,873        957,086   

Equipment and net occupancy

    257,551        249,514        216,064        211,391        188,845   

Printing, postage and supplies

    41,929        40,917        33,847        38,216        35,860   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

    60,631        61,617        58,103        64,255        66,646   

FDIC assessments

    101,110        100,230        79,324        96,519        6,689   

Other costs of operations

    733,499        821,797        527,790        568,309        471,870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    2,509,260        2,478,068        1,914,837        1,980,563        1,726,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    1,552,526        1,224,600        1,092,789        519,291        739,779   

Income taxes

    523,028        365,121        356,628        139,400        183,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161      $ 379,891      $ 555,887   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared

         

Common

  $ 357,862      $ 350,196      $ 335,502      $ 326,617      $ 308,501   

Preferred

    53,450        48,203        40,225        31,946          

 

24


Table of Contents

Table 4

COMMON SHAREHOLDER DATA

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Per share

          

Net income

          

Basic

   $ 7.57      $ 6.37      $ 5.72      $ 2.90      $ 5.04   

Diluted

     7.54        6.35        5.69        2.89        5.01   

Cash dividends declared

     2.80        2.80        2.80        2.80        2.80   

Common shareholders’ equity at year-end

     72.73        66.82        63.54        59.31        56.29   

Tangible common shareholders’ equity at year-end

     44.61        37.79        33.26        28.27        25.94   

Dividend payout ratio

     36.98     44.15     48.98     97.36     55.62

Table 5

CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE(a)

 

    2012 Compared with 2011     2011 Compared with 2010  
    Total
Change
    Resulting from
Changes in:
    Total
Change
    Resulting from
Changes in:
 
      Volume     Rate       Volume     Rate  
    (Increase (decrease) in thousands)  

Interest income

           

Loans and leases, including fees

  $ 182,621        286,590        (103,969   $ 130,831        221,381        (90,550

Deposits at banks

    (1,713     (1,499     (214     2,846        2,444        402   

Federal funds sold and agreements to resell securities

    (168     (346     178        (257     (76     (181

Trading account

    (17     30        (47     622        4        618   

Investment securities

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

    (4,839     13,157        (17,996     (36,338     (12,927     (23,411

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    (2,066     (1,312     (754     (1,403     (1,244     (159

Other

    (23,705     (16,104     (7,601     (32,156     (23,759     (8,397
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total interest income

  $ 150,113          $ 64,145       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest expense

           

Interest-bearing deposits

           

NOW accounts

  $ 198        134        64      $ 295        230        65   

Savings deposits

    (16,303     8,292        (24,595     (912     13,025        (13,937

Time deposits

    (24,912     (11,097     (13,815     (29,227     (1,558     (27,669

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

    168        (256     424        (406     (228     (178

Short-term borrowings

    256        15        241        (1,976     (1,361     (615

Long-term borrowings

    (18,569     (54,973     36,404        (27,712     (72,152     44,440   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total interest expense

  $ (59,162       $ (59,938    
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

(a) Interest income data are on a taxable-equivalent basis. The apportionment of changes resulting from the combined effect of both volume and rate was based on the separately determined volume and rate changes.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

M&T and its subsidiaries could be adversely impacted by various risks and uncertainties which are difficult to predict. As a financial institution, the Company has significant exposure to market risk, including interest-rate risk, liquidity risk and credit risk, among others. Adverse experience with these or other risks could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as on the value of the Company’s financial instruments in general, and M&T’s common stock, in particular.

 

25


Table of Contents

Weakness in the economy has adversely affected the Company and may continue to adversely affect the Company.

From late-2007 through mid-2009, the U.S. economy was in recession. Although there has been gradual improvement in the U.S. economy since then, economic growth has been slow and uneven. The housing market remains weak and unemployment levels are high. Local governments and some businesses are in financial difficulty due to lower consumer spending and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. A slowing of improvement or a return to deteriorating business and economic conditions could have one or more of the following adverse effects on the Company’s business:

   

A decrease in the demand for loans and other products and services offered by the Company.

   

A decrease in net interest income derived from the Company’s lending and deposit gathering activities.

   

A decrease in the value of the Company’s investment securities, loans held for sale or other assets secured by residential or commercial real estate.

   

Other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities in the Company’s investment securities portfolio.

   

A decrease in fees from the Company’s brokerage and trust businesses associated with declines or lack of growth in stock market prices.

   

Potential higher FDIC assessments due to the DIF falling below minimum required levels.

   

An impairment of certain intangible assets, such as goodwill.

   

An increase in the number of customers and counterparties who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to the Company. An increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, provision for credit losses and valuation adjustments on loans held for sale.

The Company’s business and financial performance is impacted significantly by market interest rates and movements in those rates. The monetary, tax and other policies of governmental agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance over which M&T has no control and which M&T may not be able to anticipate adequately .

As a result of the high percentage of the Company’s assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates, in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between different market interest rates, can have a material effect on the Company’s business and profitability and the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. For example:

   

Changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads can affect the difference between the interest that the Company earns on assets and the interest that the Company pays on liabilities, which impacts the Company’s overall net interest income and profitability.

   

Such changes can affect the ability of borrowers to meet obligations under variable or adjustable rate loans and other debt instruments, and can, in turn, affect the Company’s loss rates on those assets.

   

Such changes may decrease the demand for interest rate based products and services, including loans and deposits.

   

Such changes can also affect the Company’s ability to hedge various forms of market and interest rate risk and may decrease the profitability or protection or increase the risk or cost associated with such hedges.

   

Movements in interest rates also affect mortgage prepayment speeds and could result in the impairment of capitalized mortgage servicing assets, reduce the value of loans held for sale and increase the volatility of mortgage banking revenues, potentially adversely affecting the Company’s results of operations.

The monetary, tax and other policies of the government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial market performance. These governmental policies can thus affect the activities and results of operations of banking companies such as the Company. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the national supply of bank credit and certain interest rates. The actions of the Federal Reserve influence the rates of interest that the Company charges on loans and that the Company pays on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Also, due to the impact on rates for short-term funding, the Federal Reserve’s policies also influence, to a significant extent, the Company’s cost of such funding. In addition, the Company is routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and

 

26


Table of Contents

judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should tax laws change or the tax authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. M&T cannot predict the nature or timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effect that they may have on the Company’s business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s business and performance is vulnerable to the impact of volatility in debt and equity markets.

As most of the Company’s assets and liabilities are financial in nature, the Company’s performance tends to be sensitive to the performance of the financial markets. Turmoil and volatility in U.S. and global financial markets, such as that experienced during the recent financial crisis, can be a major contributory factor to overall weak economic conditions, leading to some of the risks discussed herein, including the impaired ability of borrowers and other counterparties to meet obligations to the Company. Financial market volatility also can have some of the following adverse effects on the Company and its business, including adversely affecting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations:

   

It can affect the value or liquidity of the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

   

It can affect the value of capitalized servicing assets.

   

It can affect M&T’s ability to access capital markets to raise funds. Inability to access capital markets if needed, at cost effective rates, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and results of operations.

   

It can affect the value of the assets that the Company manages or otherwise administers or services for others. Although the Company is not directly impacted by changes in the value of such assets, decreases in the value of those assets would affect related fee income and could result in decreased demand for the Company’s services.

   

In general, it can impact the nature, profitability or risk profile of the financial transactions in which the Company engages.

Volatility in the markets for real estate and other assets commonly securing financial products has been and may continue to be a significant contributor to overall volatility in financial markets.

The Company’s regional concentrations expose it to adverse economic conditions in its primary retail banking office footprint.

Although many of the Company’s businesses are national in scope, its core banking business is concentrated within the Company’s retail banking office network footprint, located principally in New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. Therefore, the Company is, or in the future may be, particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions.

Risks Relating to the Regulatory Environment

The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and this regulatory environment is being significantly impacted by the financial regulatory reform initiatives in the United States, including the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations.

The Company is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the financial system as a whole, not security holders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The United States government and others have recently undertaken major reforms of the regulatory oversight structure of the financial services industry. M&T expects to face increased regulation of its industry as a result of current and possible future initiatives. M&T also expects more intense scrutiny in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels. Compliance with these new regulations and supervisory initiatives will likely increase the Company’s costs, reduce its revenue and may limit its ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities.

 

27


Table of Contents

Many parts of the Dodd-Frank Act are now in effect, while others depend on rules that are in an implementation stage likely to continue for several years. The law requires that regulators, some of which are new regulatory bodies created by the Dodd-Frank Act, draft, review and approve hundreds of implementing regulations and conduct numerous studies that are likely to lead to more regulations. As such, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company currently cannot be fully predicted. For more information about the Dodd-Frank Act, see “Recent Developments” under Part I, Item I “Business” and “Recent Legislative Developments” under Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Reforms, both under the Dodd-Frank Act and otherwise, will have a significant effect on the entire financial services industry. Although it is difficult to predict the magnitude and extent of these effects, M&T believes compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations and other initiatives will likely negatively impact revenue and increase the cost of doing business, both in terms of transition expenses and on an ongoing basis, and may also limit M&T’s ability to pursue certain desirable business opportunities. Any new regulatory requirements or changes to existing requirements could require changes to the Company’s businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the profitability of such businesses. Additionally, reform could affect the behaviors of third parties that the Company deals with in the course of its business, such as rating agencies, insurance companies and investors. Heightened regulatory practices, requirements or expectations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules promulgated thereunder could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, and, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Capital requirements imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, together with new capital and liquidity standards developed through the Basel Committee and adopted by the U.S. banking regulators, will result in banks and bank holding companies needing to maintain more and higher quality capital and greater liquidity than has historically been the case.

New and evolving capital standards, both as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and implementation in the U.S. of new capital standards adopted by the Basel Committee, including the so-called “Basel III” capital accord, will have a significant effect on banks and bank holding companies, including M&T. Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as proposed in a joint notice of proposed rulemaking in June 2012 and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. For additional information, see “Capital Requirements” under Part I, Item 1 “Business.” Because implementation of the new Basel III capital and liquidity standards in the U.S., as well as any additional heightened capital or liquidity standards that may be established by the Federal Reserve under the Dodd-Frank Act, remain subject to rulemaking in the U.S. and, in many cases, to extended observation and phase-in periods, the full effect of these standards on M&T’s regulatory capital is uncertain at this time.

The need to maintain more and higher quality capital, as well as greater liquidity, going forward than historically has been required, and generally increased regulatory scrutiny with respect to capital levels, could limit the Company’s business activities, including lending, and its ability to expand, either organically or through acquisitions. It could also result in M&T being required to take steps to increase its regulatory capital that may be dilutive to shareholders or limit its ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders, or sell or refrain from acquiring assets, the capital requirements for which are not justified by the assets’ underlying risks. In addition, the new liquidity standards could require the Company to increase its holdings of unencumbered highly liquid short-term investments, thereby reducing the Company’s ability to invest in longer-term assets even if deemed more desirable from a balance sheet management perspective. Moreover, although these new requirements are being phased in over time, U.S. federal banking agencies have been taking into account expectations regarding the ability of banks to meet these new requirements, including under stressed conditions, in approving actions that represent uses of capital, such as dividend increases, share repurchases and acquisitions.

Risks Relating to the Company’s Business

Deteriorating credit quality could adversely impact the Company.

As a lender, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with the terms of the agreements, and that any collateral securing the loans may be insufficient to assure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the business of making loans.

 

28


Table of Contents

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Factors that can influence the Company’s credit loss experience include: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City metropolitan area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than many other regions of the country; (iv) the repayment performance associated with first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than loans to other types of borrowers. In recent years, the Company has experienced historically high levels of nonaccrual loans and net charge-offs of residential real estate-related loans, including first and junior lien mortgage loans and loans to builders and developers of residential real estate. The Company has also experienced higher than historical levels of nonaccrual commercial real estate loans since 2009. Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective, as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, governmental policy regarding housing and housing finance and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses which represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on acquired loans are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

M&T believes that the allowance for credit losses appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. However, there is no assurance that the allowance will be sufficient to cover such credit losses, particularly if housing and employment conditions worsen or the economy experiences a downturn. In those cases, the Company may be required to increase the allowance through an increase in the provision for credit losses, which would reduce net income.

The Company must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity.

The Company must maintain adequate funding sources in the normal course of business to support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as meet regulatory expectations. The Company primarily relies on deposits to be a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans it makes and the operations of its business. Core customer deposits, which include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less, have historically provided the Company with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. In addition to customer deposits, sources of liquidity include borrowings from third party banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

The Company’s liquidity and ability to fund and run the business could be materially adversely affected by a variety of conditions and factors, including financial and credit market disruptions and volatility or a lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets in general, which may result in a loss of customer deposits or outflows of cash or collateral and/or ability to access capital markets on favorable terms.

Other conditions and factors that could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and funding include a lack of market or customer confidence in, or negative news about, the Company or the financial services industry generally which also may result in a loss of deposits and/or negatively affect the ability to access the capital markets; the loss of customer deposits to alternative investments; inability to sell or securitize loans or other assets; and downgrades in one or more of the Company’s credit ratings. A downgrade in the Company’s credit ratings, which could result from general industry-wide or regulatory factors not solely related to the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to borrow funds and raise the cost of borrowings substantially and could cause creditors and business counterparties to raise

 

29


Table of Contents

collateral requirements or take other actions that could adversely affect M&T’s ability to raise capital. Many of the above conditions and factors may be caused by events over which M&T has little or no control. There can be no assurance that significant disruption and volatility in the financial markets will not occur in the future.

If the Company is unable to continue to fund assets through customer bank deposits or access funding sources on favorable terms or if the Company suffers an increase in borrowing costs or otherwise fails to manage liquidity effectively, the Company’s liquidity, operating margins, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The financial services industry is highly competitive and creates competitive pressures that could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and profitability.

The financial services industry in which the Company operates is highly competitive. The Company competes not only with commercial and other banks and thrifts, but also with insurance companies, mutual funds, hedge funds, securities brokerage firms and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and over the Internet. The Company competes on the basis of several factors, including capital, access to capital, revenue generation, products, services, transaction execution, innovation, reputation and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms. These developments could result in the Company’s competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. The Company may experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of its competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices or paying higher rates of interest on deposits. Finally, technological change is influencing how individuals and firms conduct their financial affairs and changing the delivery channels for financial services, with the result that the Company may have to contend with a broader range of competitors including many that are not located within the geographic footprint of its banking office network.

M&T may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Company cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

M&T relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for its liquidity.

M&T is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries. M&T typically receives substantially all of its revenue from subsidiary dividends. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on M&T stock and interest and principal on its debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations, as well as regulatory expectations, limit the amount of dividends that M&T’s banking subsidiaries and certain nonbank subsidiaries may pay. Regulatory scrutiny of capital levels at bank holding companies and insured depository institution subsidiaries has increased since the financial crisis and has resulted in increased regulatory focus on all aspects of capital planning, including dividends and other distributions to shareholders of banks such as parent bank holding companies. See “Item 1. Business — Dividends” for a discussion of regulatory and other restrictions on dividend declarations. Also, M&T’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors. Limitations on M&T’s ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its stock or interest and principal on its debt.

The Company is subject to operational risk.

Like all businesses, the Company is subject to operational risk, which represents the risk of loss resulting from human error, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. Operational risk

 

30


Table of Contents

also encompasses reputational risk and compliance and legal risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices or ethical standards, as well as the risk of noncompliance with contractual and other obligations. The Company is also exposed to operational risk through outsourcing arrangements, and the effect that changes in circumstances or capabilities of its outsourcing vendors can have on the Company’s ability to continue to perform operational functions necessary to its business. In addition, along with other participants in the financial services industry, the Company continually and frequently attempts to introduce new technology-driven products and services that are aimed at allowing the Company to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services that allows it to remain competitive or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Although the Company seeks to mitigate operational risk through a system of internal controls which are reviewed and updated, no system of controls, however well designed and maintained, is infallible. Control weaknesses or failures or other operational risks could result in charges, increased operational costs, harm to the Company’s reputation or foregone business opportunities.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, which would result in the restating of the Company’s prior period financial statements.

M&T’s accounting policies and processes are critical to the reporting of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.

Accounting policies and processes are fundamental to the Company’s reported financial condition and results of operations. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets or liabilities and financial results. Several of M&T’s accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management is required to make certain assumptions and estimates in preparing the Company’s financial statements. If assumptions or estimates underlying the Company’s financial statements are incorrect, the Company may experience material losses.

Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability, or recognizing or reducing a liability. M&T has established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these critical accounting estimates and judgments are well controlled and applied consistently. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. Because of the uncertainty surrounding judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, M&T could be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior period financial statements if those judgments and estimates prove to be incorrect. For additional information, see Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8.

Difficulties in combining the operations of acquired entities with the Company’s own operations may prevent M&T from achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions.

M&T has regularly considered opportunities to expand and improve its business through acquisition of other financial institutions. Inherent uncertainties exist when integrating the operations of an acquired entity. M&T may not be able to fully achieve its strategic objectives and planned operating efficiencies in an acquisition. In addition, the markets and industries in which the Company and its potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. The Company may lose customers or fail to retain the customers of

 

31


Table of Contents

acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. Future acquisition and integration activities may require M&T to devote substantial time and resources, and as a result M&T may not be able to pursue other business opportunities.

After completing an acquisition, the Company may not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition due to lower financial results pertaining to the acquired entity. For example, the Company could experience higher credit losses than originally anticipated related to an acquired loan portfolio.

M&T could suffer if it fails to attract and retain skilled personnel.

M&T’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key individuals. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that the Company serves is significant and the Company may not be able to hire these candidates and retain them. Growth in the Company’s business, including through acquisitions, may increase its need for additional qualified personnel. If the Company is not able to hire or retain these key individuals, it may be unable to execute its business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to its business, financial condition and results of operations.

In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires those agencies, along with the SEC, to adopt rules to require reporting of incentive compensation and to prohibit certain compensation arrangements. If as a result of complying with any such rules M&T is unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain its competitive position, or if the compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more significant, the Company’s performance, including its competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact the Company’s business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. Although the Company has established disaster recovery plans and procedures, and monitors for significant environmental effects on its properties or its investments, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The Company’s information systems may experience interruptions or breaches in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in disruptions to its accounting, deposit, loan and other systems, and adversely affect the Company’s customer relationships. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of these possible events, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if any does occur, that it can be sufficiently remediated.

There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. In addition, because the techniques used to cause such security breaches change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world, the Company may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. The ability of the Company’s customers to bank remotely, including online and through mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches.

The occurrence of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company’s systems, particularly if widespread or resulting in financial losses to customers, could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose it to civil litigation and financial liability.

 

32


Table of Contents

The Company is or may become involved from time to time in suits, legal proceedings, information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

Many aspects of the Company’s business involve substantial risk of legal liability. M&T and/or its subsidiaries have been named or threatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits arising from its or its subsidiaries’ business activities (and in some cases from the activities of companies M&T has acquired). In addition, from time to time, M&T is, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by the SEC and law enforcement authorities. M&T is also at risk when it has agreed to indemnify others for losses related to legal proceedings, including litigation and governmental investigations and inquiries, they face, such as in connection with the purchase or sale of a business or assets. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant monetary damages or penalties, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way in which the Company conducts its business, or reputational harm.

Although the Company establishes accruals for legal proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company does not have accruals for all legal proceedings where it faces a risk of loss. In addition, due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of the outcome of legal proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to the Company from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, the Company’s ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued for legal loss contingencies, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

M&T relies on other companies to provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of the Company’s business infrastructure such as banking services, processing, and Internet connections and network access. Any disruption in such services provided by these third parties or any failure of these third parties to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect the Company’s ability to deliver products and services to clients and otherwise to conduct business. Technological or financial difficulties of a third party service provider could adversely affect the Company’s business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party. The Company may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third party failures and insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures or other disruptions. Failures in the Company’s business infrastructure could interrupt the operations or increase the costs of doing business.

Detailed discussions of the specific risks outlined above and other risks facing the Company are included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part I, Item 1 “Business,” and Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Furthermore, in Part II, Item 7 under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements” is included a description of certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions identified by management that are difficult to predict and that could materially affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, as well as the value of the Company’s financial instruments in general, and M&T common stock, in particular.

In addition, the market price of M&T common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of other factors, including changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance, volatility of stock market prices and volumes, rumors or erroneous information, changes in market valuations of similar companies and changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

Both M&T and M&T Bank maintain their executive offices at One M&T Plaza in Buffalo, New York. This twenty-one story headquarters building, containing approximately 300,000 rentable square feet of space, is owned in fee by M&T Bank and was completed in 1967. M&T, M&T Bank and their subsidiaries occupy

 

33


Table of Contents

approximately 98% of the building and the remainder is leased to non-affiliated tenants. At December 31, 2012, the cost of this property (including improvements subsequent to the initial construction), net of accumulated depreciation, was $10.4 million.

M&T Bank owns an additional facility in Buffalo, New York with approximately 395,000 rentable square feet of space. Approximately 89% of this facility, known as M&T Center, is occupied by M&T Bank and its subsidiaries, with the remainder leased to non-affiliated tenants. At December 31, 2012, the cost of this building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $9.1 million.

M&T Bank also owns and occupies two separate facilities in the Buffalo area which support certain back-office and operations functions of the Company. The total square footage of these facilities approximates 225,000 square feet and their combined cost (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $19.4 million at December 31, 2012.

M&T Bank also owns a facility in Syracuse, New York with approximately 160,000 rentable square feet of space. Approximately 46% of this facility is occupied by M&T Bank. At December 31, 2012, the cost of this building (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $4.4 million.

M&T Bank also owns facilities in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and Millsboro, Delaware with approximately 215,000 and 325,000 rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 34% and 90% of these respective facilities. At December 31, 2012, the cost of these buildings (including improvements subsequent to acquisition), net of accumulated depreciation, was $11.3 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

M&T Bank obtained facilities in connection with the Wilmington Trust acquisition in Wilmington, Delaware, with approximately 340,000 (known as Wilmington Center) and 295,000 (known as Wilmington Plaza) rentable square feet of space, respectively. M&T Bank occupies approximately 89% of Wilmington Center. Wilmington Plaza is 50% occupied by a tenant and unoccupied by M&T Bank. At December 31, 2012, the cost of these buildings, net of accumulated depreciation, was $42.1 million and $13.9 million, respectively.

No other properties owned by M&T Bank have more than 100,000 square feet of space. The cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, of the Company’s premises and equipment is detailed in note 6 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Of the 727 domestic banking offices of the Registrant’s subsidiary banks at December 31, 2012, 302 are owned in fee and 425 are leased.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the aggregate ultimate liability arising out of litigation pending against M&T or its subsidiaries will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. On an on-going basis the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with such legal proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information concerning the Registrant’s executive officers is presented below as of February 22, 2013. The year the officer was first appointed to the indicated position with the Registrant or its subsidiaries is shown parenthetically. In the case of each entity noted below, officers’ terms run until the first meeting of the board

 

34


Table of Contents

of directors after such entity’s annual meeting, which in the case of the Registrant takes place immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Robert G. Wilmers, age 78, is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2000) and a director (1982) of the Registrant. From April 1998 until July 2000, he served as president and chief executive officer of the Registrant and from July 2000 until June 2005 he served as chairman, president (1988) and chief executive officer (1983) of the Registrant. He is chief executive officer (2007), chairman of the board (2005) and a director (1982) of M&T Bank, and previously served as chairman of the board of M&T Bank from March 1983 until July 2003 and as president of M&T Bank from March 1984 until June 1996.

Michael P. Pinto, age 57, is a vice chairman (2007) and a director (2003) of the Registrant. Previously, he was an executive vice president of the Registrant (1997). He is a vice chairman and a director (2003) of M&T Bank and is the chairman and chief executive officer of M&T Bank’s Mid-Atlantic Division (2005). Prior to April 2005, Mr. Pinto was the chief financial officer of the Registrant (1997) and M&T Bank (1996), and he oversaw the Company’s Finance Division, Technology and Banking Operations Division, Corporate Services Group, Treasury Division and General Counsel’s Office. He is an executive vice president (1996) and a director (1998) of Wilmington Trust, N.A. Mr. Pinto is chairman of the board and a director of WT Investment Advisors (2006).

Mark J. Czarnecki, age 57, is president and a director (2007) of the Registrant and president and a director (2007) of M&T Bank. Previously, he was an executive vice president of the Registrant (1999) and M&T Bank (1997) and was responsible for the M&T Investment Group and the Company’s Retail Banking network. Mr. Czarnecki is a director (1999) of M&T Securities and chairman of the board, president and chief executive officer (2007) and a director (2005) of Wilmington Trust, N.A.

Robert J. Bojdak, age 57, is an executive vice president and chief credit officer (2004) of the Registrant and M&T Bank. In addition to managing the Company’s credit risk, Mr. Bojdak was also responsible for managing the Company’s enterprise-wide risk, including operational, compliance and investment risk, until February 2013. From April 2002 to April 2004, Mr. Bojdak served as senior vice president and credit deputy for M&T Bank. He is an executive vice president and a director of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2004).

Stephen J. Braunscheidel, age 56, is an executive vice president (2004) of the Registrant and M&T Bank, and is in charge of the Company’s Human Resources Division. Previously, he was a senior vice president in the M&T Investment Group, where he managed the Private Client Services and Employee Benefits departments. Mr. Braunscheidel has held a number of management positions with M&T Bank since 1978.

William J. Farrell, II, age 55, is an executive vice president of the Registrant and M&T Bank (2011), and is responsible for M&T’s Wealth and Institutional Services Division, which includes Wealth Advisory Services, Institutional Client Services, Asset Management, M&T Securities and M&T Insurance Agency. Mr. Farrell joined M&T through the Wilmington Trust acquisition. He joined Wilmington Trust in 1976 and held a number of senior management positions, most recently as executive vice president and head of the Corporate Client Services business. Mr. Farrell is an executive vice president of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2011).

Richard S. Gold, age 52, is an executive vice president of the Registrant (2007) and M&T Bank (2006) and is responsible for managing the Company’s Residential Mortgage and Business Banking Divisions. Mr. Gold served as senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2006, most recently responsible for the Retail Banking Division, including M&T Securities. Mr. Gold is an executive vice president of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2006).

Brian E. Hickey, age 60, is an executive vice president of the Registrant (1997) and M&T Bank (1996). He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (1994) of the Rochester Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Hickey is responsible for managing all of the non-retail segments in Upstate New York and in the Northern and Central/Western Pennsylvania regions. Mr. Hickey is also responsible for the Auto Floor Plan lending business.

René F. Jones, age 48, is an executive vice president (2006) and chief financial officer (2005) of the Registrant and M&T Bank. Previously, Mr. Jones was a senior vice president in charge of the Financial Performance Measurement department within M&T Bank’s Finance Division. Mr. Jones has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank’s Finance Division since 1992. Mr. Jones is an executive vice president and chief financial officer (2005) and a director (2007) of Wilmington Trust, N.A., and he is chairman of the board, president (2009) and a trustee (2005) of M&T Real Estate. He is a director of M&T Insurance Agency (2007) and M&T Securities (2005).

Darren J. King, age 43, is an executive vice president of the Registrant (2010) and M&T Bank (2009), and is in charge of the Retail Banking Division and Consumer Lending Division. Mr. King previously served

 

35


Table of Contents

as senior vice president of M&T Bank, most recently responsible for the Business Banking Division, and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 2000. Mr. King is an executive vice president of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2009).

Kevin J. Pearson, age 51, is an executive vice president (2002) of the Registrant and M&T Bank. He is a member of the Directors Advisory Council (2006) of the New York City/Long Island Division of M&T Bank. Mr. Pearson is responsible for managing all of the non-retail segments in the New York City, Philadelphia, Connecticut, New Jersey, Tarrytown, Greater Washington D.C. and Northern Virginia, Southern Pennsylvania and Delaware markets of M&T Bank, as well as the Company’s commercial real estate business, Commercial Marketing and Treasury Management. He is an executive vice president of M&T Real Estate (2003), chairman of the board (2009) and a director (2003) of M&T Realty Capital and an executive vice president and a director of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2008). Mr. Pearson served as senior vice president of M&T Bank from 2000 to 2002.

Michele D. Trolli, age 51, is an executive vice president and chief information officer of the Registrant and M&T Bank (2005). She is in charge of the Company’s Banking Services, Technology, Alternative Banking and Global Sourcing groups. Previously, Ms. Trolli was in charge of the Technology and Banking Operations Division, the Retail Banking Division and the Corporate Services Group of M&T Bank.

Donald K. Truslow, age 54, is an executive vice president and chief risk officer (2013) of the Registrant and M&T Bank. He is responsible for managing the Company’s enterprise-wide risk, including operational, compliance and investment risk. Previous to joining M&T, Mr. Truslow served as President, Financial Stability Industry Council of The Financial Services Roundtable, for two years. Prior to that, Mr. Truslow served in several senior management positions at Wachovia Corporation, including eight years as senior executive vice president and chief risk officer.

D. Scott N. Warman, age 47, is an executive vice president (2009) and treasurer (2008) of the Registrant and M&T Bank. He is responsible for managing the Company’s Treasury Division. Mr. Warman previously served as senior vice president of M&T Bank and has held a number of management positions within M&T Bank since 1995. He is an executive vice president and treasurer of Wilmington Trust, N.A. (2008), a trustee of M&T Real Estate (2009) and a director of M&T Securities (2008).

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

M&T’s common stock is traded under the symbol MTB on the New York Stock Exchange. See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for market prices of M&T’s common stock, approximate number of common shareholders at year-end, frequency and amounts of dividends on common stock and restrictions on the payment of dividends.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, M&T did not issue any shares of its common stock that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2012 with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under M&T’s existing equity compensation plans. M&T’s existing equity compensation plans include the M&T Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan, the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan, which replaced the 2001 Stock Option Plan, and the 2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, each of which has been previously approved by shareholders, and the M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan and the M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, each of which did not require shareholder approval.

 

36


Table of Contents

The table does not include information with respect to shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and rights assumed by M&T in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies that originally granted those options and rights. Footnote (1) to the table sets forth the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such assumed options and rights as of December 31, 2012, and their weighted-average exercise price.

 

Plan Category

   Number of
Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options or Rights
     Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options or Rights
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column A)
 
     (A)      (B)      (C)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

        

2001 Stock Option Plan

     2,075,881       $ 96.70           

2005 Incentive Compensation Plan

     4,734,534         103.74         3,263,642   

2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan

     3,586         74.27         2,043,586   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:

        

2008 Directors’ Stock Plan

     3,820         98.47         113,684   

Deferred Bonus Plan

     38,593         62.92           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,856,414       $ 101.36         5,420,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2012, a total of 238,174 shares of M&T common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or rights assumed by M&T in connection with merger and acquisition transactions. The weighted-average exercise price of those outstanding options or rights is $148.77 per common share.

Equity compensation plans adopted without the approval of shareholders are described below:

2008 Directors’ Stock Plan.  M&T maintains a plan for non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T and the members of its Directors Advisory Council, and the non-employee members of the Board of Directors of M&T Bank and the members of its regional Directors Advisory Councils, which allows such directors, advisory directors and members of regional Directors Advisory Councils to receive all or a portion of their directorial compensation in shares of M&T common stock.

Deferred Bonus Plan.  M&T maintains a deferred bonus plan which was frozen effective January 1, 2010 and did not allow any deferrals after that date. Prior to January 1, 2010, the plan allowed eligible officers of M&T and its subsidiaries to elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. At the time of the deferral election, participants also elected the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash, with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of shares of common stock.

 

37


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph contains a comparison of the cumulative shareholder return on M&T common stock against the cumulative total returns of the KBW Bank Index, compiled by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., and the S&P 500 Index, compiled by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, for the five-year period beginning on December 31, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2012. The KBW Bank Index is a market capitalization index consisting of 24 companies representing leading national money centers and regional banks or thrifts.

 

LOGO

Shareholder Value at Year End*

 

       2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    2012

M&T Bank Corporation

   100    73    90    121    110    146

KBW Bank Index

   100    59    61    68    51    70

S&P 500 Index

   100    63    80    92    94    109

 

 

* Assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2007 and reinvestment of all dividends.

In accordance with and to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the information set forth above under the heading “Performance Graph” shall not be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In February 2007, M&T announced that it had been authorized by its Board of Directors to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares of its common stock. M&T did not repurchase any shares pursuant to such plan during 2012.

During the fourth quarter of 2012 M&T purchased shares of its common stock as follows:

 

Period

   (a)Total
Number
of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased(1)
     (b)Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)
     (c)Total
Number
of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
     (d)Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar
Value)

of Shares
(or Units)
that may yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs(2)
 

October 1 - October 31, 2012

     23,772       $ 102.19                 2,181,500   

November 1 - November 30, 2012

     575         104.51                 2,181,500   

December 1 - December 31, 2012

     54,437         100.00                 2,181,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     78,784       $ 100.69              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

38


Table of Contents

 

 

(1) The total number of shares purchased during the periods indicated reflects shares deemed to have been received from employees who exercised stock options by attesting to previously acquired common shares in satisfaction of the exercise price or shares received from employees upon the vesting of restricted stock awards in satisfaction of applicable tax withholding obligations, as is permitted under M&T’s stock-based compensation plans.
(2) On February 22, 2007, M&T announced a program to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares of its common stock. No shares were purchased under such program during the periods indicated.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

See cross-reference sheet for disclosures incorporated elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Corporate Profile and Significant Developments

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York with consolidated assets of $83.0 billion at December 31, 2012. The consolidated financial information presented herein reflects M&T and all of its subsidiaries, which are referred to collectively as “the Company.” M&T’s wholly owned bank subsidiaries are M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”).

M&T Bank, with total assets of $82.1 billion at December 31, 2012, is a New York-chartered commercial bank with 725 domestic banking offices in New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, and the District of Columbia, a full-service commercial banking office in Ontario, Canada, and an office in the Cayman Islands. M&T Bank and its subsidiaries offer a broad range of financial services to a diverse base of consumers, businesses, professional clients, governmental entities and financial institutions located in their markets. Lending is largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, Delaware and Washington, D.C., and on small and medium size businesses based in those areas, although loans are originated through lending offices in other states and in Ontario, Canada. Certain lending activities are also conducted in other states through various subsidiaries. Trust and other fiduciary services are offered by M&T Bank and through its wholly owned subsidiary, Wilmington Trust Company. Other subsidiaries of M&T Bank include: M&T Real Estate Trust, a commercial mortgage lender; M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a multifamily commercial mortgage lender; M&T Securities, Inc., which provides brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services; Wilmington Trust Investment Advisors, Inc., which serves as investment advisor to the Wilmington Funds, a family of proprietary mutual funds, and other funds and institutional clients; and M&T Insurance Agency, Inc., an insurance agency.

Wilmington Trust, N.A., with total assets of $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012, is a national bank with offices in Wilmington, Delaware and Oakfield, New York. Wilmington Trust, N.A. and its subsidiaries offer various trust and wealth management services. Wilmington Trust, N.A. also offered selected deposit and loan products on a nationwide basis, largely through telephone, Internet and direct mail marketing techniques.

On August 27, 2012, M&T announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement with Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”), headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey, under which Hudson City will be acquired by M&T. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Hudson City common shareholders will receive consideration for each common share of Hudson City in an amount valued at .08403 of an M&T share in the form of either M&T common stock or cash, based on the election of each Hudson City shareholder, subject to proration as specified in the merger agreement (which provides for an aggregate split of total consideration of 60% common stock of M&T and 40% cash). The estimated purchase price considering the Company’s closing price of $98.47 on December 31, 2012 is $4.2 billion.

As of December 31, 2012, Hudson City reported $40.6 billion of assets, including $27.2 billion of loans (predominantly residential real estate loans) and $11.5 billion of investment securities, and $35.9 billion of liabilities, including $23.5 billion of deposits. After the merger is completed, M&T expects to repay approximately $12 billion of Hudson City’s long-term borrowings by liquidating its comparably-sized investment securities portfolio. The merger is subject to a number of conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval by common shareholders of M&T and Hudson City, and is expected to be completed by mid-year 2013.

M&T participated in the Troubled Asset Relief Program – Capital Purchase Program (“TARP”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”), which was initiated during 2008, both by issuing preferred shares (Series A) in December 2008 and through the 2009 acquisition of Provident Bankshares Corporation (“Provident”) by assuming shares (Series C) that had been issued by that corporation in

 

39


Table of Contents

November 2008. In August 2012, the U.S. Treasury sold its holdings of M&T’s Series A (230,000 shares) and Series C (151,500 shares) Preferred Stock to the public which allowed M&T to exit the TARP. M&T modified certain of the terms of the Series A and Series C Preferred Stock, subject to M&T common shareholder approval. The modifications related to the dividend rate on the preferred shares at the reset dates, which was originally set to change to 9% on November 15, 2013 for the Series C preferred shares and on February 15, 2014 for the Series A preferred shares. In each case, the dividend rate will now change to 6.375% on November 15, 2013 rather than to the 9% in the original terms. The other modification related to M&T agreeing to not redeem the Series A and Series C preferred shares until on or after November 15, 2018, except that if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 Capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.

On May 16, 2011, M&T acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Wilmington Trust Corporation (“Wilmington Trust”), headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware, in a stock-for-stock transaction. Wilmington Trust operated 55 banking offices in Delaware and Pennsylvania at the date of acquisition. The results of operations acquired in the Wilmington Trust transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results since the acquisition date. Wilmington Trust shareholders received .051372 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for each share of Wilmington Trust common stock, resulting in M&T issuing a total of 4,694,486 common shares with an acquisition date fair value of $406 million.

The Wilmington Trust transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Assets acquired totaled approximately $10.8 billion, including $6.4 billion of loans and leases (including approximately $3.2 billion of commercial real estate loans, $1.4 billion of commercial loans and leases, $1.1 billion of consumer loans and $680 million of residential real estate loans). Liabilities assumed aggregated $10.0 billion, including $8.9 billion of deposits. The common stock issued in the transaction added $406 million to M&T’s common shareholders’ equity. Immediately prior to the closing of the Wilmington Trust transaction, M&T redeemed the $330 million of preferred stock issued by Wilmington Trust as part of the TARP of the U.S. Treasury. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $112 million of core deposit and other intangible assets. The core deposit and other intangible assets are generally being amortized over periods of 5 to 7 years using accelerated methods. There was no goodwill recorded as a result of the transaction; however, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), a non-taxable gain of $65 million was realized, which represented the excess of the fair value of assets acquired less liabilities assumed over consideration exchanged. The acquisition of Wilmington Trust added to M&T’s market-leading position in the Mid-Atlantic region by giving M&T a leading deposit market share in Delaware.

On November 5, 2010, M&T Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to assume all of the deposits, except certain brokered deposits, and acquire certain assets of K Bank, based in Randallstown, Maryland. As part of the transaction, M&T Bank entered into a loss-share arrangement with the FDIC whereby M&T Bank will be reimbursed by the FDIC for most losses it incurs on the acquired loan portfolio. The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Assets acquired in the transaction totaled approximately $556 million, including $154 million of loans and $186 million in cash, and liabilities assumed aggregated $528 million, including $491 million of deposits. There was no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded in connection with this transaction; however, in accordance with GAAP, M&T Bank recorded an after-tax gain on the transaction of $17 million ($28 million before taxes). The gain reflects the amount of financial support and indemnification against loan losses that M&T Bank obtained from the FDIC. The operations obtained in the K Bank acquisition transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Net acquisition and integration-related gains and expenses (included herein as merger-related expenses) associated with the Wilmington Trust acquisition incurred during 2012 totaled $6 million after tax-effect, or $.05 of diluted earnings per common share. Net merger-related expenses incurred during 2011 totaled to a net gain of $13 million after tax-effect, or $.10 of diluted earnings per common share. Reflected in that amount are the $65 million non-taxable gain ($.52 of diluted earnings per common share) on the Wilmington Trust acquisition and $84 million of expenses ($52 million after tax-effect, or $.42 of diluted earnings per common share) associated with the acquisition of Wilmington Trust and to a much lesser extent, the K Bank transaction. Net merger-related expenses incurred during 2010 totaled to a net gain of $27 million ($16 million after tax-effect, or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share). Reflected in that amount are the

 

40


Table of Contents

$28 million gain ($17 million after tax-effect, or $.14 of diluted earnings per common share) on the K Bank transaction and $771 thousand ($469 thousand after tax-effect) of expenses. The expenses in 2012, 2011 and 2010 related to systems conversions and other costs of integrating and conforming acquired operations with and into the Company. These expenses consisted largely of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with the conversion of systems and/or integration of operations; costs related to branch and office consolidations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements to purchase various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance for former employees; incentive compensation costs; travel costs; and printing, supplies and other costs of completing the transactions and commencing operations in new markets and offices.

The condition of the domestic and global economy over the last several years has significantly impacted the financial services industry as a whole, and specifically, the financial results of the Company. In particular, high unemployment levels and significantly depressed residential real estate valuations have led to increased loan charge-offs experienced by financial institutions throughout that time period. Since the official end of the recession in the United States sometime in the latter half of 2009, the recovery of the economy has been very slow. As a result, many financial institutions, including the Company, experienced loan charge-offs at higher than historical levels and unrealized losses related to investment securities backed by residential and commercial real estate due to a lack of liquidity in the financial markets and anticipated credit losses that led to the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment charges. Also negatively impacting the financial results of financial institutions during 2011 and 2012, including the Company, has been a series of new regulations, resulting in higher assessments by the FDIC and lower fee income.

Recent Legislative Developments

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. That law has and will continue to significantly change the bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, and the system of regulatory oversight of the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The Dodd-Frank Act could have a material adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole, as well as on M&T’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Beginning in the second quarter of 2011, assessments are based on average consolidated total assets less average Tier 1 capital and certain allowable deductions of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. Noninterest-bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012, when that coverage expired.

The legislation also requires that publicly traded companies give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. The Dodd-Frank Act also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded.

The Dodd-Frank Act established a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things:

   

weakened the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws;

   

amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) which resulted in, among other things, the Federal Reserve Board issuing rules aimed at limiting debit-card interchange fees;

   

applied the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies which, among other things, will, after a three-year phase-in period which began January 1, 2013, remove trust preferred securities as a permitted component of a holding company’s Tier 1 capital;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

provided for an increase in the FDIC assessment for depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more and increased the minimum reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund from 1.15% to 1.35%;

   

imposed comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, which would include certain provisions that would effectively prohibit insured depository institutions from conducting certain derivatives businesses in the institution itself;

   

repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

   

provided mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, restricting variable-rate lending by requiring the ability to repay to be determined for variable-rate loans by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of a variable-rate loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions; and

   

created the Financial Stability Oversight Council, which will recommend to the Federal Reserve Board increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act still remain subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on M&T, its customers or the financial industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that affect deposit insurance assessments, payment of interest on demand deposits and interchange fees directly impact the net income of financial institutions. Provisions in the legislation that revoke the Tier 1 capital treatment of trust preferred securities and otherwise require revisions to the capital requirements of M&T and M&T Bank could require M&T and M&T Bank to further seek other sources of capital in the future.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Company’s significant accounting policies conform with GAAP and are described in note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements. In applying those accounting policies, management of the Company is required to exercise judgment in determining many of the methodologies, assumptions and estimates to be utilized. Certain of the critical accounting estimates are more dependent on such judgment and in some cases may contribute to volatility in the Company’s reported financial performance should the assumptions and estimates used change over time due to changes in circumstances. Some of the more significant areas in which management of the Company applies critical assumptions and estimates include the following:

   

Accounting for credit losses — The allowance for credit losses represents the amount that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. In estimating losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio, assumptions and judgment are applied to measure amounts and timing of expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors used to determine the borrowers’ abilities to repay obligations. Historical loss trends are also considered, as are economic conditions, industry trends, portfolio trends and borrower-specific financial data. In accounting for loans acquired at a discount, which are initially recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established allowance for credit losses, the cash flows expected at acquisition in excess of estimated fair value are recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result first in the recovery of any applicable allowance for credit losses and then in the recognition of additional interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Changes in the circumstances considered when determining management’s estimates and assumptions could result in changes in those estimates and assumptions, which may result in adjustment of the allowance or, in the case of acquired loans, increases in interest income in future periods. A detailed discussion of facts and circumstances considered by management in determining the allowance for credit losses is included herein under the heading “Provision for Credit Losses” and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

   

Valuation methodologies — Management of the Company applies various valuation methodologies to assets and liabilities which often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when liquid markets do not exist for the particular items being valued. Quoted market prices are referred to when estimating fair values for certain assets, such as trading assets, most investment securities, and

 

42


Table of Contents
 

residential real estate loans held for sale and related commitments. However, for those items for which an observable liquid market does not exist, management utilizes significant estimates and assumptions to value such items. Examples of these items include loans, privately issued mortgage-backed securities, deposits, borrowings, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, and other assets and liabilities obtained or assumed in business combinations; capitalized servicing assets; pension and other postretirement benefit obligations; value ascribed to stock-based compensation; estimated residual values of property associated with leases; and certain derivative and other financial instruments. These valuations require the use of various assumptions, including, among others, discount rates, rates of return on assets, repayment rates, cash flows, default rates, costs of servicing and liquidation values. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Company’s results of operations. In addition to valuation, the Company must assess whether there are any declines in value below the carrying value of assets that should be considered other than temporary or otherwise require an adjustment in carrying value and recognition of a loss in the consolidated statement of income. Examples include investment securities, other investments, mortgage servicing rights, goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, among others. Specific assumptions and estimates utilized by management are discussed in detail herein in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and in notes 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12, 18, 19 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

   

Commitments, contingencies and off-balance sheet arrangements — Information regarding the Company’s commitments and contingencies, including guarantees and contingent liabilities arising from litigation, and their potential effects on the Company’s results of operations is included in note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements. In addition, the Company is routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should tax laws change or the tax authorities determine that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. Information regarding the Company’s income taxes is presented in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements. The recognition or de-recognition in the Company’s consolidated financial statements of assets and liabilities held by so-called variable interest entities is subject to the interpretation and application of complex accounting pronouncements or interpretations that require management to estimate and assess the relative significance of the Company’s financial interests in those entities and the degree to which the Company can influence the most important activities of the entities. Information relating to the Company’s involvement in such entities and the accounting treatment afforded each such involvement is included in note 19 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Overview

The Company recorded net income during 2012 of $1.03 billion or $7.54 of diluted earnings per common share, up 20% and 19%, respectively, from $859 million or $6.35 of diluted earnings per common share in 2011. Basic earnings per common share increased 19% to $7.57 in 2012 from $6.37 in 2011. Net income in 2010 totaled $736 million, while diluted and basic earnings per common share were $5.69 and $5.72, respectively. The after-tax impact of net merger-related gains and expenses associated with the acquisition transactions previously described totaled to expenses of $6 million ($10 million pre-tax) or $.05 of basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2012, compared with net gains of $13 million (net expenses of $19 million pre-tax) or $.10 of basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2011 and $16 million ($27 million pre-tax) or $.14 of basic and diluted earnings per common share in 2010. Expressed as a rate of return on average assets, net income in 2012 was 1.29%, compared with 1.16% in 2011 and 1.08% in 2010. The return on average common shareholders’ equity was 10.96% in 2012, 9.67% in 2011 and 9.30% in 2010.

The Company’s improved financial performance in 2012 as compared with 2011 resulted from an increase in net interest income, lower credit costs and significantly higher mortgage banking revenues and trust income, partially offset by net investment securities losses in 2012, compared with net gains on investment securities in 2011. Results for 2012 reflect the full-year impact of the operations obtained from the acquisition of Wilmington Trust on May 16, 2011. The improved performance in 2011 as compared with 2010 was largely attributable to higher net interest income, lower credit costs and gains from the sale of investment securities available for sale.

 

43


Table of Contents

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis rose 9% to $2.62 billion in 2012 from $2.42 billion in 2011. That improvement resulted from growth in average loans and leases of $6.5 billion or 12%. The net interest margin, or taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets, was 3.73% in 2012, unchanged from the year earlier. Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased $124 million or 5% in 2011 as compared with 2010, resulting from a $5.0 billion, or 8%, increase in average earning assets, partially offset by an 11 basis point (hundredths of one percent) narrowing of the net interest margin. The higher average earning assets and the decline in the net interest margin were each largely attributable to the May 2011 acquisition of Wilmington Trust.

The provision for credit losses in 2012 declined 24% to $204 million from $270 million in the prior year. Net charge-offs of $186 million in 2012 were down from $265 million in 2011. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases were .30% and .47% in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company experienced improvement in credit quality during 2012, although real estate valuations continued to be depressed. The provision for credit losses in 2011 was $98 million or 27% below $368 million in 2010. Net charge-offs in 2011 declined $81 million from $346 million, or .67% of average loans and leases, in 2010.

Other income aggregated $1.67 billion in 2012, 5% above $1.58 billion in 2011. That improvement was led by mortgage banking revenues, which rose $183 million or 110%, and trust income, which increased $139 million or 42%, from 2011. Gains and losses on bank investment securities totaled to net losses of $48 million in 2012, compared with net gains of $73 million in 2011. Reflected in those gains or losses were other-than-temporary impairment charges of $48 million and $77 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, on certain privately issued collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) backed by residential and commercial real estate loans, and gains of $150 million in 2011 from the sale of investment securities available for sale. Those sold securities were predominantly mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government-sponsored entities that were sold in connection with the Wilmington Trust acquisition in order to manage the Company’s balance sheet composition and resultant capital ratios. Also reflected in other income in 2011 was $55 million of cash received in full settlement of a lawsuit initiated by M&T in 2008 under which M&T sought damages arising from a 2007 investment in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and alleged that the quality of the investment was not as represented. The $65 million non-taxable gain associated with the acquisition of Wilmington Trust was also included in other income in 2011. Other income rose 43% or $475 million in 2011 from $1.11 billion in 2010. In addition to the gains from the sale of investment securities, the CDO litigation settlement and the merger-related gain from the Wilmington Trust transaction (all recorded in 2011), a $210 million rise in trust income associated with the Wilmington Trust acquisition was the predominant factor in the growth in other income from 2010 to 2011. Also contributing to the higher level of other income in 2011 were increased revenues from letter of credit and credit-related fees and merchant discount and credit card fees. Partially offsetting the favorable factors noted were declines in mortgage banking revenues and service charges on deposit accounts, and the $28 million gain recorded in 2010 associated with the K Bank acquisition transaction.

Other expense increased 1% to $2.51 billion in 2012 from $2.48 billion in 2011. Other expense totaled $1.91 billion in 2010. Included in those amounts are expenses considered by M&T to be “nonoperating” in nature, consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $61 million, $62 million and $58 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $10 million in 2012, $84 million in 2011 and $771 thousand in 2010. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses aggregated $2.44 billion in 2012, compared with $2.33 billion in 2011 and $1.86 billion in 2010. Reflected in 2011’s noninterest operating expenses were a $79 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to M&T’s 20% investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”) and a $30 million tax-deductible cash contribution to The M&T Charitable Foundation in the fourth quarter. After considering those items, the increase in noninterest operating expenses from 2011 to 2012 was largely the result of the full-year impact of the operations obtained in the May 2011 acquisition of Wilmington Trust. In addition to the two items noted above that impacted 2011 expenses, contributing to the rise in noninterest operating expenses from 2010 to 2011 were the impact of the operations obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition and higher FDIC assessments.

The efficiency ratio expresses the relationship of operating expenses to revenues. The Company’s efficiency ratio, or noninterest operating expenses (as previously defined) divided by the sum of taxable-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income (exclusive of gains and losses from bank investment securities and gains on merger transactions), was 56.2% in 2012, compared with 60.4% in 2011 and 53.7% in 2010. The calculations of the efficiency ratio are presented in table 2.

 

44


Table of Contents

Table 1

EARNINGS SUMMARY

Dollars in millions

 

Increase (Decrease)(a)                                      

Compound

Growth Rate
5 Years

 
                                                   
2011 to 2012     2010 to 2011                                      
Amount     %     Amount     %         2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007 to 2012  
$ 150.1        5      $ 64.1        2      Interest income(b)   $ 2,968.1        2,817.9        2,753.8        2,747.0        3,299.5        (4 )% 
  (59.2     (15     (60.0     (13   Interest expense     343.2        402.3        462.3        669.4        1,337.8        (27

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  209.3        9        124.1        5      Net interest income(b)     2,624.9        2,415.6        2,291.5        2,077.6        1,961.7        7   
  (66.0     (24     (98.0     (27   Less: provision for credit losses     204.0        270.0        368.0        604.0        412.0        1   
  (121.0            156.7             Gain (loss) on bank investment securities(c)     (47.8     73.2        (83.5     (137.1     (147.8       
  205.3        14        318.2        27      Other income     1,715.1        1,509.8        1,191.6        1,185.2        1,086.7        10   
        Less:            
  110.6        9        204.3        20     

Salaries and employee benefits

    1,314.6        1,204.0        999.7        1,001.9        957.1        8   
  (79.4     (6     359.0        39     

Other expense

    1,194.7        1,274.1        915.1        978.7        769.9        11   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
  328.4        26        133.7        12      Income before income taxes     1,578.9        1,250.5        1,116.8        541.1        761.6        10   
        Less:            
  .5        2        1.9        8     

Taxable-equivalent adjustment(b)

    26.4        25.9        24.0        21.8        21.8        5   
  157.9        43        8.5        2     

Income taxes

    523.0        365.1        356.6        139.4        183.9        11   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
$     170.0        20      $   123.3        17      Net income   $ 1,029.5        859.5        736.2        379.9        555.9        9

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(a) Changes were calculated from unrounded amounts.

 

(b) Interest income data are on a taxable-equivalent basis. The taxable-equivalent adjustment represents additional income taxes that would be due if all interest income were subject to income taxes. This adjustment, which is related to interest received on qualified municipal securities, industrial revenue financings and preferred equity securities, is based on a composite income tax rate of approximately 39%.

 

(c) Includes other-than-temporary impairment losses, if any.

Supplemental Reporting of Non-GAAP Results of Operations

As a result of business combinations and other acquisitions, the Company had intangible assets consisting of goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets totaling $3.6 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $3.7 billion at each of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Included in such intangible assets was goodwill of $3.5 billion at each of those dates. Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets, after tax effect, totaled $37 million, $38 million and $35 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

M&T consistently provides supplemental reporting of its results on a “net operating” or “tangible” basis, from which M&T excludes the after-tax effect of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets (and the related goodwill, core deposit intangible and other intangible asset balances, net of applicable deferred tax amounts) and gains and expenses associated with merging acquired operations into the Company, since such items are considered by management to be “nonoperating” in nature. Although “net operating income” as defined by M&T is not a GAAP measure, M&T’s management believes that this information helps investors understand the effect of acquisition activity in reported results.

Net operating income totaled $1.07 billion in 2012, up 21% from $884 million in 2011. Diluted net operating earnings per common share in 2012 rose 20% to $7.88 from $6.55 in 2011. Net operating income and diluted net operating earnings per common share were $755 million and $5.84, respectively, in 2010.

Expressed as a rate of return on average tangible assets, net operating income was 1.40% in 2012, compared with 1.26% in 2011 and 1.17% in 2010. Net operating return on average tangible common equity was 19.42% in 2012, compared with 17.96% and 18.95% in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Reconciliations of GAAP amounts with corresponding non-GAAP amounts are presented in table 2.

 

45


Table of Contents

Table 2

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

       2012        2011        2010  

Income statement data

              

In thousands, except per share

              

Net income

              

Net income

     $ 1,029,498         $ 859,479         $ 736,161   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

       37,011           37,550           35,265   

Merger-related gains(a)

                 (64,930        (16,730

Merger-related expenses(a)

       6,001           52,154           469   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net operating income

     $ 1,072,510         $ 884,253         $ 755,165   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

              

Diluted earnings per common share

     $ 7.54         $ 6.35         $ 5.69   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

       .29           .30           .29   

Merger-related gains(a)

                 (.52        (.14

Merger-related expenses(a)

       .05           .42             
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted net operating earnings per common share

     $ 7.88         $ 6.55         $ 5.84   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other expense

              

Other expense

     $ 2,509,260         $ 2,478,068         $ 1,914,837   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

       (60,631        (61,617        (58,103

Merger-related expenses

       (9,879        (83,687        (771
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense

     $ 2,438,750         $ 2,332,764         $ 1,855,963   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Merger-related expenses

              

Salaries and employee benefits

     $ 4,997         $ 16,131         $ 7   

Equipment and net occupancy

       15           412           44   

Printing, postage and supplies

                 2,663           74   

Other costs of operations

       4,867           64,481           646   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 9,879         $ 83,687         $ 771   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

              

Noninterest operating expense (numerator)

     $ 2,438,750         $ 2,332,764         $ 1,855,963   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income

       2,624,907           2,415,632           2,291,549   

Other income

       1,667,270           1,582,912           1,108,100   

Less: Gain on bank investment securities

       9           150,187           2,770   

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

       (47,822        (77,035        (86,281

Merger-related gains

                 64,930           27,539   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Denominator

     $ 4,339,990         $ 3,860,462         $ 3,455,621   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

       56.19        60.43        53.71
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

              

In millions

              

Average assets

              

Average assets

     $ 79,983         $ 73,977         $ 68,380   

Goodwill

       (3,525        (3,525        (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

       (144        (168        (153

Deferred taxes

       42           43           29   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

     $ 76,356         $ 70,327         $ 64,731   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Average common equity

              

Average total equity

     $ 9,703         $ 9,004         $ 8,103   

Preferred stock

       (869        (797        (736
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Average common equity

       8,834           8,207           7,367   

Goodwill

       (3,525        (3,525        (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

       (144        (168        (153

Deferred taxes

       42           43           29   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Average tangible common equity

     $ 5,207         $ 4,557         $ 3,718   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

At end of year

              

Total assets

              

Total assets

     $ 83,009         $ 77,924         $ 68,021   

Goodwill

       (3,525        (3,525        (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

       (116        (176        (126

Deferred taxes

       34           51           23   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

     $ 79,402         $ 74,274         $ 64,393   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total common equity

              

Total equity

     $ 10,203         $ 9,271         $ 8,358   

Preferred stock

       (873        (865        (741

Undeclared dividends — preferred stock

       (3        (3        (6
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Common equity, net of undeclared preferred dividends

       9,327           8,403           7,611   

Goodwill

       (3,525        (3,525        (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

       (116        (176        (126

Deferred taxes

       34           51           23   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

     $ 5,720         $ 4,753         $ 3,983   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

(a) After any related tax effect.

 

46


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities

Taxable-equivalent net interest income totaled $2.62 billion in 2012, 9% above $2.42 billion in 2011. That improvement resulted from a 9% increase in average earning assets, to $70.3 billion in 2012 from $64.7 billion in 2011. The rise in average earning assets was the result of higher average loans and leases partially offset by lower interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The net interest margin of 3.73% in 2012 was unchanged from 2011.

Average balances of loans and leases increased $6.5 billion or 12% to $62.7 billion in 2012 from $56.2 billion in 2011. Commercial loans and leases averaged $16.3 billion in 2012, up $1.7 billion or 11% from 2011. Average commercial real estate loans increased $2.0 billion or 9% to $24.9 billion in 2012 from $22.9 billion in the prior year. The growth in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans reflects higher loan demand by customers. Residential real estate loan balances rose $2.9 billion or 43% to $9.7 billion in 2012 from $6.8 billion in 2011, predominantly the result of the Company’s decision to retain for portfolio a higher proportion of originated loans during most of the year rather than selling them. Consumer loans averaged $11.7 billion in 2012, down $132 million or 1% from $11.9 billion in 2011. Average loans and leases in 2012 reflect the full-year impact of loans obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis rose 5% to $2.42 billion in 2011 from $2.29 billion in 2010. Growth in average earning assets was the major factor for that increase, partially offset by a narrowing of the net interest margin. Average earning assets were $64.7 billion in 2011, up 8% from $59.7 billion in 2010, predominantly the result of earning assets obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust, which at the May 16, 2011 acquisition date totaled approximately $9.6 billion. The Company’s net interest margin declined to 3.73% in 2011 from 3.84% in 2010, partially attributable to the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Also contributing to that narrowing were significantly higher cash balances on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Average loans and leases rose $4.9 billion or 10% in 2011 from $51.3 billion in 2010, due predominantly to loans obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust. Loans associated with Wilmington Trust totaled $6.4 billion on the acquisition date, consisting of approximately $1.4 billion of commercial loans and leases, $3.2 billion of commercial real estate loans, $1.1 billion of consumer loans and $680 million of residential real estate loans. Including the impact of the acquired loan balances, average commercial loans and leases were $14.7 billion in 2011, up $1.6 billion or 12% from $13.1 billion in 2010. Average balances of commercial real estate loans increased 11% to $22.9 billion in 2011 from $20.7 billion in 2010. Residential real estate loans averaged $6.8 billion in 2011, up 18% from $5.7 billion in 2010. In addition to the impact of Wilmington Trust, higher amounts of loans originated to be held in portfolio contributed to that increase. Consumer loans in 2011 averaged $11.9 billion, up 1% from $11.7 billion in 2010. Largely offsetting the impact of consumer loans obtained in the Wilmington Trust transaction were declines in average automobile and home equity loans.

 

47


Table of Contents

Table 3

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT RATES

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest      Average
Rate
 
     (Average balance in millions; interest in thousands)  

Assets

                                   

Earning assets

                                   

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount(a)

                                   

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 16,336      $ 606,495         3.71     14,655        564,787         3.85     13,092        521,747         3.99     13,855        524,609         3.79     13,802        723,851         5.24

Real estate — commercial

     24,907        1,138,723         4.50        22,901        1,051,772         4.59        20,714        974,047         4.70        20,085        894,691         4.45        18,428        1,072,178         5.82   

Real estate — consumer

     9,727        421,516         4.33        6,778        334,421         4.93        5,746        303,262         5.28        5,297        288,474         5.45        5,465        329,574         6.03   

Consumer

     11,732        559,253         4.77        11,865        592,386         4.99        11,745        613,479         5.22        11,722        636,074         5.43        11,150        716,678         6.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases, net

     62,702        2,725,987         4.35        56,199        2,543,366         4.53        51,297        2,412,535         4.70        50,959        2,343,848         4.60        48,845        2,842,281         5.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     528        1,221         .23        1,195        2,934         .25        102        88         .09        50        34         .07        10        109         1.07   

Federal funds sold and agreements to resell securities

     4        21         .55        180        189         .11        221        446         .20        52        129         .25        109        2,071         1.91   

Trading account

     96        1,394         1.45        94        1,411         1.50        94        789         .84        87        640         .74        79        1,546         1.95   

Investment securities(b)

                                   

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     4,538        150,500         3.32        4,165        155,339         3.73        4,483        191,677         4.28        3,805        182,163         4.79        3,740        181,098         4.84   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     220        11,638         5.29        244        13,704         5.61        266        15,107         5.67        221        13,143         5.94        136        9,243         6.79   

Other

     2,211        77,315         3.50        2,655        101,020         3.80        3,269        133,176         4.07        4,377        207,069         4.73        5,097        263,104         5.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     6,969        239,453         3.44        7,064        270,063         3.82        8,018        339,960         4.24        8,403        402,375         4.79        8,973        453,445         5.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     70,299        2,968,076         4.22        64,732        2,817,963         4.35        59,732        2,753,818         4.61        59,551        2,747,026         4.61        58,016        3,299,452         5.69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses

     (922          (916          (906          (864          (791     

Cash and due from banks

     1,384             1,207             1,099             1,121             1,224        

Other assets

     9,222             8,954             8,455             7,664             6,683        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 79,983             73,977             68,380             67,472             65,132        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                                   

Interest-bearing liabilities

                                   

Interest-bearing deposits

                                   

NOW accounts

   $ 856        1,343         .16        753        1,145         .15        601        850         .14        543        1,122         .21        502        2,894         .58   

Savings deposits

     33,398        68,011         .20        30,403        84,314         .28        26,190        85,226         .33        22,832        112,550         .49        18,170        248,083         1.37   

Time deposits

     5,347        46,102         .86        6,480        71,014         1.10        6,583        100,241         1.52        8,782        206,220         2.35        9,583        330,389         3.45   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     605        1,130         .19        779        962         .12        953        1,368         .14        1,665        2,391         .14        3,986        84,483         2.12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     40,206        116,586         .29        38,415        157,435         .41        34,327        187,685         .55        33,822        322,283         .95        32,241        665,849         2.07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     839        1,286         .15        827        1,030         .12        1,854        3,006         .16        2,911        7,129         .24        6,086        142,627         2.34   

Long-term borrowings

     5,527        225,297         4.08        6,959        243,866         3.50        9,169        271,578         2.96        11,092        340,037         3.07        11,605        529,319         4.56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     46,572        343,169         .74        46,201        402,331         .87        45,350        462,269         1.02        47,825        669,449         1.40        49,932        1,337,795         2.68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     21,761             17,273             13,709             11,054             7,674        

Other liabilities

     1,947             1,499             1,218             1,311             1,089        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     70,280             64,973             60,277             60,190             58,695        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Shareholders’ equity

     9,703             9,004             8,103             7,282             6,437        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 79,983             73,977             68,380             67,472             65,132        
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest spread

          3.48             3.48             3.59             3.21             3.01   

Contribution of interest-free funds

          .25             .25             .25             .28             .37   
    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin on earning assets

     $ 2,624,907         3.73       2,415,632         3.73       2,291,549         3.84       2,077,577         3.49       1,961,657         3.38
    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes nonaccrual loans.

 

(b) Includes available-for-sale investment securities at amortized cost.

 

48


Table of Contents

Table 4 summarizes average loans and leases outstanding in 2012 and percentage changes in the major components of the portfolio over the past two years.

Table 4

AVERAGE LOANS AND LEASES

(Net of unearned discount)

 

            Percent Increase
(Decrease) from
 
     2012      2011 to 2012     2010 to 2011  
     (In millions)               

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 16,336         11     12

Real estate — commercial

     24,907         9        11   

Real estate — consumer

     9,727         43        18   

Consumer

       

Automobile

     2,572         (6     (3

Home equity lines

     5,930                2   

Home equity loans

     562         (22     (17

Other

     2,668         8        11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     11,732         (1     1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,702         12     10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial loans and leases, excluding loans secured by real estate, totaled $17.8 billion at December 31, 2012, representing 27% of total loans and leases. Table 5 presents information on commercial loans and leases as of December 31, 2012 relating to geographic area, size, borrower industry and whether the loans are secured by collateral or unsecured. Of the $17.8 billion of commercial loans and leases outstanding at the end of 2012, approximately $15.2 billion, or 85%, were secured, while 44%, 25% and 19% were granted to businesses in New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area (which includes Maryland, Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia and the District of Columbia), respectively. The Company provides financing for leases to commercial customers, primarily for equipment. Commercial leases included in total commercial loans and leases at December 31, 2012 aggregated $1.3 billion, of which 50% were secured by collateral located in New York State, 14% were secured by collateral in Pennsylvania and another 13% were secured by collateral in the Mid-Atlantic area.

 

49


Table of Contents

Table 5

COMMERCIAL LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

(Excludes Loans Secured by Real Estate)

December 31, 2012

 

     New York     Pennsylvania     Mid-Atlantic     Other     Total     Percent of Total  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Manufacturing

   $ 1,566      $ 1,062      $ 372      $ 376      $ 3,376        19

Services

     1,124        553        859        347        2,883        16   

Automobile dealerships

     1,149        710        311        655        2,825        16   

Wholesale

     818        324        345        132        1,619        9   

Financial and insurance

     635        193        240        32        1,100        6   

Real estate investors

     644        157        138        125        1,064        6   

Transportation, communications, utilities

     313        294        201        229        1,037        6   

Health services

     427        135        268        77        907        5   

Construction

     379        261        182        42        864        5   

Public administration

     224        234        69        16        543        3   

Retail

     219        220        71        31        541        3   

Agriculture, forestry, fishing, mining, etc.

     41        54        31        2        128        1   

Other

     388        264        216        22        890        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,927      $ 4,461      $ 3,303      $ 2,086      $ 17,777        100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percent of total

     44     25     19     12     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percent of dollars outstanding

            

Secured

     80     77     77     77     78  

Unsecured

     12        19        18        9        15     

Leases

     8        4        5        14        7     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     100     100     100     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percent of dollars outstanding by size of loan

            

Less than $1 million

     26     20     30     13     23  

$1 million to $5 million

     23        26        24        26        24     

$5 million to $10 million

     16        17        15        23        17     

$10 million to $20 million

     13        18        15        17        15     

$20 million to $30 million

     10        9        9        12        10     

$30 million to $50 million

     8        6        4        9        7     

Greater than $50 million

     4        4        3               4     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     100     100     100     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

50


Table of Contents

International loans included in commercial loans and leases totaled $138 million and $122 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in such loans were $128 million and $108 million, respectively, of loans at M&T Bank’s commercial branch in Ontario, Canada, which opened in the second quarter of 2010. The Company participates in the insurance and guarantee programs of the Export-Import Bank of the United States. These programs provide U.S. government repayment coverage of 90% to 100% on loans supporting foreign borrowers’ purchases of U.S. goods and services and coverage of 90% on loans to U.S. exporters of goods and services to foreign buyers. The loans generally range up to $10 million. The outstanding balances of loans under those programs at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $5 million and $9 million, respectively.

Loans secured by real estate, including outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit which the Company classifies as consumer loans, represented approximately 66% of the loan and lease portfolio during 2012, compared with 65% in each of 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2012, the Company held approximately $26.0 billion of commercial real estate loans, $11.2 billion of consumer real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties (including $1.2 billion of loans held for sale) and $6.3 billion of outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit, compared with $24.4 billion, $7.9 billion and $6.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Included in total loans and leases were amounts due from builders and developers of residential real estate aggregating $1.2 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, substantially all of which were classified as commercial real estate loans.

Commercial real estate loans originated by the Company include fixed-rate instruments with monthly payments and a balloon payment of the remaining unpaid principal at maturity, in many cases five years after origination. For borrowers in good standing, the terms of such loans may be extended by the customer for an additional five years at the then current market rate of interest. The Company also originates fixed-rate commercial real estate loans with maturities of greater than five years, generally having original maturity terms of approximately seven to ten years, and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans. Excluding construction and development loans made to investors, adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans represented approximately 60% of the commercial real estate loan portfolio at the 2012 year-end. Table 6 presents commercial real estate loans by geographic area, type of collateral and size of the loans outstanding at December 31, 2012. New York City metropolitan area commercial real estate loans totaled $8.7 billion at December 31, 2012. The $7.0 billion of investor-owned commercial real estate loans in the New York City metropolitan area were largely secured by multifamily residential properties, retail space, and office space. The Company’s experience has been that office, retail and service-related properties tend to demonstrate more volatile fluctuations in value through economic cycles and changing economic conditions than do multifamily residential properties. Approximately 48% of the aggregate dollar amount of New York City-area loans were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less, while loans of more than $50 million made up approximately 11% of the total.

 

51


Table of Contents

Table 6

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2012

 

    Metropolitan
New York
City
    Other
New York
State
    Pennsylvania     Mid-
Atlantic
    Other     Total     Percent of
Total
 
    (Dollars in millions)  

Investor-owned

             

Permanent finance by property type

             

Retail

  $ 2,262      $ 477      $ 412      $ 1,021      $ 522      $ 4,694        18

Apartments/Multifamily

    1,805        476        192        378        376        3,227        12   

Office

   
1,127
  
   
671
  
   
368
  
   
616
  
   
241
  
   
3,023
  
    12   

Hotel

    598        345        230        357        327        1,857        7   

Industrial/Warehouse

    189        151        172        396        144        1,052        4   

Health facilities

    24        167        49        115        37        392        1   

Other

    165        44        56        73        79        417        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total permanent

    6,170        2,331        1,479        2,956        1,726        14,662        56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Construction/Development

             

Commercial

             

Construction

    457        281        203        663        198        1,802        7

Land/Land development

    189        20        57        180        14        460        2   

Residential builder and developer

             

Construction

    120        15        84        150        116        485        2   

Land/Land development

    67        22        126        435        55        705        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total construction/development

    833        338        470        1,428        383        3,452        14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investor-owned

    7,003        2,669        1,949        4,384        2,109        18,114        70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Owner-occupied by industry(a)

             

Health services

    728        593        293        443        202        2,259        9

Other services

    224        308        272        513        36        1,353        5   

Retail

    147        198        213        275        91        924        4   

Manufacturing

    98        154        162        119        103        636        2   

Real estate investors

    106        205        151        116        30        608        2   

Automobile dealerships

    98        59        202        203        37        599        2   

Wholesale

    104        109        78        145        10        446        2   

Other

    145        183        264        433        30        1,055        4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total owner-occupied

    1,650        1,809        1,635        2,247        539        7,880        30
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

  $ 8,653      $ 4,478      $ 3,584      $ 6,631      $ 2,648      $ 25,994        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percent of total

    33     17     14     26     10     100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percent of dollars outstanding by size of loan

             

Less than $1 million

    5     23     22     17     7     14  

$1 million to $5 million

    24        40        35        34        19        30     

$5 million to $10 million

    19        17        18        17        15        17     

$10 million to $30 million

    31        17        21        18        36        25     

$30 million to $50 million

    10        2        4        9        9        7     

$50 million to $100 million

    7        1               5        8        5     

Greater than $100 million

    4                             6        2     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

    100     100     100     100     100     100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

(a) Includes $269 million of construction loans.

 

52


Table of Contents

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located in other parts of New York State, Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area tend to have a greater diversity of collateral types and include a significant amount of lending to customers who use the mortgaged property in their trade or business (owner-occupied). Approximately 80% of the aggregate dollar amount of commercial real estate loans in New York State secured by properties located outside of the metropolitan New York City area were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less. Of the outstanding balances of commercial real estate loans in Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area, approximately 75% and 68%, respectively, were for loans with outstanding balances of $10 million or less.

Commercial real estate loans secured by properties located outside of Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area, New York State and areas of states neighboring New York considered to be part of the New York City metropolitan area, comprised 10% of total commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2012.

Commercial real estate construction and development loans made to investors presented in table 6 totaled $3.5 billion at December 31, 2012, or 5% of total loans and leases. Approximately 95% of those construction loans had adjustable interest rates. Included in such loans at the 2012 year-end were $1.2 billion of loans to developers of residential real estate properties. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.” The remainder of the commercial real estate construction loan portfolio was comprised of loans made for various purposes, including the construction of office buildings, multifamily residential housing, retail space and other commercial development.

M&T Realty Capital Corporation, a commercial real estate lending subsidiary of M&T Bank, participates in the Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), pursuant to which commercial real estate loans are originated in accordance with terms and conditions specified by Fannie Mae and sold. Under this program, loans are sold with partial credit recourse to M&T Realty Capital Corporation. The amount of recourse is generally limited to one-third of any credit loss incurred by the purchaser on an individual loan, although in some cases the recourse amount is less than one-third of the outstanding principal balance. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with sold commercial real estate loans was approximately $2.0 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those recourse arrangements. Commercial real estate loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 aggregated $200 million and $161 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, commercial real estate loans serviced for other investors by the Company were $10.6 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively. Those serviced loans are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Real estate loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties were $11.2 billion at December 31, 2012, including approximately 38% secured by properties located in New York State, 13% secured by properties located in Pennsylvania and 23% secured by properties located in the Mid-Atlantic area. At December 31, 2012, $1.2 billion of residential real estate loans were held for sale, compared with $210 million at December 31, 2011. The significant increase in residential real estate loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 as compared with December 31, 2011 reflected the Company’s decision to originate for sale the majority of such loans originated after August 31, 2012 due to the significant growth in the residential real estate loan portfolio and the pending Hudson City acquisition. Prior thereto, the Company had been retaining more loans for its portfolio. The Company’s portfolio of alternative (“Alt-A”) residential real estate loans held for investment at December 31, 2012 declined to $462 million from $542 million at December 31, 2011. Alt-A loans represent loans that at origination typically included some form of limited borrower documentation requirements as compared with more traditional residential real estate loans. Loans in the Company’s Alt-A portfolio were originated by the Company prior to 2008. Loans to individuals to finance the construction of one-to-four family residential properties totaled $39 million at December 31, 2012 and $43 million at December 31, 2011, or approximately .1% of total loans and leases at each of those dates. Information about the credit performance of the Company’s Alt-A loans and other residential real estate loans is included herein under the heading “Provision For Credit Losses.”

Consumer loans comprised approximately 19% and 21% of the average loan portfolio during 2012 and 2011, respectively. The two largest components of the consumer loan portfolio are outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit and automobile loans. Average balances of home equity lines of credit outstanding represented approximately 9% and 11% of average loans outstanding in 2012 and 2011,

 

53


Table of Contents

respectively. Automobile loans represented approximately 4% of the Company’s average loan portfolio during 2012, compared with 5% in 2011. No other consumer loan product represented more than 3% of average loans outstanding in 2012. Approximately 40% of home equity lines of credit outstanding at December 31, 2012 were secured by properties in New York State, and 21% and 37% were secured by properties in Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area, respectively. Average outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit were approximately $5.9 billion in each of 2012 and 2011. At December 31, 2012, 35% and 25% of the automobile loan portfolio were to customers residing in New York State and Pennsylvania, respectively. Although automobile loans have generally been originated through dealers, all applications submitted through dealers are subject to the Company’s normal underwriting and loan approval procedures. Outstanding automobile loan balances were $2.5 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Table 7 presents the composition of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio at the end of 2012, including outstanding balances to businesses and consumers in New York State, Pennsylvania, the Mid-Atlantic area and other states. Approximately 44% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2012 were to New York State customers, while 18% and 24% were to Pennsylvania and the Mid-Atlantic area customers, respectively.

Table 7

LOANS AND LEASES, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

December 31, 2012

 

            Percent of Dollars Outstanding  
     Outstandings      New York
State
    Pennsylvania     Mid-Atlantic     Other  
     (In millions)                           

Real estate

           

Residential

   $ 11,241         38     13     23     26

Commercial

     25,994         50 (a)      14        26        10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate

     37,235         47     13     25     15
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial, financial, etc.

     16,489         44     26     19     11

Consumer

           

Home equity lines

     5,845         40     21     37     2

Home equity loans

     477         13        32        50        5   

Automobile

     2,508         35        25        20        20   

Other secured or guaranteed

     2,059         27        15        17        41   

Other unsecured

     670         39        23        34        4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     11,559         36     21     30     13
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     65,283         44     18     24     14
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial leases

     1,288         50     14     13     23
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 66,571         44     18     24     14
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes loans secured by properties located in neighboring states generally considered to be within commuting distance of New York City.

Balances of investment securities averaged $7.0 billion in 2012, compared with $7.1 billion and $8.0 billion in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The slight decline in such balances in 2012 as compared with 2011 reflects the impact of maturities and paydowns of mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by purchases of $250 million of residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) during the second quarter of 2012 and the full-year impact of purchases of residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the

 

54


Table of Contents

Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) during 2011. The 12% decline in average investment securities balances from 2010 to 2011 reflects the impact of sales of investment securities in 2011, as well as maturities and paydowns of mortgage-backed securities. During 2011, the Company realized gains of $150 million from the sale of investment securities available for sale, predominantly residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, collateralized debt obligations and trust preferred securities, having an amortized cost of $1.7 billion. The Company sold the securities in connection with the acquisition of Wilmington Trust in order to manage its balance sheet size and composition and resultant capital ratios. Partially offsetting those factors were purchases of residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae aggregating approximately $3.3 billion. The Wilmington Trust acquisition added approximately $510 million to the investment securities portfolio on the May 16, 2011 acquisition date.

The investment securities portfolio is largely comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, debt securities issued by municipalities, trust preferred securities issued by certain financial institutions, and shorter-term U.S. Treasury and federal agency notes. When purchasing investment securities, the Company considers its overall interest-rate risk profile as well as the adequacy of expected returns relative to risks assumed, including prepayments. In managing its investment securities portfolio, the Company occasionally sells investment securities as a result of changes in interest rates and spreads, actual or anticipated prepayments, credit risk associated with a particular security, or as a result of restructuring its investment securities portfolio in connection with a business combination.

The Company regularly reviews its investment securities for declines in value below amortized cost that might be characterized as “other than temporary.” Other-than-temporary impairment charges of $48 million (pre-tax) and $77 million (pre-tax) were recognized during 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to certain privately issued CMOs backed by residential and commercial real estate loans. Other-than-temporary impairment charges of $86 million (pre-tax) were recognized during 2010. Approximately $68 million of those charges related to privately issued CMOs backed by residential and commercial real estate loans, $6 million related to CDOs backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and $12 million related to American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”). The AIB ADSs were obtained in the 2003 acquisition of a subsidiary of AIB and were held to satisfy options to purchase such shares granted by that subsidiary to certain employees. Factors contributing to the impairment charge included mounting credit and other losses incurred by AIB and ongoing Irish government support that diluted AIB common shareholders. Persistently high unemployment, depressed real estate values that have been slow to recover and the resulting increased loan delinquencies and foreclosures that have led to a backlog of homes held for sale by financial institutions and others were significant factors contributing to the recognition of the other-than-temporary impairment charges related to CMOs and CDOs. Based on management’s assessment of future cash flows associated with individual investment securities, as of December 31, 2012, the Company concluded that the remaining declines associated with the rest of the investment securities portfolio were temporary in nature. A further discussion of fair values of investment securities is included herein under the heading “Capital.” Additional information about the investment securities portfolio is included in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Other earning assets include interest-earning deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and other banks, trading account assets, federal funds sold and agreements to resell securities. Those other earning assets in the aggregate averaged $628 million in 2012, $1.5 billion in 2011 and $417 million in 2010. Interest-bearing deposits at banks averaged $528 million in 2012, compared with $1.2 billion and $102 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The significantly higher balances in 2012 and 2011 as compared with 2010 were due to increased deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York resulting largely from the businesses obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Also reflected in other earning assets were purchases of investment securities under agreements to resell, which averaged $168 million and $214 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no agreements to resell securities outstanding during 2012. Agreements to resell securities, of which there were none outstanding at the 2012, 2011 and 2010 year-ends, are accounted for similar to collateralized loans, with changes in market value of the collateral monitored by the Company to ensure sufficient coverage. The amounts of investment securities and other earning assets held by the Company are influenced by such factors as demand for loans, which generally yield more than investment securities and other earning assets, ongoing repayments, the levels of deposits, and management of balance sheet size and resulting capital ratios.

 

55


Table of Contents

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits. A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that was signed into law in 2010 permanently increased the maximum amount of FDIC deposit insurance for financial institutions to $250,000 per depositor from the previous limit of $100,000. Thus, beginning in 2011, the Company defines core deposits as noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings deposits and time deposits of $250,000 or less as core deposits. Prior to December 31, 2010 time deposits of $100,000 or less were considered to be core deposits. The Company’s branch network is its principal source of core deposits, which generally carry lower interest rates than wholesale funds of comparable maturities. Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or less generated on a nationwide basis by Wilmington Trust, N.A. were also included in core deposits. Average core deposits totaled $59.1 billion in 2012, up from $52.0 billion in 2011 and $43.6 billion in 2010. The change in the Company’s definition of core deposits to include time deposits from $100,000 to $250,000 increased average core deposits by approximately $964 million in 2011. The Wilmington Trust acquisition added approximately $6.6 billion of core deposits on May 16, 2011. The K Bank acquisition transaction added $491 million of core deposits on November 5, 2010. Average core deposits of Wilmington Trust, N.A. were $1.2 billion in 2012, $630 million in 2011 and $217 million in 2010. Excluding the impact of the December 31, 2010 change in the Company’s definition of core deposits and deposits obtained in acquisition transactions, the growth in core deposits from 2010 to 2012 was due, in part, to the lack of attractive alternative investments available to the Company’s customers resulting from lower interest rates and from the economic environment in the U.S. and higher balances held on behalf of trust customers. The low interest rate environment has resulted in a shift in customer savings trends, as average time deposits have continued to decline, while average noninterest-bearing deposits and savings deposits have generally increased. Funding provided by core deposits represented 84% of average earning assets in 2012, compared with 80% and 73% in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Table 8 summarizes average core deposits in 2012 and percentage changes in the components of such deposits over the past two years. Core deposits aggregated $62.7 billion and $56.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Table 8

AVERAGE CORE DEPOSITS

 

            Percentage Increase
(Decrease) from
 
     2012      2011 to 2012     2010 to 2011  
     (In millions)         

NOW accounts

   $ 832         15     25

Savings deposits

     32,354         11        16   

Time deposits (a)

     4,196         (14     14   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     21,761         26        26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59,143         14     19
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Average time deposits considered core deposits in 2012 and 2011 represented time deposits of $250,000 or less. In 2010, average time deposits considered core deposits were those with balances less than $100,000.

Additional funding sources for the Company included branch-related time deposits over $250,000, deposits associated with the Company’s Cayman Islands office, and brokered deposits. Time deposits over $250,000, excluding brokered certificates of deposit, averaged $410 million in 2012 and $491 million in 2011. Similar time deposits over $100,000 averaged $1.7 billion 2010. Cayman Islands office deposits averaged $605 million in 2012, $779 million in 2011 and $1.0 billion in 2010. Average brokered time deposits totaled $741 million in 2012, compared with $1.1 billion in 2011 and $642 million in 2010, and at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $462 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. Brokered time deposits obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust totaled $1.4 billion as of May 16, 2011. The Company also had brokered NOW and brokered money-market deposit accounts, which in the aggregate averaged $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The levels of brokered NOW and brokered money-market deposit accounts reflect the demand for such deposits, largely resulting from continued uncertain economic markets and the desire of brokerage firms to earn reasonable yields while ensuring that customer deposits are fully insured. The level of Cayman Islands office deposits and brokered

 

56


Table of Contents

deposits are also reflective of customer demand. Additional amounts of such deposits may be added in the future depending on market conditions, including demand by customers and other investors for those deposits, and the cost of funds available from alternative sources at the time.

The Company also uses borrowings from banks, securities dealers, various Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Reserve Bank and others as sources of funding. Short-term borrowings averaged $839 million in 2012, $827 million in 2011 and $1.9 billion in 2010. Included in short-term borrowings were unsecured federal funds borrowings, which generally mature on the next business day, that averaged $669 million, $593 million and $1.7 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Overnight federal funds borrowings represented the largest component of average short-term borrowings and totaled $939 million at December 31, 2012 and $590 million at December 31, 2011.

Long-term borrowings averaged $5.5 billion in 2012, $7.0 billion in 2011 and $9.2 billion in 2010. Included in average long-term borrowings were amounts borrowed from FHLBs of $768 million in 2012, $1.9 billion in 2011 and $4.2 billion in 2010, and subordinated capital notes of $2.0 billion in each of 2012 and 2011 and $1.8 billion in 2010. On July 2, 2012, M&T Bank redeemed $400 million of subordinated capital notes that were due to mature in 2013, as such notes ceased to qualify as regulatory capital during the one-year period before their contractual maturity date. Subordinated capital notes assumed in connection with the Wilmington Trust acquisition totaled $450 million at May 16, 2011. The Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain components of long-term debt. As of December 31, 2012, interest rate swap agreements were used to hedge approximately $900 million of fixed rate subordinated notes. Further information on interest rate swap agreements is provided in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. Junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities that were included in average long-term borrowings were $1.2 billion in each of 2012, 2011 and 2010. Additional information regarding junior subordinated debentures, as well as information regarding contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. Also included in long-term borrowings were agreements to repurchase securities, which averaged $1.4 billion during 2012, $1.5 billion during 2011 and $1.6 billion during 2010. The agreements have various repurchase dates through 2017, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying securities extend beyond such repurchase dates.

Changes in the composition of the Company’s earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as discussed herein, as well as changes in interest rates and spreads, can impact net interest income. Net interest spread, or the difference between the taxable-equivalent yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 3.48% in each of 2012 and 2011, compared with 3.59% in 2010. The yield on the Company’s earning assets decreased 13 basis points to 4.22% in 2012 from 4.35% in 2011, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities also declined 13 basis points to .74% in 2012 from .87% in 2011. The yield on earning assets during 2011 declined 26 basis points from 4.61% in 2010, while the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 15 basis points from 1.02% in 2010. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) noted in January 2013 that a highly accommodative stance on monetary policy will remain appropriate for a considerable time after its asset purchase program ends and the economic recovery strengthens. In particular, the FOMC decided to keep the target range for the federal funds rate at 0% to .25% and currently anticipates that this exceptionally low range for the federal funds rate will be appropriate as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6.5%, inflation between one and two years ahead is projected to be no more than a half percentage point above the FOMC’s two percent longer-run goal, and longer-term inflation expectations continue to be well anchored.

Net interest-free funds consist largely of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and shareholders’ equity, partially offset by bank owned life insurance and non-earning assets, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. Net interest-free funds averaged $23.7 billion in 2012, compared with $18.5 billion in 2011 and $14.4 billion in 2010. The significant increases in average net interest-free funds in 2012 and 2011 were largely the result of higher balances of noninterest-bearing deposits, which averaged $21.8 billion in 2012, $17.3 billion in 2011 and $13.7 billion in 2010. In connection with the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the Company added noninterest-bearing deposits totaling $2.0 billion at the acquisition date. Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets averaged $3.7 billion in each of 2012, 2011 and 2010. Core deposit and other intangible assets added from the Wilmington Trust acquisition were $112 million on May 16, 2011. The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance averaged $1.6 billion in 2012 and $1.5 billion in each of 2011 and 2010. Increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance are not included in interest income, but rather are recorded in “other revenues from operations.” The contribution of net interest-free funds to net interest margin was .25% in each of 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

57


Table of Contents

Reflecting the changes to the net interest spread and the contribution of net interest-free funds as described herein, the Company’s net interest margin was 3.73% in each of 2012 and 2011, compared with 3.84% in 2010. Future changes in market interest rates or spreads, as well as changes in the composition of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that result in reductions in spreads, could adversely impact the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin. In particular, the relatively low interest rate environment continues to exert downward pressure on yields on loans, investment securities and other earning assets.

Management assesses the potential impact of future changes in interest rates and spreads by projecting net interest income under several interest rate scenarios. In managing interest rate risk, the Company has utilized interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Periodic settlement amounts arising from these agreements are generally reflected in either the yields earned on assets or the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million at each of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Under the terms of those swap agreements, the Company received payments based on the outstanding notional amount of the agreements at fixed rates and made payments at variable rates. Those swap agreements were designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate long-term borrowings. There were no interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges at those respective dates.

In a fair value hedge, the fair value of the derivative (the interest rate swap agreement) and changes in the fair value of the hedged item are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. In a cash flow hedge, unlike in a fair value hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in “other revenues from operations” immediately. The amounts of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in 2012, 2011 and 2010 were not material to the Company’s results of operations. The estimated aggregate fair value of interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges represented gains of approximately $143 million at December 31, 2012 and $147 million at December 31, 2011. The fair values of such swap agreements were substantially offset by changes in the fair values of the hedged items. The changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items primarily result from the effects of changing interest rates and spreads. The Company’s credit exposure as of December 31, 2012 with respect to the estimated fair value of interest rate swap agreements used for managing interest rate risk has been substantially mitigated through master netting arrangements with trading account interest rate contracts with the same counterparty as well as counterparty postings of $69 million of collateral with the Company. Additional information about swap agreements and the items being hedged is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes, the related effect on net interest income and margin, and the weighted-average interest rates paid or received on those swap agreements are presented in table 9.

 

58


Table of Contents

Table 9

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     Amount     Rate(a)     Amount     Rate(a)     Amount     Rate(a)  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Increase (decrease) in:

            

Interest income

   $          $          $       

Interest expense

     (36,368     (.08     (37,709     (.08     (41,885     (.09
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin

   $ 36,368        .05   $ 37,709        .06   $ 41,885        .07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average notional amount

   $ 900,000        $ 900,000        $ 1,012,786     

Rate received(b)

       6.07       6.07       6.27

Rate paid(b)

       2.03       1.88       2.14

 

 

(a) Computed as a percentage of average earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities.

 

(b) Weighted-average rate paid or received on interest rate swap agreements in effect during year.

Provision for Credit Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses that in management’s judgment appropriately reflects losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. A provision for credit losses is recorded to adjust the level of the allowance as deemed necessary by management. The provision for credit losses was $204 million in 2012, compared with $270 million in 2011 and $368 million in 2010. Net loan charge-offs aggregated $186 million in 2012, $265 million in 2011 and $346 million in 2010. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding were .30% in 2012, compared with .47% in 2011 and .67% in 2010. While the Company has experienced improvement in its credit quality metrics during the past few years, sluggish economic activity, relatively high unemployment rates, generally depressed real estate valuations and higher than normal levels of delinquencies and charge-offs have significantly affected the credit performance of the Company’s loan portfolios. In particular, the Company’s Alt-A residential real estate loan portfolio and its residential real estate builder and developer loan portfolio experienced the majority of the credit problems related to the turmoil in the residential real estate market place. The Company also experienced higher levels of commercial loan and consumer loan charge-offs over the past five years as compared with years preceding the economic downturn in 2008. A summary of the Company’s loan charge-offs, provision and allowance for credit losses is presented in table 10 and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

Table 10

LOAN CHARGE-OFFS, PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for credit losses beginning balance

   $ 908,290      $ 902,941      $ 878,022      $ 787,904      $ 759,439   

Charge-offs during year

          

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     41,148        55,021        91,650        180,119        102,092   

Real estate — construction

     27,687        63,529        86,603        127,728        105,940   

Real estate — mortgage

     58,572        81,691        108,500        95,109        73,485   

Consumer

     103,348        109,246        125,593        153,506        139,138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     230,755        309,487        412,346        556,462        420,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries during year

          

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     11,375        10,224        26,621        7,999        8,587   

Real estate — construction

     3,693        5,930        4,975        2,623        369   

Real estate — mortgage

     8,847        10,444        10,954        6,917        4,069   

Consumer

     20,410        18,238        23,963        25,041        24,620   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     44,325        44,836        66,513        42,580        37,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     186,430        264,651        345,833        513,882        383,010   

Provision for credit losses

     204,000        270,000        368,000        604,000        412,000   

Allowance related to loans sold or securitized

                                 (525

Consolidation of loan securitization trusts

                   2,752                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses ending balance

   $ 925,860      $ 908,290      $ 902,941      $ 878,022      $ 787,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs as a percent of:

          

Provision for credit losses

     91.39     98.02     93.98     85.08     92.96

Average loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     .30     .47     .67     1.01     .78

Allowance for credit losses as a percent of loans and leases, net of unearned discount, at year-end

     1.39     1.51     1.74     1.69     1.61

Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is being recognized as interest income over the lives of the loans. The difference between contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the nonaccretable balance and is not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet. The nonaccretable balance reflects estimated future credit losses and other contractually required payments that the Company does not expect to collect. The Company regularly evaluates the reasonableness of its cash flow projections. Any decreases to the expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of acquired loan balances. Any significant increases in expected cash flows result in additional interest income to be recognized over the then-remaining lives of the loans. The carrying amount of loans obtained in acquisitions subsequent to 2008 was $5.8 billion and $8.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The portion of the nonaccretable balance related to remaining principal losses as well as life-to-date principal losses charged against the nonaccretable balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in table 11.

 

60


Table of Contents

Table 11

NONACCRETABLE BALANCE — PRINCIPAL

 

     Remaining Balance      Life-to-date Charges  
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial, financing, leasing, etc

   $ 40,198       $ 56,059       $ 63,190       $ 55,086   

Commercial real estate

     285,681         470,788         262,062         208,770   

Residential real estate

     36,471         66,424         46,842         29,983   

Consumer

     50,856         93,734         63,132         42,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 413,206       $ 687,005       $ 435,226       $ 336,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company regularly reviews its cash flow projections for acquired loans, including its estimates of lifetime principal losses. In general, based on stabilizing economic conditions and the Company’s success at restructuring several large acquired loans, the estimates of cash flows expected to be generated by acquired loans increased by approximately 2%, or $178 million, in 2012. That improvement reflected a lowering of estimated principal losses by approximately $175 million, largely driven by a $132 million decrease in expected principal losses in the acquired commercial real estate portfolios. The increases in projected cash flows, including both the $175 million of principal referred to above and interest payments related thereto, resulted in a $200 million transfer from the nonaccretable balance to the accretable yield. Approximately $45 million of that transfer was recognized as interest income in 2012. The remainder will be recognized as interest income in subsequent years.

Nonaccrual loans totaled $1.01 billion or 1.52% of outstanding loans and leases at December 31, 2012, compared with $1.10 billion or 1.83% at December 31, 2011 and $1.14 billion or 2.19% at December 31, 2010. Additions to nonaccrual loans during 2012 were more than offset by the impact on such loans from payments received and charge-offs. During the fourth quarter of 2012, a relationship with a long-time customer with loans of $64 million was placed on nonaccrual status. The loans were secured by residential real estate and deemed well-collateralized by the Company as of December 31, 2012. The largest relationship that was added to nonaccrual loans in 2011 was a $20 million loan to a builder and developer of residential real estate properties in the Mid-Atlantic area. Softness in the residential real estate marketplace has resulted in depressed real estate values and high levels of delinquencies, both for loans to consumers and loans to builders and developers of residential real estate. Conditions in the U.S. economy have resulted in generally higher levels of nonaccrual loans than historically experienced by the Company.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (excluding acquired loans) were $358 million or .54% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2012, compared with $288 million or .48% at December 31, 2011 and $251 million or .48% at December 31, 2010. Those loans included loans guaranteed by government-related entities of $316 million, $253 million and $207 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Such guaranteed loans included one-to-four family residential mortgage loans serviced by the Company that were repurchased to reduce servicing costs, including a requirement to advance principal and interest payments that had not been received from individual mortgagors. Despite the loans being purchased by the Company, the insurance or guarantee by the applicable government-related entity remains in force. The outstanding principal balances of the repurchased loans are fully guaranteed by government-related entities and totaled $294 million at December 31, 2012, $241 million at December 31, 2011 and $191 million at December 31, 2010. A summary of nonperforming assets and certain past due, renegotiated and impaired loan data and credit quality ratios is presented in table 12.

 

61


Table of Contents

Table 12

NONPERFORMING ASSET AND PAST DUE, RENEGOTIATED AND IMPAIRED LOAN DATA

 

December 31

  2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 1,013,176      $ 1,097,581      $ 1,139,740      $ 1,255,552      $ 755,397   

Real estate and other foreclosed assets

    104,279        156,592        220,049        94,604        99,617   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 1,117,455      $ 1,254,173      $ 1,359,789      $ 1,350,156      $ 855,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more(a)

  $ 358,397      $ 287,876      $ 250,705      $ 205,172      $ 158,991   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Government guaranteed loans included in totals above:

         

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 57,420      $ 40,529      $ 39,883      $ 37,658      $ 32,506   

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

    316,403        252,503        207,243        193,495        114,183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Renegotiated loans

  $ 271,971      $ 214,379      $ 233,342      $ 212,548      $ 91,575   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired accruing loans past due 90 days or more(b)

  $ 166,554      $ 163,738      $ 91,022      $ 55,638      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchased impaired loans(c):

         

Outstanding customer balance

  $ 828,571      $ 1,267,762      $ 219,477      $ 172,772          

Carrying amount

    447,114        653,362        97,019        88,170          

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    1.52     1.83     2.19     2.42     1.54

Nonperforming assets to total net loans and leases and real estate and other foreclosed assets

    1.68     2.08     2.60     2.59     1.74

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more(a) to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    .54     .48     .48     .40     .32

 

 

 

(a) Excludes acquired loans. Predominantly residential mortgage loans.

 

(b) Acquired loans that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.

 

(c) Accruing loans that were impaired at acquisition date and recorded at fair value.

Purchased impaired loans are loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that as of the acquisition date were specifically identified as displaying signs of credit deterioration and for which the Company did not expect to collect all outstanding principal and contractually required interest payments. Those loans were impaired at the date of acquisition, were recorded at estimated fair value and were generally delinquent in payments, but, in accordance with GAAP, the Company continues to accrue interest income on such loans based on the estimated expected cash flows associated with the loans. The carrying amount of such loans was $447 million at December 31, 2012, or less than 1% of total loans. Of that amount, $416 million related to the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Purchased impaired loans totaled $653 million at December 31, 2011. The decline in such loans during 2012 was predominantly the result of payments recovered from customers.

Acquired accruing loans past due 90 days or more are loans that could not be specifically identified as impaired as of the acquisition date, but were recorded at estimated fair value as of such date. Such loans totaled to $167 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $164 million at December 31, 2011.

In an effort to assist borrowers, the Company modified the terms of select loans. If the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty and a concession was granted, the Company considers such modifications as troubled debt restructurings. Loan modifications included such actions as the extension of loan maturity dates and the lowering of interest rates and monthly payments. The objective of the modifications was to increase loan repayments by customers and thereby reduce net charge-offs. In accordance with GAAP, the modified loans are included in impaired loans for purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. Information about modifications of loans that are considered troubled debt restructurings is included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Residential real estate loans modified under specified loss mitigation programs prescribed by government guarantors have not been included in renegotiated loans because the loan guarantee remains in full force and, accordingly, the Company has not granted a concession with respect to the ultimate collection of the original loan balance. Such loans aggregated $167 million and $143 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Charge-offs of commercial loans and leases, net of recoveries, were $30 million in 2012, $45 million in 2011 and $65 million in 2010. Commercial loans and leases in nonaccrual status were $152 million at December 31, 2012, $164 million at December 31, 2011 and $173 million at December 31, 2010.

Net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans during 2012, 2011 and 2010 aggregated $36 million, $77 million and $118 million, respectively. Reflected in 2012’s charge-offs were $23 million of loans to residential real estate builders and developers, compared with $55 million and $71 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Commercial real estate loans classified as nonaccrual totaled $412 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $559 million at December 31, 2011 and $617 million at December 31, 2010. The decline in such loans from the 2011 year end to December 31, 2012 was largely attributable to the impact of a payoff in 2012’s second quarter of a $58 million construction loan to an owner/operator of retirement and assisted living facilities, other payments received, and, to a lesser extent, charge-offs of commercial real estate loans. The decline in commercial real estate loans in nonaccrual status from the 2010 year-end to December 31, 2011 resulted largely from a $35 million decrease in such loans to homebuilders and developers, charge-offs of other commercial real estate loans classified as nonaccrual and payments received. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, commercial real estate loans to residential homebuilders and developers classified as nonaccrual aggregated $182 million and $281 million, respectively, compared with $317 million at December 31, 2010. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off loans to residential real estate builders and developers as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented in table 13.

Table 13

RESIDENTIAL BUILDER AND DEVELOPER LOANS, NET OF UNEARNED DISCOUNT

 

     December 31, 2012     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
            Nonaccrual     Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)  
     Outstanding
Balances(a)
     Balances      Percent of
Outstanding
Balances
    Balances     Percent of  Average
Outstanding
Balances
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

New York

   $ 186,564       $ 10,005         5.36   $ 1,134        .69

Pennsylvania

     205,992         73,615         35.74        1,322        .53   

Mid-Atlantic

     649,479         91,798         14.13        21,365        2.76   

Other

     190,146         9,448         4.97        (334     (.16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,232,181       $ 184,866         15.00   $ 23,487        1.69
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes approximately $42 million of loans not secured by real estate, of which approximately $3 million are in nonaccrual status.

Net charge-offs of residential real estate loans were $38 million in 2012, $52 million in 2011 and $61 million in 2010. Nonaccrual residential real estate loans at the end of 2012 totaled $345 million, compared with $278 million and $268 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 was predominantly related to the addition of $64 million of loans to one customer that are secured by residential real estate. Depressed real estate values and high levels of delinquencies have contributed to the higher than historical levels of residential real estate loans classified as nonaccrual at the three most recent year-ends and to the elevated levels of charge-offs. Net charge-offs of Alt-A loans were $20 million in 2012, $32 million in 2011 and $34 million in 2010. Nonaccrual Alt-A loans aggregated $96 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $105 million and $106 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Residential real estate loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest (excluding acquired loans) totaled $313 million, $250 million and $192 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A substantial portion of such amounts related to guaranteed loans repurchased from government-related entities. Information about

 

63


Table of Contents

the location of nonaccrual and charged-off residential real estate loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented in table 14.

Consumer loan net charge-offs during 2012 totaled $83 million, compared with $91 million in 2011 and $102 million in 2010. Net charge-offs of consumer loans included: automobile loans of $14 million during 2012, $22 million during 2011 and $32 million during 2010; recreational vehicle loans of $18 million, $21 million and $23 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively; and home equity loans and lines of credit secured by one-to-four family residential properties of $31 million during 2012 and 2010, compared with $33 million during 2011. Nonaccrual consumer loans were $104 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $97 million and $80 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Included in nonaccrual consumer loans and leases at the 2012, 2011 and 2010 year-ends were: automobile loans of $25 million, $27 million and $32 million, respectively; recreational vehicle loans of $10 million, $13 million and $12 million; and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit, including junior lien Alt-A loans, of $58 million, $47 million and $33 million, respectively. Information about the location of nonaccrual and charged-off home equity loans and lines of credit as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented in table 14.

 

64


Table of Contents

Table 14

SELECTED RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE-RELATED LOAN DATA

 

           Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
     December 31, 2012     Net Charge-offs  
            Nonaccrual           

Percent of

Average
Outstanding
Balances

 
     Outstanding
Balances
     Balances      Percent of
Outstanding
Balances
    Balances     
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Residential mortgages

             

New York

   $ 4,175,829       $ 63,871         1.53   $ 3,006         .08

Pennsylvania

     1,463,595         17,826         1.22        3,211         .25   

Mid-Atlantic

     2,446,519         36,963         1.51        4,077         .19   

Other

     2,669,467         128,448         4.81        6,971         .33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,755,410       $ 247,108         2.30   $ 17,265         .19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

             

New York

   $ 5,203       $ 624         11.99   $ 449         7.92

Pennsylvania

     2,459         260         10.57        78         3.19   

Mid-Atlantic

     9,138         148         1.62                  

Other

     22,106         1,174         5.31        471         2.38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,906       $ 2,206         5.67   $ 998         2.53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alt-A first mortgages

             

New York

   $ 72,020       $ 19,566         27.17   $ 2,639         3.45

Pennsylvania

     14,474         2,368         16.36        553         3.41   

Mid-Atlantic

     85,620         15,224         17.78        1,998         2.19   

Other

     274,407         58,650         21.37        14,519         4.87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 446,521       $ 95,808         21.46   $ 19,709         4.09
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alt-A junior lien

             

New York

   $ 1,906       $ 197         10.34   $ 185         8.92

Pennsylvania

     518         36         6.95        28         4.90   

Mid-Atlantic

     3,501         91         2.60        299         8.00   

Other

     9,839         587         5.97        2,084         18.91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,764       $ 911         5.78   $ 2,596         14.92
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

First lien home equity loans

             

New York

   $ 19,423       $ 811         4.18   $ 92         .40

Pennsylvania

     99,932         3,355         3.36        695         .57   

Mid-Atlantic

     91,491         723         .79        592         .57   

Other.

     876         66         7.53        33         3.67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 211,722       $ 4,955         2.34   $ 1,412         .56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

First lien home equity lines

             

New York

   $ 942,795       $ 3,914         .42   $ 593         .06

Pennsylvania

     650,373         3,492         .54        842         .13   

Mid-Atlantic

     563,878         1,769         .31        703         .13   

Other

     19,146         1,163         6.07        2         .01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,176,192       $ 10,338         .48   $ 2,140         .10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Junior lien home equity loans

             

New York

   $ 42,029       $ 3,366         8.01   $ 829         1.63

Pennsylvania

     49,224         1,110         2.25        510         .85   

Mid-Atlantic

     143,972         1,589         1.10        699         .41   

Other

     13,863         105         .76        234         1.47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 249,088       $ 6,170         2.48   $ 2,272         .77
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Junior lien home equity lines

             

New York

   $ 1,431,453       $ 25,934         1.81   $ 14,234         .95

Pennsylvania

     559,059         2,725         .49        2,363         .40   

Mid-Atlantic

     1,586,129         4,583         .29        5,129         .31   

Other

     92,543         2,455         2.65        921         .90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,669,184       $ 35,697         .97   $ 22,647         .59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Information about past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2012 is also included in note 4 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Management determined the allowance for credit losses by performing ongoing evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, including such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. Management evaluated the impact of changes in interest rates and overall economic conditions on the ability of borrowers to meet repayment obligations when quantifying the Company’s exposure to the allowance for such losses as of each reporting date. Factors also considered by management when performing its assessment, in addition to general economic conditions and the other factors described above, included, but were not limited to: (i) the impact of residential real estate values on the Company’s portfolio of loans to residential real estate builders and developers and other loans secured by residential real estate; (ii) the concentrations of commercial real estate loans in the Company’s loan portfolio; (iii) the amount of commercial and industrial loans to businesses in areas of New York State outside of the New York City metropolitan area and in central Pennsylvania that have historically experienced less economic growth and vitality than the vast majority of other regions of the country; (iv) the repayment performance associated with the Company’s first and second lien loans secured by residential real estate; and (v) the size of the Company’s portfolio of loans to individual consumers, which historically have experienced higher net charge-offs as a percentage of loans outstanding than other loan types. The level of the allowance is adjusted based on the results of management’s analysis.

Management cautiously and conservatively evaluated the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2012 in light of: (i) residential real estate values and the level of delinquencies of loans secured by residential real estate loans; (ii) economic conditions in the markets served by the Company; (iii) continuing weakness in industrial employment in upstate New York and central Pennsylvania; (iv) the significant subjectivity involved in commercial real estate valuations for properties located in areas with stagnant or low growth economies; and (v) the amount of loan growth experienced by the Company. While there has been general improvement in economic conditions, concerns continue to exist about the strength of such improvement in both national and international markets; the level and volatility of energy prices; the slowly strengthening but still depressed housing market; the troubled state of financial and credit markets; Federal Reserve positioning of monetary policy; high levels of unemployment; continued stagnant population growth in the upstate New York and central Pennsylvania regions; and continued uncertainty about possible responses to state and local government budget deficits. Although the U.S. economy experienced recession and weak economic conditions during recent years, the impact of those conditions was not as pronounced on borrowers in the traditionally slower growth regions of upstate New York and central Pennsylvania. Approximately 60% of the Company’s loans are to customers in New York State and Pennsylvania. Home prices in upstate New York and central Pennsylvania were relatively stable in recent years, in contrast to declines in values in many other regions of the country. Therefore, despite the conditions, as previously described, the most severe credit issues experienced by the Company during the recent financial downturn were centered around residential real estate, including loans to builders and developers of residential real estate, in areas other than New York State and Pennsylvania.

The Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to all commercial and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. Reflecting more stable economic conditions in the regions served by the Company and continued workouts of problem credits, criticized commercial loans and commercial real estate loans were $2.4 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $2.8 billion at December 31, 2011. Loan officers with the support of loan review personnel in different geographic locations are responsible to continuously review and reassign loan grades to pass and criticized loans based on their detailed knowledge of individual borrowers and their judgment of the impact on such borrowers resulting from changing conditions in their respective geographic regions. On a quarterly basis, the Company’s centralized loan review department reviews all criticized commercial and commercial real estate loans greater than $1 million to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade,

 

66


Table of Contents

including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. For criticized nonaccrual loans, additional meetings are held with loan officers and their managers, workout specialists and senior management to discuss each of the relationships. In analyzing criticized loans, borrower-specific information is reviewed, including operating results, expected cash flows, recent developments and the borrower’s outlook, and other pertinent data. The timing and extent of potential losses, considering collateral valuation and other factors, and the Company’s potential courses of action are reviewed. To the extent that these loans are collateral-dependent, they are evaluated based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral as estimated at or near the financial statement date. As the quality of a loan deteriorates to the point of classifying the loan as “criticized,” the process of obtaining updated collateral valuation information is usually initiated, unless it is not considered warranted given factors such as the relative size of the loan, the characteristics of the collateral or the age of the last valuation. In those cases where current appraisals may not yet be available, prior appraisals are utilized with adjustments, as deemed necessary, for estimates of subsequent declines in value as determined by line of business and/or loan workout personnel in the respective geographic regions. Those adjustments are reviewed and assessed for reasonableness by the Company’s loan review department. Accordingly, for real estate collateral securing larger commercial and commercial real estate loans, estimated collateral values are based on current appraisals and estimates of value. For non-real estate loans, collateral is assigned a discounted estimated liquidation value and, depending on the nature of the collateral, is verified through field exams or other procedures. In assessing collateral, real estate and non-real estate values are reduced by an estimate of selling costs. With regard to residential real estate loans, the Company expanded its collections and loan workout staff and further refined its loss identification and estimation techniques by reference to loan performance and house price depreciation data in specific areas of the country where collateral that was securing the Company’s residential real estate loans was located. For residential real estate-related loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. That charge-off is based on recent indications of value from external parties that are generally obtained shortly after a loan becomes nonaccrual. At December 31, 2012 approximately 38% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consisted of first lien loans. Of the remaining junior lien loans in the portfolio, approximately 83% (or approximately 53% of the aggregate home equity portfolio) consisted of junior lien loans that were behind a first lien mortgage loan that was not owned or serviced by the Company. For the junior lien loans where an entity other than the Company held a first lien mortgage, the Company cannot precisely determine whether there is a delinquency on such first lien mortgage. As a result, the Company typically only has knowledge of the exact stage of delinquency for that portion of the portfolio where the first lien is owned or serviced by the Company. The Company’s nonaccrual policy for junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit does consider the payment status of the senior lien loan in cases where the Company has knowledge about the payment status of such loan. To the extent known by the Company, if the senior lien loan, for payment delinquency or other reasons, would be on nonaccrual status, the Company similarly places the junior lien loan or line on nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2012, the balance of junior lien loans and lines that were in nonaccrual status solely as a result of first lien loan performance was $7 million and contributed to the increase in nonaccrual home equity loans and lines of credit, including junior lien Alt-A loans, from $47 million or .71% of such loans at December 31, 2011 to $58 million or .92% at 2012’s year end. The Company expects further increases in nonaccrual junior lien loans and lines as a result of ongoing efforts to obtain better information on first lien performance on its junior lien loans that were behind a first mortgage loan that was not owned or serviced by the Company. In monitoring the credit quality of its home equity portfolio for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company reviews delinquency and nonaccrual information and considers recent charge-off experience as presented in tables 10 and 14. Additionally, the Company generally evaluates home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis and the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off at that time. In determining the amount of such charge-offs, if the Company does not know the precise amount of the remaining first lien mortgage loan (typically because the Company does not own or service the first lien loan), the Company assumes that the first lien mortgage loan has had no principal amortization since the origination of the junior lien loan. Similarly, data used in estimating incurred losses for purposes of determining the allowance for credit losses also assumes no reductions in outstanding principal of first lien loans since the origination of the junior lien loan. Home equity line of credit terms vary but such lines are generally originated with an open draw period of ten years followed by an amortization period of up to twenty years. At December 31,

 

67


Table of Contents

2012, approximately 96% of all outstanding balances of home equity lines of credit related to lines that were still in the draw period, the weighted-average remaining draw periods were approximately five years, and approximately 22% were making contractually allowed payments that do not include any repayment of principal.

Factors that influence the Company’s credit loss experience include overall economic conditions affecting businesses and consumers, generally, but also residential and commercial real estate valuations, in particular, given the size of the Company’s real estate loan portfolios. Reflecting the factors and conditions as described herein, the Company has experienced historically high levels of nonaccrual loans and net charge-offs of residential real estate-related loans, including first and junior lien Alt-A mortgage loans and loans to builders and developers of residential real estate. The Company has also experienced higher than historical levels of nonaccrual commercial real estate loans since 2009. Commercial real estate valuations can be highly subjective, as they are based upon many assumptions. Such valuations can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions, interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Similarly, residential real estate valuations can be impacted by housing trends, the availability of financing at reasonable interest rates, and general economic conditions affecting consumers.

In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases. In quantifying incurred losses, the Company considers the factors and uses the techniques described herein and in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company segments its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amount of specific loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios is determined through a loan by loan analysis of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans in nonaccrual status. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values or other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. Losses associated with loans secured by residential real estate and other consumer loans are generally determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s credit department. These forecasts give consideration to overall borrower repayment performance and current geographic region changes in collateral values using third party published historical price indices or automated valuation methodologies. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a junior lien position. Approximately 62% of the Company’s home equity portfolio consists of junior lien loans and lines of credit. The Company generally evaluates residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis and the excess of the loan balance over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off at that time. Except for consumer loans and residential real estate loans that are considered smaller balance homogeneous loans and are evaluated collectively and loans obtained in acquisition transactions, the Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more and has been placed in nonaccrual status. Those impaired loans are evaluated for specific loss components. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have a minimal delay in payment and are generally not considered to be impaired. Loans acquired in connection with acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 were recorded at fair value with no carry-over of any previously recorded allowance for credit losses. Determining the fair value of the acquired loans required estimating cash flows expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at then-current interest rates. The impact of estimated future credit losses represents the predominant difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition. Subsequent decreases to those expected cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for an additional allowance for credit losses and could lead to charge-offs of acquired loan balances.

The inherent base level loss components of the Company’s allowance for credit losses are generally determined by applying loss factors to specific loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. The Company utilizes a loan grading

 

68


Table of Contents

system which is applied to all commercial and commercial real estate credits. As previously described, loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also extensively monitored by the Company’s loan review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan balances utilized in the inherent base level loss component computations exclude loans and leases for which specific allocations are maintained. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, financial condition, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. In determining the allowance for credit losses, management also gives consideration to such factors as customer, industry and geographic concentrations as well as national and local economic conditions including: (i) the comparatively poorer economic conditions and unfavorable business climate in many market regions served by the Company, specifically upstate New York and central Pennsylvania, that result in such regions generally experiencing significantly poorer economic growth and vitality as compared with much of the rest of the country; (ii) portfolio concentrations regarding loan type, collateral type and geographic location; and (iii) additional risk associated with the Company’s portfolio of consumer loans, in particular automobile loans and leases, which generally have higher rates of loss than other types of collateralized loans.

The inherent base level loss components related to residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally determined by applying loss factors to portfolio balances after consideration of payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates for loans secured by residential real estate, including home equity loans and lines of credit, are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors as previously described.

In evaluating collateral, the Company relies extensively on internally and externally prepared valuations. In recent years, valuations of residential real estate, which are usually based on sales of comparable properties, declined significantly in many regions across the United States. Commercial real estate valuations also refer to sales of comparable properties but oftentimes are based on calculations that utilize many assumptions and, as a result, can be highly subjective. Specifically, commercial real estate values can be significantly affected over relatively short periods of time by changes in business climate, economic conditions and interest rates, and, in many cases, the results of operations of businesses and other occupants of the real property. Additionally, management is aware that there is oftentimes a delay in the recognition of credit quality changes in loans and, as a result, in changes to assigned loan grades due to time delays in the manifestation and reporting of underlying events that impact credit quality. Accordingly, loss estimates derived from the inherent base level loss component computation are adjusted for current national and local economic conditions and trends. Economic indicators in the most significant market regions served by the Company continued to improve modestly in 2012 but remained generally below pre-recession levels. For example, during 2012, private sector employment in most market areas served by the Company rose by 1.5%, trailing the 1.8% U.S. average. Private sector employment in 2012 increased 1.0% in upstate New York, 1.5% in areas of Pennsylvania served by the Company, 1.5% in Maryland, 1.4% in Greater Washington D.C. and 0.5% in the State of Delaware. In New York City, private sector employment increased by 2.4% in 2012, however, unemployment rates there remain elevated and are expected to continue at above historical levels during 2013. At the end of 2012 there remained significant concerns about the pace of national economic recovery from the recession, high unemployment, real estate valuations, high levels of consumer indebtedness, volatile energy prices, state and local government budget deficits, federal fiscal policy and sovereign debt issues in Europe that weigh on the global economic outlook. Those factors are expected to act as significant headwinds for the national economy in 2013.

The specific loss components and the inherent base level loss components together comprise the total base level or “allocated” allowance for credit losses. Such allocated portion of the allowance represents management’s assessment of losses existing in specific larger balance loans that are reviewed in detail by management and pools of other loans that are not individually analyzed. In addition, the Company has always provided an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance that is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable. The inherent unallocated allowance includes management’s

 

69


Table of Contents

subjective determination of amounts necessary for such things as the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio which may not be specifically allocable.

A comparative allocation of the allowance for credit losses for each of the past five year-ends is presented in table 15. Amounts were allocated to specific loan categories based on information available to management at the time of each year-end assessment and using the methodology described herein. Variations in the allocation of the allowance by loan category as a percentage of those loans reflect changes in management’s estimate of specific loss components and inherent base level loss components, including the impact of delinquencies and nonaccrual loans. As described in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements, loans considered impaired were $1.1 billion at each of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses related to impaired loans totaled $133 million at December 31, 2012 and $168 million at December 31, 2011. The unallocated portion of the allowance for credit losses was equal to .11% and .12% of gross loans outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Given the inherent imprecision in the many estimates used in the determination of the allocated portion of the allowance, management deliberately remained cautious and conservative in establishing the overall allowance for credit losses. Given the Company’s high concentration of real estate loans and considering the other factors already discussed herein, management considers the allocated and unallocated portions of the allowance for credit losses to be prudent and reasonable. Furthermore, the Company’s allowance is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease category. Additional information about the allowance for credit losses is included in note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 15

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES TO LOAN CATEGORIES

 

December 31

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 246,759      $ 234,022      $ 212,579      $ 219,170      $ 231,993   

Real estate

     425,908        459,552        486,913        451,352        340,588   

Consumer

     179,418        143,121        133,067        137,124        140,571   

Unallocated

     73,775        71,595        70,382        70,376        74,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 925,860      $ 908,290      $ 902,941      $ 878,022      $ 787,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a Percentage of Gross Loans

and Leases Outstanding

          

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     1.37     1.47     1.56     1.59     1.59

Real estate

     1.14        1.42        1.79        1.70        1.43   

Consumer

     1.55        1.19        1.16        1.14        1.28   

Management believes that the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2012 appropriately reflected credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of that date. The allowance for credit losses was $926 million or 1.39% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2012, compared with $908 million or 1.51% at December 31, 2011 and $903 million or 1.74% at December 31, 2010. The ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases at each respective year-end reflects the impact of loans obtained in acquisition transactions subsequent to 2008 that have been recorded at estimated fair value based on estimated future cash flows expected to be received on those loans. Those cash flows reflect the impact of expected defaults on customer repayment performance. As noted earlier, GAAP prohibits any carry-over of an allowance for credit losses for acquired loans recorded at fair value. The decline in the ratio of the allowance to total loans and leases from December 31, 2011 to the 2012 year end reflects the impact of newly originated loans for which significant losses have not been incurred as well as improvement in the levels of criticized and nonaccrual loans. The decline in that ratio from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 reflects the impact of $5.5 billion of loans obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio using the methodology and considering the factors as described herein. Should the various credit factors considered by management in establishing the allowance for credit losses change and should management’s assessment of losses inherent in the loan portfolios also change, the level of the allowance as a percentage of loans could increase or decrease in future

 

70


Table of Contents

periods. The ratio of the allowance to nonaccrual loans at the end of 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 91%, 83% and 79%, respectively. Given the Company’s position as a secured lender and its practice of charging off loan balances when collection is deemed doubtful, that ratio and changes in that ratio are generally not an indicative measure of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses, nor does management rely upon that ratio in assessing the adequacy of the allowance. The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio as of each respective date.

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, management follows the methodology described herein, including taking a conservative view of borrowers’ abilities to repay loans. The establishment of the allowance is extremely subjective and requires management to make many judgments about borrower, industry, regional and national economic health and performance. In order to present examples of the possible impact on the allowance from certain changes in credit quality factors, the Company assumed the following scenarios for possible deterioration of credit quality:

   

For consumer loans and leases considered smaller balance homogenous loans and evaluated collectively, a 40 basis point increase in loss factors;

   

For residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, also considered smaller balance homogenous loans and evaluated collectively, a 15% increase in estimated inherent losses; and

   

For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, a migration of loans to lower-ranked risk grades resulting in a 20% increase in the balance of classified credits in each risk grade.

For possible improvement in credit quality factors, the scenarios assumed were:

   

For consumer loans and leases, a 20 basis point decrease in loss factors;

   

For residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, a 5% decrease in estimated inherent losses; and

   

For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, a migration of loans to higher-ranked risk grades resulting in a 5% decrease in the balance of classified credits in each risk grade.

The scenario analyses resulted in an additional $72 million that could be identifiable under the assumptions for credit deterioration, whereas under the assumptions for credit improvement a $24 million reduction could occur. These examples are only a few of numerous reasonably possible scenarios that could be utilized in assessing the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses based on changes in assumptions and other factors.

Investor-owned commercial real estate loans secured by retail properties in the New York City metropolitan area represented 3% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2012. The Company had no concentrations of credit extended to any specific industry that exceeded 10% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Outstanding loans to foreign borrowers were $149 million at December 31, 2012, or .2% of total loans and leases.

Real estate and other foreclosed assets totaled $104 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $157 million at December 31, 2011 and $220 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 reflects sales of such assets. The decline in real estate and other foreclosed assets at December 31, 2011 as compared with the 2010 year-end reflects the sale during the second quarter of 2011 of a commercial real estate property located in New York City with a carrying value of $98 million. At December 31, 2012, the Company’s holding of residential real estate-related properties comprised approximately 60% of foreclosed assets.

Other Income

Other income aggregated $1.67 billion in 2012, up 5% from $1.58 billion in 2011. Reflected in such income were net gains and losses on investment securities (including other-than-temporary impairment losses), which totaled to a net loss of $48 million in 2012 and to a net gain of $73 million in 2011. Also reflected in noninterest income in 2011 were the $55 million CDO litigation settlement and the $65 million gain recognized on the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Excluding the specific items mentioned above, noninterest income was $1.72 billion in 2012, up $325 million from $1.39 billion in 2011. The predominant contributors to that rise in noninterest income were higher levels of mortgage banking revenues and trust income, the latter reflecting the full-year impact of the acquisition of Wilmington Trust.

Other income in 2011 was 43% higher than the $1.11 billion earned in 2010. As noted above, reflected in other income in 2011 were net gains from bank investment securities of $73 million, compared with net losses of $84 million in 2010. Excluding the impact of securities gains and losses from both years, the CDO litigation settlement and the $65 million gain on the acquisition of Wilmington Trust in 2011, and

 

71


Table of Contents

the $28 million gain associated with the K Bank acquisition transaction in 2010, other income of $1.39 billion in 2011 was up $226 million from $1.16 billion in 2010. The predominant contributor to that rise in noninterest income was higher trust income resulting from the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Higher revenues in 2011 from credit-related fees and merchant discount and credit card fees were offset by lower income from residential mortgage banking and service charges on deposit accounts.

Mortgage banking revenues aggregated $349 million in 2012, $166 million in 2011 and $185 million in 2010. Mortgage banking revenues are comprised of both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities. The Company’s involvement in commercial mortgage banking activities includes the origination, sales and servicing of loans under the multi-family loan programs of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

Residential mortgage banking revenues, consisting of realized gains from sales of residential mortgage loans and loan servicing rights, unrealized gains and losses on residential mortgage loans held for sale and related commitments, residential mortgage loan servicing fees, and other residential mortgage loan-related fees and income, were $264 million in 2012, $103 million in 2011 and $127 million in 2010. The significantly higher level of residential mortgage banking revenues in 2012 as compared with 2011 was due to increased volumes of loans originated for sale and wider margins related to such loans. Those higher volumes reflect increased refinancing activities by consumers in light of the low interest rate environment and include the impact of the Company’s involvement in the U.S. government’s Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP 2.0”), which allows homeowners to refinance their Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgages when the value of their home has fallen such that they have little or no equity. The HARP 2.0 program will remain available to borrowers through December 31, 2013. The lower revenue in 2011 as compared with 2010 was largely attributable to lower volumes of loans originated for sale, which reflects the Company retaining for portfolio during most of 2011 a large portion of residential real estate loans originated.

New commitments to originate residential mortgage loans to be sold were approximately $5.1 billion in 2012, compared with $1.9 billion in 2011 and $4.1 billion in 2010. Included in those commitments to originate residential mortgage loans to be sold were HARP 2.0 commitments of $1.8 billion in 2012. The HARP 2.0 program began in December 2011. Realized gains from sales of residential mortgage loans and loan servicing rights (net of the impact of costs associated with obligations to repurchase mortgage loans originated for sale) and recognized net unrealized gains or losses attributable to residential mortgage loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans totaled to a gain of $157 million in 2012, compared with gains of $17 million in 2011 and $43 million in 2010.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges varies based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. Residential mortgage banking revenues during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were reduced by approximately $28 million, $23 million and $30 million, respectively, related to the actual or anticipated settlement of repurchase obligations.

Late in the third quarter of 2010, the Company began to originate certain residential real estate loans to be held in its loan portfolio, rather than continuing to sell such loans. The retained loans conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines. Retaining those residential real estate loans offset the impact of the declining investment securities portfolio resulting from maturities and pay-downs of residential mortgage-backed securities while providing high quality assets earning a reasonable yield. From March through June 2011, the Company resumed originating for sale the majority of new residential real estate loans. However, beginning in July 2011, the Company resumed originating the majority of residential real estate loans to be held in its loan portfolio. The decision to retain for portfolio the majority of such loans originated rather than selling them resulted in a reduction of residential mortgage banking revenues of approximately $53 million, $27 million and $11 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Due to the significant growth in the Company’s residential real estate loan portfolio and the pending Hudson City acquisition, beginning in September 2012 the majority of the Company’s commitments are to originate residential real estate loans for sale to third parties.

Loans held for sale that are secured by residential real estate totaled $1.2 billion and $210 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Commitments to sell residential mortgage loans and commitments to originate residential mortgage loans for sale at pre-determined rates were $2.3 billion and

 

72


Table of Contents

$1.6 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012, $296 million and $182 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $458 million and $162 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Net unrealized gains on residential mortgage loans held for sale, commitments to sell loans, and commitments to originate loans for sale were $83 million and $6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $11 million at December 31, 2010. Changes in such net unrealized gains and losses are recorded in mortgage banking revenues and resulted in a net increase in revenue of $77 million in 2012 and net decreases in revenue of $4 million and $5 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Revenues from servicing residential mortgage loans for others were $100 million in 2012, up from $83 million in 2011 and $80 million in 2010. Included in such servicing revenues were amounts related to purchased servicing rights associated with small balance commercial mortgage loans totaling $20 million in 2012, $23 million in 2011 and $27 million in 2010. Residential mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $35.9 billion at December 31, 2012, $40.7 billion a year earlier and $21.1 billion at December 31, 2010, including the small balance commercial mortgage loans noted above of approximately $3.8 billion, $4.4 billion and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Reflected in residential mortgage loans serviced for others were loans sub-serviced for others of $12.5 billion and $14.3 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On September 30, 2011, the Company purchased servicing rights associated with residential mortgage loans having an outstanding principal balance of approximately $6.7 billion. The outstanding balances of such loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $5.2 billion and $6.4 billion, respectively. Approximately $19 million and $5 million of servicing fees related to that portfolio of loans were included in mortgage banking revenues during 2012 and 2011, respectively. Capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets, net of any applicable valuation allowance for possible impairment, totaled $108 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $145 million and $118 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The valuation allowance for possible impairment of capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets totaled $5 million and $2 million at the 2012 and 2011 year-ends, respectively. There was no similar valuation allowance at December 31, 2010. Included in capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets were purchased servicing rights associated with the small balance commercial mortgage loans noted above of $8 million, $16 million and $26 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Servicing rights for the small balance commercial mortgage loans were purchased from BLG or its affiliates. In addition, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 capitalized servicing rights included $2 million and $5 million, respectively, of servicing rights for $2.7 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, of residential real estate loans that were purchased from affiliates of BLG. Additional information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is provided in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements. Additional information about the Company’s capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets, including information about the calculation of estimated fair value, is presented in note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Commercial mortgage banking revenues totaled $85 million in 2012, $63 million in 2011 and $58 million in 2010. Included in such amounts were revenues from loan origination and sales activities of $59 million in 2012, $41 million in 2011 and $40 million in 2010. Commercial mortgage loans originated for sale to other investors totaled approximately $2.5 billion in 2012, compared with $1.5 billion in 2011 and $1.6 billion in 2010. Loan servicing revenues totaled $26 million in 2012, $22 million in 2011 and $18 million in 2010. Capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing assets aggregated $60 million at December 31, 2012, $51 million at December 31, 2011 and $43 million at December 31, 2010. Commercial mortgage loans serviced for other investors totaled $10.6 billion, $9.0 billion and $8.1 billion at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and included $2.0 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, of loan balances for which investors had recourse to the Company if such balances are ultimately uncollectible. Commitments to sell commercial mortgage loans and commitments to originate commercial mortgage loans for sale were $340 million and $140 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012, $339 million and $178 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $276 million and $73 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale totaled $200 million, $161 million and $204 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Service charges on deposit accounts declined 2% to $447 million in 2012 from $455 million in 2011. That decline reflects new regulations that were enacted as part of the Dodd-Frank Act related to limiting debit card interchange fees that financial institutions are able to assess. Those regulations were effective October 1, 2011. Partially offsetting the impact of those new regulations was the full-year impact of service charges on deposit accounts obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Deposit account service charges in 2010 were $478 million. The decline from 2010 to 2011 resulted from regulatory changes that went into

 

73


Table of Contents

effect during the third quarter of 2010 and in the fourth quarter of 2011. The 2010 change related to regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators that requires consumers to elect to be subject to fees for overdraft and certain deposit account transactions before a financial institution may charge such fees. The Company estimates that the impact of such regulations was to reduce service charges on deposit accounts by approximately $68 million and $35 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The regulatory changes that were effective October 1, 2011, as noted above, were part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Company estimates that the impact of that change resulted in a reduction of service charges on deposit accounts of approximately $75 million and $17 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Partially offsetting the impact of the new regulations were service charges on deposit accounts obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition, which totaled approximately $18 million in 2011.

Trust income includes fees for trust and custody services provided to personal, corporate and institutional customers, and investment management and advisory fees that are often based on a percentage of the market value of assets under management. Trust income rose 42% in 2012 to $472 million from $332 million in 2011. During 2010, trust income aggregated $123 million. The Wilmington Trust acquisition contributed $366 million and $217 million to trust income in 2012 and 2011, respectively. That acquisition brought with it two significant sources of trust income. The Institutional Client Services (“ICS”) business provides a variety of trustee, agency, investment management and administrative services for corporations and institutions, investment bankers, corporate tax, finance and legal executives, and other institutional clients who: (i) use capital markets financing structures; (ii) use independent trustees to hold retirement plan and other assets; and (iii) need investment and cash management services. Many ICS clients are multinational corporations and institutions. The Wealth Advisory Services (“WAS”) business helps high net worth clients grow their wealth, protect it, and transfer it to their heirs. A comprehensive array of wealth management services are offered, including asset management, fiduciary services and family office services. Trust income in 2012 reflects ICS and WAS revenues of $193 million and $153 million, respectively. In 2011, revenues contributed by acquired ICS and WAS activities were $119 million and $87 million, respectively. Adversely impacting trust income in 2012, 2011 and 2010 were fee waivers by the Company in order to enable proprietary money-market funds to pay customers a yield on their investments in such funds. Those waived fees were approximately $57 million in 2012, $33 million in 2011 and $18 million in 2010. Total trust assets, which include assets under management and assets under administration, aggregated $255.9 billion at December 31, 2012, compared with $261.9 billion at December 31, 2011. Trust assets under management were $61.5 billion and $52.7 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In addition to the asset amounts noted above, trust assets under management of affiliates totaled $15.4 billion and $14.3 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Furthermore, the Company’s proprietary mutual funds had assets of $13.9 billion and $13.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Brokerage services income, which includes revenues from the sale of mutual funds and annuities and securities brokerage fees, aggregated $59 million in 2012, $56 million in 2011 and $50 million in 2010. The improvement from 2011 to 2012 was due to higher revenues earned from the sale of mutual funds while the rise from 2010 to 2011 reflects higher sales of annuity products. Trading account and foreign exchange activity resulted in gains of $36 million in 2012 and $27 million in each of 2011 and 2010. The higher gains in 2012 as compared with 2010 and 2011 were due to increased market values of trading account assets held in connection with deferred compensation arrangements and to higher new volumes of interest rate swap agreement transactions executed on behalf of commercial customers. The Company enters into interest rate and foreign exchange contracts with customers who need such services and concomitantly enters into offsetting trading positions with third parties to minimize the risks involved with these types of transactions. Information about the notional amount of interest rate, foreign exchange and other contracts entered into by the Company for trading account purposes is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements and herein under the heading “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity.”

Including other-than-temporary impairment losses, the Company recognized net losses on investment securities of $48 million and $84 million during 2012 and 2010, respectively, compared with net gains of $73 million in 2011. During 2011, the Company realized gains of $150 million from the sale of investment securities available for sale, predominantly residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, collateralized debt obligations and trust preferred securities, having an amortized cost of $1.75 billion. Realized gains and losses from sales of investment securities were not significant in 2012 or 2010. Other-than-temporary impairment charges of $48 million, $77 million and $86 million were recorded in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The charges recorded in 2012 and 2011 related to certain privately issued CMOs backed by residential and commercial real estate loans. During

 

74


Table of Contents

2010, the Company recognized impairment charges of $68 million related to certain privately issued CMOs backed by residential and commercial real estate loans, $6 million related to CDOs backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions, and a $12 million write-down of AIB ADSs. The AIB ADSs were obtained in a prior acquisition of a subsidiary of AIB and were held to satisfy options to purchase such shares granted by that subsidiary to certain of its employees. Each reporting period the Company reviews its investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment. For equity securities, the Company considers various factors to determine if the decline in value is other than temporary, including the duration and extent of the decline in value, the factors contributing to the decline in fair value, including the financial condition of the issuer as well as the conditions of the industry in which it operates, and the prospects for a recovery in fair value of the equity security. For debt securities, the Company analyzes the creditworthiness of the issuer or reviews the credit performance of the underlying collateral supporting the bond. For debt securities backed by pools of loans, such as privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company estimates the cash flows of the underlying loan collateral using forward-looking assumptions of default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds. Estimated collateral cash flows are then utilized to estimate bond-specific cash flows to determine the ultimate collectibility of the bond. If the present value of the cash flows indicates that the Company should not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a bond or if the Company intends to sell the bond or it more likely than not will be required to sell the bond before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized. If an other-than-temporary impairment loss is deemed to have occurred, the investment security’s cost basis is adjusted, as appropriate for the circumstances. Additional information about other-than-temporary impairment losses is included herein under the heading “Capital.”

M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG was $22 million in 2012, compared with $24 million and $26 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The operating losses of BLG in the respective years resulted from disruptions in the residential and commercial real estate markets and reflected provisions for losses associated with securitized loans and other loans held by BLG and loan servicing and other administrative costs. Under GAAP, such losses are required to be recognized by BLG despite the fact that many of the securitized loan losses will ultimately be borne by the underlying third party bond-holders. As these loan losses are realized through later foreclosure and still later sale of real estate collateral, the underlying bonds will be charged-down resulting in BLG’s future recognition of debt extinguishment gains. The timing of such debt extinguishment is largely dependent on the timing of loan workouts and collateral liquidations and, given ongoing loan loss provisioning, it is difficult to project when BLG will return to profitability. As a result of credit and liquidity disruptions, BLG ceased its originations of small-balance commercial real estate loans in 2008. As a result of past securitization activities, BLG is still entitled to cash flows from mortgage assets that it owns or that are owned by its affiliates and is also entitled to receive distributions from affiliates that provide asset management and other services. Accordingly, the Company believes that BLG is capable of realizing positive cash flows that could be available for distribution to its owners, including M&T, despite a lack of positive GAAP-earnings from its core mortgage origination and securitization activities. To this point, BLG’s affiliates have reinvested their earnings to generate additional servicing and asset management activities, further contributing to the value of those affiliates that inures to the benefit of BLG and, ultimately, M&T. In 2011’s final quarter the Company recognized a $79 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to M&T’s 20% investment in BLG. While the small business commercial real estate securitization market that BLG previously operated in continues to be stagnant, its affiliated asset management and loan servicing operations continue to grow and perform well. BLG is entitled to receive, if and when made, cash distributions from affiliates, a portion of which is contractually required to be distributed to M&T. Nevertheless, in consideration of the passage of time since M&T’s original investment in BLG in 2007, the prospects of ongoing loan losses at BLG and the inability to accurately predict the timing of potential distributions to M&T, management concluded that the investment was other-than-temporarily impaired and wrote it down to its estimated fair value of $115 million. The impairment charge of $79 million was recorded in “other costs of operations” in 2011. The Company believes that the value of its investment in BLG as of December 31, 2012 has not changed significantly from that of a year earlier when the impairment charge was recognized. Information about the Company’s relationship with BLG and its affiliates is included in note 24 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Other revenues from operations totaled $374 million in 2012, compared with $497 million in 2011. Reflected in such revenues in 2011 were the $65 million gain realized on the acquisition of Wilmington Trust and the $55 million CDO litigation settlement. Excluding those two items, other revenues from operations were little changed in 2012 as compared with 2011, but nevertheless reflected higher merchant

 

75


Table of Contents

discount and credit card fees in 2012 offset by a decline in gains from the sale of previously leased equipment. Other revenues from operations were $355 million in 2010. In addition to the gain on the acquisition of Wilmington Trust and the CDO litigation settlement, contributing to the improvement in other revenues from operations in 2011 as compared with 2010 were increases in revenues from letter of credit and credit-related fees, merchant discount and credit card fees, and gains from the sale of previously leased equipment. Reflected in other revenues from operations in 2010 was the merger-related gain of $28 million related to the K Bank transaction.

Included in other revenues from operations were the following significant components. Letter of credit and other credit-related fees totaled $127 million, $130 million and $112 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in such fees from 2010 to 2011 was due largely to higher income from providing letter of credit and loan syndication services. Tax-exempt income earned from bank owned life insurance aggregated $51 million in each of 2012 and 2011 and $50 million in 2010. Such income includes increases in cash surrender value of life insurance policies and benefits received. Revenues from merchant discount and credit card fees were $77 million in 2012, $60 million in 2011 and $46 million in 2010. The increased revenues in 2012 as compared with 2011 and in 2011 as compared with 2010 were largely attributable to higher transaction volumes related to merchant activity and usage of the Company’s credit card products. Insurance-related sales commissions and other revenues totaled $44 million in 2012, compared with $40 million in each of 2011 and 2010. Automated teller machine usage fees aggregated $19 million in each of 2012 and 2011 and $18 million in 2010.

Other Expense

Other expense totaled $2.51 billion in 2012, compared with $2.48 billion in 2011 and $1.91 billion in 2010. Included in such amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $61 million, $62 million and $58 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $10 million in 2012, $84 million in 2011 and $771 thousand in 2010. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses were $2.44 billion in 2012, $2.33 billion in 2011 and $1.86 billion in 2010. The increase in such expenses in 2012 as compared with 2011 was largely attributable to the full-year impact of the operations obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition. Reflected in 2011 noninterest operating expenses were the previously discussed $79 million impairment charge related to BLG and the $30 million fourth quarter charitable contribution. The increase in noninterest operating expenses in 2011 as compared with 2010 was largely the result of the impact of the operations obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the impairment charge related to BLG, higher charitable contributions and higher FDIC assessments.

Salaries and employee benefits expense totaled $1.31 billion in 2012, compared with $1.20 billion and $1.00 billion in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The rise in such expenses in 2012 from 2011 reflects the full-year impact of the operations obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust. Also contributing to the higher expense level in 2012 were increased incentive compensation costs and expenses related to pension and postretirement benefits. The higher expense levels in 2011 as compared with 2010 were predominantly due to the operations obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition, but also reflect $16 million of merger-related salaries and employee benefits expenses comprised predominantly of severance for Wilmington Trust employees. Stock-based compensation totaled $57 million in 2012, $56 million in 2011 and $54 million in 2010. The number of full-time equivalent employees was 14,404 at December 31, 2012, compared with 15,072 and 12,802 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The Company provides pension and other postretirement benefits (including a retirement savings plan) for its employees. Expenses related to such benefits totaled $105 million in 2012, $86 million in 2011 and $66 million in 2010. The Company sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Pension benefit expense for those plans was $69 million in 2012, $53 million in 2011 and $38 million in 2010. Included in those amounts are $17 million in 2012, $13 million in 2011 and $14 million in 2010 for a defined contribution pension plan that the Company began on January 1, 2006. The rise in pension and other postretirement benefits expense in 2012 as compared with 2011 was largely reflective of a $17 million increase in amortization of actuarial losses accumulated in the defined benefit pension plans. The increase in expense in 2011 from 2010 was predominantly due to the impact of the Wilmington Trust acquisition and an increase in amortization of actuarial losses of approximately $7 million. The determination of pension expense and the recognition of net pension assets and liabilities for defined benefit pension plans requires management to make various assumptions that can significantly impact the actuarial calculations related thereto. Those assumptions include the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the rate of increase

 

76


Table of Contents

in future compensation levels and the discount rate. Changes in any of those assumptions will impact the Company’s pension expense. The expected long-term rate of return assumption is determined by taking into consideration asset allocations, historical returns on the types of assets held and current economic factors. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. The discount rate used by the Company to determine the present value of the Company’s future benefit obligations reflects specific market yields for a hypothetical portfolio of highly rated corporate bonds that would produce cash flows similar to the Company’s benefit plan obligations and the level of market interest rates in general as of the year-end. Other factors used to estimate the projected benefit obligations include actuarial assumptions for mortality rate, turnover rate, retirement rate and disability rate. Those other factors do not tend to change significantly over time. The Company reviews its pension plan assumptions annually to ensure that such assumptions are reasonable and adjusts those assumptions, as necessary, to reflect changes in future expectations. The Company utilizes actuaries and others to aid in that assessment.

The Company’s 2012 pension expense for its defined benefit plans was determined using the following assumptions: a long-term rate of return on assets of 6.50%; a rate of future compensation increase of 4.50%; and a discount rate of 4.25%. To demonstrate the sensitivity of pension expense to changes in the Company’s pension plan assumptions, 25 basis point increases in: the rate of return on plan assets would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $3 million; the rate of increase in compensation would have resulted in an increase in pension expense of $.4 million; and the discount rate would have resulted in a decrease in pension expense of $5 million. Decreases of 25 basis points in those assumptions would have resulted in similar changes in amount, but in the opposite direction from the changes presented in the preceding sentence. The accounting guidance for defined benefit pension plans reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets, and has the effect of reducing expense volatility related to short-term changes in interest rates and market valuations. Actuarial gains and losses include the impact of plan amendments, in addition to various gains and losses resulting from changes in assumptions and investment returns which are different from that which was assumed. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses of approximately $480 million that could result in an increase in the Company’s future pension expense depending on several factors, including whether such losses at each measurement date exceed ten percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. In accordance with GAAP, net unrecognized gains or losses that exceed that threshold are required to be amortized over the expected service period of active employees, and are included as a component of net pension cost. Amortization of these net unrealized losses had the effect of increasing the Company’s pension expense by approximately $37 million in 2012, $21 million in 2011 and $14 million in 2010.

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit cost, are to be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2012, the combined benefit obligations of the Company’s defined benefit postretirement plans exceeded the fair value of the assets of such plans by approximately $311 million. Of that amount, $105 million was related to qualified defined benefit plans that are periodically funded by the Company and $206 million related to non-qualified pension and other postretirement benefit plans that are generally not funded until benefits are paid. The Company was required to have a net pension and postretirement benefit liability for those plans that was at least equal to $311 million at December 31, 2012. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012 the Company recorded an additional postretirement benefit liability of $455 million. After applicable tax effect, that additional liability reduced accumulated other comprehensive income (and thereby shareholders’ equity) by $277 million. The result of this was a year-over-year decrease of $2 million to the additional minimum postretirement benefit liability from the $457 million recorded at December 31, 2011. After applicable tax effect, the $2 million decrease in the additional required liability increased accumulated other comprehensive income in 2012 by $945 thousand from the prior year-end amount of $278 million. The rather insignificant change in the minimum liability from December 31, 2011 represents the net impact of actual experience during 2012 that differed from the actuarial assumptions used and from changes in those assumptions. Notably, gains from higher than expected investment returns earned in 2012 were offset by net

 

77


Table of Contents

losses in the remeasurement of the benefit obligations that resulted from a lowering of the discount rate used in that measurement. In determining the benefit obligation for defined benefit postretirement plans the Company used a discount rate of 3.75% at December 31, 2012 and 4.25% at December 31, 2011. A 25 basis point decrease in the assumed discount rate as of December 31, 2012 to 3.50% would have resulted in increases in the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans (including pension and other plans) of $67 million. Under that scenario, the minimum postretirement liability adjustment at December 31, 2012 would have been $522 million, rather than the $455 million that was actually recorded, and the corresponding after tax-effect charge to accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2012 would have been $317 million, rather than the $277 million that was actually recorded. A 25 basis point increase in the assumed discount rate to 4.00% would have decreased the combined benefit obligations of all defined benefit postretirement plans by $61 million. Under this latter scenario, the aggregate minimum liability adjustment at December 31, 2012 would have been $394 million rather than the $455 million actually recorded and the corresponding after tax-effect charge to accumulated other comprehensive income would have been $239 million rather than $277 million. The Company was not required to make any contributions to its qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2012, 2011 or 2010. However, during 2012 and 2011 the Company elected to make cash contributions of $200 million and $70 million, respectively. The Company did not make any contributions to its qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2010. Information about the Company’s pension plans, including significant assumptions utilized in completing actuarial calculations for the plans, is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company also provides a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. RSP expense totaled $31 million in 2012, $28 million in 2011 and $25 million in 2010.

Expenses associated with the defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and the RSP totaled $100 million in 2012, $81 million in 2011 and $62 million in 2010. Expense associated with providing medical and other postretirement benefits was $5 million in 2012 and $4 million in each of 2011 and 2010.

Excluding the nonoperating expense items already noted, nonpersonnel operating expenses totaled $1.13 billion in 2012, compared with $1.14 billion in 2011. Higher expenses in 2012 related to the full-year impact of the operations obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust and professional services were predominantly offset by the impairment charge related to BLG and the Company’s charitable contributions, both reflected in 2011. Nonpersonnel operating expenses were $856 million in 2010. The increase in such expenses from 2010 to 2011 was largely attributable to the impact of the operations obtained in the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the impairment charge related to BLG, the $30 million charitable contribution in 2011’s fourth quarter and higher FDIC assessments.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes was $523 million in 2012, compared with $365 million in 2011 and $357 million in 2010. The effective tax rates were 33.7%, 29.8% and 32.6% in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rate is affected by the level of income earned that is exempt from tax relative to the overall level of pre-tax income, the level of income allocated to the various state and local jurisdictions where the Company operates, because tax rates differ among such jurisdictions, and the impact of any large but infrequently occurring items. For example, the recognition of the non-taxable gain of $65 million on the Wilmington Trust acquisition served to lower the effective tax rate in 2011. Income taxes in 2011 also reflect the resolution of previously uncertain tax positions that allowed the Company to reduce its accrual for income taxes in total by $12 million. Excluding the impact of (i) the non-taxable gain of $65 million on the Wilmington Trust acquisition and (ii) the $12 million accrual reversal related to the resolution with taxing authorities of previously uncertain tax positions, the Company’s effective tax rate for 2011 would have been 32.5%.

The Company’s effective tax rate in future periods will be affected by the results of operations allocated to the various tax jurisdictions within which the Company operates, any change in income tax laws or regulations within those jurisdictions, and interpretations of income tax regulations that differ from the Company’s interpretations by any of various tax authorities that may examine tax returns filed by M&T or any of its subsidiaries. Information about amounts accrued for uncertain tax positions and a reconciliation of income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income is provided in note 13 of Notes to Financial Statements.

 

78


Table of Contents

International Activities

The Company’s net investment in international assets aggregated $179 million at December 31, 2012 and $160 million at December 31, 2011. Such assets included $149 million and $128 million, respectively, of loans to foreign borrowers. Deposits in the Company’s office in the Cayman Islands totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2012 and $356 million at December 31, 2011. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable. M&T Bank opened a full-service commercial branch in Ontario, Canada during the second quarter of 2010. Loans and deposits at that branch as of December 31, 2012 were $139 million and $22 million, respectively, compared with $116 million and $14 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. As a result of the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the Company offers trust-related services in Europe and the Cayman Islands. Revenues from providing such services during 2012 and 2011 were approximately $24 million and $15 million, respectively.

Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity

As a financial intermediary, the Company is exposed to various risks, including liquidity and market risk. Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future obligations, including demands for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs, and other corporate purposes. Liquidity risk arises whenever the maturities of financial instruments included in assets and liabilities differ.

The most significant source of funding for the Company is core deposits, which are generated from a large base of consumer, corporate and institutional customers. That customer base has, over the past several years, become more geographically diverse as a result of acquisitions and expansion of the Company’s businesses. Nevertheless, the Company faces competition in offering products and services from a large array of financial market participants, including banks, thrifts, mutual funds, securities dealers and others. Core deposits financed 86% of the Company’s earning assets at December 31, 2012, compared with 83% and 77% at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increases in the amount of earning assets financed by core deposits at the 2012 and 2011 year-ends as compared with December 31, 2010 reflect higher levels of core deposits, largely due to higher noninterest-bearing deposits, that have allowed the Company to reduce short-term and long-term borrowings.

The Company supplements funding provided through core deposits with various short-term and long-term wholesale borrowings, including federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, brokered certificates of deposit, Cayman Islands office deposits and borrowings from the FHLBs and others. At December 31, 2012, M&T Bank had short-term and long-term credit facilities with the FHLBs aggregating $9.8 billion. Outstanding borrowings under FHLB credit facilities totaled $30 million and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Such borrowings were secured by loans and investment securities. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York that totaled approximately $11.7 billion at December 31, 2012. The amounts of those lines are dependent upon the balances of loans and securities pledged as collateral. There were no borrowings outstanding under such lines of credit at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

The Company has, from time to time, issued subordinated capital notes and junior subordinated debentures associated with preferred capital securities to provide liquidity and enhance regulatory capital ratios. Such notes qualify for inclusion in the Company’s capital as defined by Federal regulators. However, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, junior subordinated debentures associated with trust preferred securities will be phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 capital over a three-year period which began January 1, 2013. Information about the Company’s borrowings is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company has informal and sometimes reciprocal sources of funding available through various arrangements for unsecured short-term borrowings from a wide group of banks and other financial institutions. Short-term federal funds borrowings were $939 million and $590 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In general, those borrowings were unsecured and matured on the next business day. As previously noted, Cayman Islands office deposits and brokered certificates of deposit have been used by the Company as an alternative to short-term borrowings. Cayman Islands office deposits also generally mature on the next business day and totaled $1.0 billion and $356 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Outstanding brokered time deposits at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were $462 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. Brokered time deposits assumed in the Wilmington Trust transaction aggregated $1.4 billion at the acquisition date. At December 31, 2012, the weighted-average remaining term to maturity of brokered time deposits was 7 months. Certain of these brokered deposits

 

79


Table of Contents

have provisions that allow for early redemption. The Company also has brokered NOW and brokered money-market deposit accounts which aggregated $1.1 billion at each of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company’s ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could be negatively impacted should the Company experience a substantial deterioration in its financial condition or its debt ratings, or should the availability of short-term funding become restricted due to a disruption in the financial markets. The Company attempts to quantify such credit-event risk by modeling scenarios that estimate the liquidity impact resulting from a short-term ratings downgrade over various grading levels. Such impact is estimated by attempting to measure the effect on available unsecured lines of credit, available capacity from secured borrowing sources and securitizable assets. Information about the credit ratings of M&T and M&T Bank is presented in table 16. Additional information regarding the terms and maturities of all of the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings is provided in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. In addition to deposits and borrowings, other sources of liquidity include maturities of investment securities and other earning assets, repayments of loans and investment securities, and cash generated from operations, such as fees collected for services.

Table 16

DEBT RATINGS

 

     Moody’s      Standard
and  Poor’s
     Fitch  

M&T Bank Corporation

        

Senior debt

     A3         A–         A–   

Subordinated debt

     Baa1         BBB+         BBB+   

M&T Bank

        

Short-term deposits

     Prime-1         A-1         F1   

Long-term deposits

     A2         A         A   

Senior debt

     A2         A         A–   

Subordinated debt

     A3         A–         BBB+   

Certain customers of the Company obtain financing through the issuance of variable rate demand bonds (“VRDBs”). The VRDBs are generally enhanced by letters of credit provided by M&T Bank. M&T Bank oftentimes acts as remarketing agent for the VRDBs and, at its discretion, may from time-to-time own some of the VRDBs while such instruments are remarketed. When this occurs, the VRDBs are classified as trading assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Nevertheless, M&T Bank is not contractually obligated to purchase the VRDBs. The value of VRDBs in the Company’s trading account totaled $7 million and $40 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At each of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the VRDBs outstanding backed by M&T Bank letters of credit totaled $1.9 billion. M&T Bank also serves as remarketing agent for most of those bonds.

Table 17

MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF SELECTED LOANS(a)

 

December 31, 2012

   Demand      2013      2014-2017      After 2017  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial, financial, etc.

   $ 6,580,590       $ 2,467,660       $ 6,524,710       $ 782,662   

Real estate — construction

     189,213         1,393,666         1,668,723         299,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,769,803       $ 3,861,326       $ 8,193,433       $ 1,082,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Floating or adjustable interest rates

         $ 6,489,840       $ 637,604   

Fixed or predetermined interest rates

           1,703,593         444,751   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $ 8,193,433       $ 1,082,355   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The data do not include nonaccrual loans.

 

80


Table of Contents

The Company enters into contractual obligations in the normal course of business which require future cash payments. The contractual amounts and timing of those payments as of December 31, 2012 are summarized in table 18. Off-balance sheet commitments to customers may impact liquidity, including commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, commercial letters of credit, financial guarantees and indemnification contracts, and commitments to sell real estate loans. Because many of these commitments or contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows. Further discussion of these commitments is provided in note 21 of Notes to Financial Statements. Table 18 summarizes the Company’s other commitments as of December 31, 2012 and the timing of the expiration of such commitments.

Table 18

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER COMMITMENTS

 

December 31, 2012

   Less Than  One
Year
     One to  Three
Years
     Three to  Five
Years
     Over Five
Years
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Payments due for contractual obligations

              

Time deposits

   $ 3,575,766       $ 739,495       $ 234,165       $ 12,940       $ 4,562,366   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     1,044,519                                 1,044,519   

Federal funds purchased and agreements to repurchase securities

     1,074,482                                 1,074,482   

Long-term borrowings

     258,102         28,220         1,864,845         2,456,591         4,607,758   

Operating leases

     76,772         144,729         95,804         142,520         459,825   

Other

     56,765         25,557         14,748         5,952         103,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,086,406       $ 938,001       $ 2,209,562       $ 2,618,003       $ 11,851,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other commitments

              

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 9,111,575       $ 5,817,504       $ 4,108,807       $ 3,270,420       $ 22,308,306   

Standby letters of credit

     1,857,771         1,533,932         547,619         86,007         4,025,329   

Commercial letters of credit

     18,877         34,324                         53,201   

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts

     145,761         260,508         307,188         1,406,904         2,120,361   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     2,617,751         7,657                         2,625,408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,751,735       $ 7,653,925       $ 4,963,614       $ 4,763,331       $ 31,132,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

M&T’s primary source of funds to pay for operating expenses, shareholder dividends and treasury stock repurchases has historically been the receipt of dividends from its banking subsidiaries, which are subject to various regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the two preceding years. For purposes of that test, at December 31, 2012 approximately $944 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. These historic sources of cash flow have been augmented in the past by the issuance of trust preferred securities and senior notes payable. Information regarding trust preferred securities and the related junior subordinated debentures is included in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements. The $300 million of 5.375% senior notes of M&T that were issued in 2007 matured and were repaid in 2012. M&T also maintains a $30 million line of credit with an unaffiliated commercial bank, of which there were no borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2012. A similar $30 million line of credit was entirely available for borrowing at December 31, 2011.

 

81


Table of Contents

Table 19

MATURITY AND TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT YIELD OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

December 31, 2012

   One Year
or Less
    One to  Five
Years
    Five to  Ten
Years
    Over Ten
Years
    Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investment securities available for sale(a)

          

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

          

Carrying value

   $ 2,047      $ 35,505      $ 1,792      $      $ 39,344   

Yield

     1.64     1.71     2.04            1.72

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

          

Carrying value

     1,653        3,473        5,653        10,122        20,901   

Yield

     6.12     5.71     4.01     1.68     3.33

Mortgage-backed securities(b)

          

Government issued or guaranteed

          

Carrying value

     131,173        551,105        641,397        2,047,366        3,371,041   

Yield

     3.25     3.24     3.25     3.26     3.25

Privately issued

          

Carrying value

     27,930        132,035        175,309        688,612        1,023,886   

Yield

     3.24     3.21     3.18     3.19     3.19

Other debt securities

          

Carrying value

     1,252        4,161        2,772        165,634        173,819   

Yield

     1.41     3.88     4.42     4.00     3.99

Equity securities

          

Carrying value

                                 110,446   

Yield

                                 1.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities available for sale

          

Carrying value

     164,055        726,279        826,923        2,911,734        4,739,437   

Yield

     3.24     3.17     3.24     3.28     3.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Investment securities held to maturity           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

          

Carrying value

     26,716        50,310        104,901        176        182,103   

Yield

     4.15     5.17     5.59     6.71     5.26

Mortgage-backed securities(b)

          

Government issued or guaranteed

          

Carrying value

     30,376        135,669        206,530        224,765        597,340   

Yield

     2.94     2.94     2.94     2.94     2.94

Privately issued

          

Carrying value

     7,388        30,261        39,788        164,941        242,378   

Yield

     2.66     2.68     2.72     2.91     2.84

Other debt securities

          

Carrying value

                          10,455        10,455   

Yield

                          5.48     5.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities held to maturity

          

Carrying value

     64,480        216,240        351,219        400,337        1,032,276   

Yield

     3.41     3.42     3.71     3.00     3.35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other investment securities

                                 302,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

          

Carrying value

   $ 228,535      $ 942,519      $ 1,178,142      $ 3,312,071      $ 6,074,361   

Yield

     3.29     3.23     3.38     3.25     3.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Investment securities available for sale are presented at estimated fair value. Yields on such securities are based on amortized cost.

 

(b) Maturities are reflected based upon contractual payments due. Actual maturities are expected to be significantly shorter as a result of loan repayments in the underlying mortgage pools.

 

82


Table of Contents

Management closely monitors the Company’s liquidity position on an ongoing basis for compliance with internal policies and believes that available sources of liquidity are adequate to meet funding needs anticipated in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate engaging in any activities, either currently or in the long-term, for which adequate funding would not be available and would therefore result in a significant strain on liquidity at either M&T or its subsidiary banks.

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in the market prices and/or interest rates of the Company’s financial instruments. The primary market risk the Company is exposed to is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arises from the Company’s core banking activities of lending and deposit-taking, because assets and liabilities reprice at different times and by different amounts as interest rates change. As a result, net interest income earned by the Company is subject to the effects of changing interest rates. The Company measures interest rate risk by calculating the variability of net interest income in future periods under various interest rate scenarios using projected balances for earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives used to hedge interest rate risk. Management’s philosophy toward interest rate risk management is to limit the variability of net interest income. The balances of financial instruments used in the projections are based on expected growth from forecasted business opportunities, anticipated prepayments of loans and investment securities, and expected maturities of investment securities, loans and deposits. Management uses a “value of equity” model to supplement the modeling technique described above. Those supplemental analyses are based on discounted cash flows associated with on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such analyses are modeled to reflect changes in interest rates and provide management with a long-term interest rate risk metric. The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to help manage exposure to interest rate risk. At December 31, 2012, the aggregate notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes was $900 million. Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes is included herein under the heading “Net Interest Income/Lending and Funding Activities” and in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Table 20

MATURITY OF DOMESTIC CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND TIME DEPOSITS

WITH BALANCES OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

     December 31, 2012  
     (In thousands)  

Under 3 months

   $ 312,801   

3 to 6 months

     183,149   

6 to 12 months

     292,644   

Over 12 months

     241,334   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,029,928   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s Risk Management Committee, which includes members of senior management, monitors the sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to changes in interest rates with the aid of a computer model that forecasts net interest income under different interest rate scenarios. In modeling changing interest rates, the Company considers different yield curve shapes that consider both parallel (that is, simultaneous changes in interest rates at each point on the yield curve) and non-parallel (that is, allowing interest rates at points on the yield curve to vary by different amounts) shifts in the yield curve. In utilizing the model, market implied forward interest rates over the subsequent twelve months are generally used to determine a base interest rate scenario for the net interest income simulation. That calculated base net interest income is then compared to the income calculated under the varying interest rate scenarios. The model considers the impact of ongoing lending and deposit-gathering activities, as well as interrelationships in the magnitude and timing of the repricing of financial instruments, including the effect of changing interest rates on expected prepayments and maturities. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk through the use of on- or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

 

83


Table of Contents

Table 21 displays as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 the estimated impact on net interest income from non-trading financial instruments in the base scenario described above resulting from parallel changes in interest rates across repricing categories during the first modeling year.

Table 21

SENSITIVITY OF NET INTEREST INCOME TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

 

     Calculated Increase
(Decrease) in Projected
Net Interest Income
December 31
 

Changes in Interest Rates

   2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

+ 200 basis points

   $ 210,030      $ 117,826   

+ 100 basis points

     117,198        64,103   

– 100 basis points

     (69,687     (62,055

– 200 basis points

     (90,333     (83,369

The Company utilized many assumptions to calculate the impact that changes in interest rates may have on net interest income. The more significant of those assumptions included the rate of prepayments of mortgage-related assets, cash flows from derivative and other financial instruments held for non-trading purposes, loan and deposit volumes and pricing, and deposit maturities. In the scenarios presented, the Company also assumed gradual changes in rates during a twelve-month period of 100 and 200 basis points, as compared with the assumed base scenario. In the event that a 100 or 200 basis point rate change cannot be achieved, the applicable rate changes are limited to lesser amounts such that interest rates cannot be less than zero. The assumptions used in interest rate sensitivity modeling are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the Company cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ significantly from those presented due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of changes in interest rates and changes in market conditions and interest rate differentials (spreads) between maturity/repricing categories, as well as any actions, such as those previously described, which management may take to counter such changes. The change in interest rate sensitivity to rising interest rates at December 31, 2012 as compared with December 31, 2011 reflects a higher percentage of funding coming from core deposits, including noninterest-bearing deposits, a greater mix of variable rate commercial loans, and updated projected deposit pricing assumptions. Partially offsetting those changes was the growth in fixed rate residential real estate loans.

Table 22 presents cumulative totals of net assets (liabilities) repricing on a contractual basis within the specified time frames, as adjusted for the impact of interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes. Management believes that this measure does not appropriately depict interest rate risk since changes in interest rates do not necessarily affect all categories of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities equally nor, as assumed in the table, on the contractual maturity or repricing date. Furthermore, this static presentation of interest rate risk fails to consider the effect of ongoing lending and deposit gathering activities, projected changes in balance sheet composition or any subsequent interest rate risk management activities the Company is likely to implement.

 

84


Table of Contents

Table 22

CONTRACTUAL REPRICING DATA

 

December 31, 2012

   Three Months
or Less
    Four to  Twelve
Months
    One to
Five Years
    After
Five Years
    Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans and leases, net

   $ 37,537,333      $ 4,997,380      $ 12,184,498      $ 11,851,746      $ 66,570,957   

Investment securities

     1,329,877        70,369        188,949        4,485,166        6,074,361   

Other earning assets

     212,523        600        100               213,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

     39,079,733        5,068,349        12,373,547        16,336,912        72,858,541   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOW accounts

     1,979,619                             1,979,619   

Savings deposits

     33,783,947                             33,783,947   

Time deposits

     1,261,129        2,319,586        968,711        12,940        4,562,366   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     1,044,519                             1,044,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     38,069,214        2,319,586        968,711        12,940        41,370,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

     1,074,482                             1,074,482   

Long-term borrowings

     648,989        255,865        1,833,935        1,868,969        4,607,758   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     39,792,685        2,575,451        2,802,646        1,881,909        47,052,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

     (900,000            900,000                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Periodic gap

   $ (1,612,952   $ 2,492,898      $ 10,470,901      $ 14,455,003     

Cumulative gap

     (1,612,952     879,946        11,350,847        25,805,850     

Cumulative gap as a % of total earning assets

     (2.2 )%      1.2     15.6     35.4  

Changes in fair value of the Company’s financial instruments can also result from a lack of trading activity for similar instruments in the financial markets. That impact is most notable on the values assigned to the Company’s investment securities. Information about the fair valuation of such securities is presented herein under the heading “Capital” and in notes 3 and 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company engages in trading activities to meet the financial needs of customers, to fund the Company’s obligations under certain deferred compensation plans and, to a limited extent, to profit from perceived market opportunities. Financial instruments utilized in trading activities consist predominantly of interest rate contracts, such as swap agreements, and forward and futures contracts related to foreign currencies, but have also included investments in U.S. Treasury and other government securities, mutual funds and, as previously described, a limited number of VRDBs. The Company generally mitigates the foreign currency and interest rate risk associated with trading activities by entering into offsetting trading positions. The fair values of the offsetting trading positions associated with interest rate contracts and foreign currency and other option and futures contracts is presented in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements. The amounts of gross and net trading positions, as well as the type of trading activities conducted by the Company, are subject to a well-defined series of potential loss exposure limits established by management and approved by M&T’s Board of Directors. However, as with any non-government guaranteed financial instrument, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to the Company’s trading activities.

The notional amounts of interest rate contracts entered into for trading purposes aggregated $15.5 billion at December 31, 2012 and $13.9 billion at December 31, 2011. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading purposes totaled $869 million and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Although the notional amounts of these trading contracts are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, the fair values of all financial instruments used for trading activities are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values of trading account assets and liabilities were $489 million and $374 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and $562 million and $435 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. Included in trading account assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $36 million and $34 million, respectively, of assets related to deferred compensation plans.

 

85


Table of Contents

Changes in the fair value of such assets are recorded as “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income. Included in “other liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $30 million and $32 million, respectively, of liabilities related to deferred compensation plans. Changes in the balances of such liabilities due to the valuation of allocated investment options to which the liabilities are indexed are recorded in “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income.

Given the Company’s policies, limits and positions, management believes that the potential loss exposure to the Company resulting from market risk associated with trading activities was not material, however, as previously noted, the Company is exposed to credit risk associated with counterparties to transactions associated with the Company’s trading activities. Additional information about the Company’s use of derivative financial instruments in its trading activities is included in note 18 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Capital

Shareholders’ equity was $10.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and represented 12.29% of total assets, compared with $9.3 billion or 11.90% at December 31, 2011 and $8.4 billion or 12.29% at December 31, 2010.

Included in shareholders’ equity was preferred stock with financial statement carrying values of $873 million at December 31, 2012 and $865 million at December 31, 2011. As discussed earlier, the U.S. Treasury completed a public offering of its holding of M&T Series A and Series C preferred stock in August 2012, resulting in M&T’s exit from the TARP. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, preferred stock included $373 million and $365 million, respectively, for Series A and Series C Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. The redemption value of those series of stock was $381.5 million at each of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Series A preferred stock and warrants to issue M&T common stock were issued in 2008 for $600 million. During the second quarter of 2011, M&T redeemed $370 million of the Series A preferred stock. The financial statement value of the outstanding Series A preferred stock was $227 million and $224 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Series C preferred stock originally represented a $151.5 million issuance in 2008 to the U.S. Treasury by Provident that was converted into M&T preferred stock and warrants to purchase M&T common stock upon M&T’s acquisition of Provident on May 23, 2009. The financial statement carrying value of the Series C preferred stock was $146 million and $140 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In conjunction with the U.S. Treasury’s public offering of its holding of M&T Series A and Series C preferred stock, M&T modified certain of the terms of the Series A and Series C Preferred Stock, with such modifications being subject to M&T common shareholder approval. The modifications related to the dividend rate on the preferred shares at the reset dates, which was originally set to change to 9% on November 15, 2013 for the Series C preferred shares and on February 15, 2014 for the Series A preferred shares. In each case, the dividend rate will now change to 6.375% on November 15, 2013 rather than to the 9% in the original terms. The other modification related to M&T agreeing to not redeem the Series A and Series C preferred shares until on or after November 15, 2018, except that if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence. On May 31, 2011, M&T issued 50,000 shares of Series D Perpetual 6.875% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share and liquidation preference of $10,000 per share. Holders of Series D preferred stock are entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, non-cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 6.875%, payable semi-annually in arrears. The Series D preferred stock is redeemable on or after June 15, 2016 in whole or in part at par plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Notwithstanding the redemption provisions noted and subject to regulatory approval, M&T may redeem all of the outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock if a regulatory capital treatment event takes place whereby the full liquidation value of the shares no longer qualifies as Tier 1 capital. In accordance with their terms, on April 1, 2011, the 26,500 shares of Series B preferred stock converted into 433,144 shares of M&T common stock. The Series B preferred stock had paid quarterly dividends at a rate of 10% per annum. Further information concerning M&T’s preferred stock can be found in note 10 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Common shareholders’ equity was $9.3 billion, or $72.73 per share, at December 31, 2012, compared with $8.4 billion, or $66.82 per share, at December 31, 2011 and $7.6 billion, or $63.54 per share, at December 31, 2010. Tangible equity per common share, which excludes goodwill and core deposit and other

 

86


Table of Contents

intangible assets and applicable deferred tax balances, was $44.61 at December 31, 2012, compared with $37.79 and $33.26 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets was 7.20% at December 31, 2012, compared with 6.40% and 6.19% at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Reconciliations of total common shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity and total assets and tangible assets as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are presented in table 2. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the ratio of average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 12.13%, 12.17% and 11.85%, respectively. The ratio of average common shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 11.04%, 11.09% and 10.77% in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Shareholders’ equity reflects accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, which includes the net after-tax impact of unrealized gains or losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized losses on held-to-maturity securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment charge has been recognized, gains or losses associated with interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges, foreign currency translation adjustments and adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities, net of applicable tax effect, were $37 million, or $.29 per common share, at December 31, 2012, compared with net unrealized losses of $78 million, or $.62 per common share, at December 31, 2011, and $85 million, or $.71 per common share, at December 31, 2010. Such unrealized gains and losses represent the difference, net of applicable income tax effect, between the estimated fair value and amortized cost of investment securities classified as available for sale, including the remaining unamortized unrealized losses on investment securities that have been transferred to held-to-maturity classification. Information about unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is included in note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Reflected in net unrealized gains at December 31, 2012 were pre tax-effect unrealized losses of $157 million on available-for-sale investment securities with an amortized cost of $1.2 billion and pre-tax effect unrealized gains of $254 million on securities with an amortized cost of $3.5 billion. The pre-tax effect unrealized losses reflect $126 million of losses on privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $1.0 billion and an estimated fair value of $895 million (considered Level 3 valuations) and $27 million of losses on trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions having an amortized cost of $123 million and an estimated fair value of $96 million (generally considered Level 2 valuations).

The Company’s privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale are generally collateralized by prime and Alt-A residential mortgage loans as depicted in table 23. Information in the table is as of December 31, 2012. As with any accounting estimate or other data, changes in fair values and investment ratings may occur at any time.

 

87


Table of Contents

Table 23

PRIVATELY ISSUED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES (a)

 

                      As a Percentage of Fair
Value
          Current Payment
Status (c)
 

Collateral Type

  Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
    Investment
Grade
    Senior
Tranche
    Credit
Enhance-
ment (b)
    Bonds
with
OTTI
    Bonds
without
OTTI
 
    (Dollars in thousands)                                

Investment securities available for sale:

               

Residential mortgage loans

               

Prime — fixed

  $ 38,021      $ 41,514      $ 3,493        60     99     6     %(d)      100

Prime — hybrid ARMs.

    971,752        873,775        (97,977     23        97        6        21        100   

Alt-A — hybrid ARMs.

    111,831        86,710        (25,121     13        91        9        35        100   

Other

    12,035        10,887        (1,148            66        21         (d)      100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Subtotal

    1,133,639        1,012,886        (120,753     24     96     6     22     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Commercial mortgage loans

    8,648        11,000        2,352            100     100     %(d)      100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total investment securities available for sale

    1,142,287        1,023,886        (118,401     24     96     7     22     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Investment securities held to maturity:

               

Residential and commercial mortgage loans

    242,378        147,638        (94,740     36     92     23         100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total

  $ 1,384,665      $ 1,171,524      $ (213,141     25     96     10     22     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) All information is as of December 31, 2012.

 

(b) Weighted-average credit enhancement is calculated by dividing the remaining unpaid principal balance of bonds subordinate to the bonds owned by the Company plus any overcollateralization remaining in the securitization structure by the remaining unpaid principal balance of all bonds in the securitization structure.

 

(c) Represents percentage of amortized cost related to bonds for which contractually required principal and interest payments expected at acquisition continue to be received.

 

(d) There are no bonds in this category.

 

88


Table of Contents

In estimating values for privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company was restricted in the level of market observable assumptions used in the valuation of such securities. Because of reduced trading activity and lack of observable valuation inputs, the Company considers the estimated fair value associated with its holdings of privately issued mortgage-backed securities to be Level 3 valuations. To assist in the determination of fair value for its privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company engaged two independent pricing sources at December 31, 2012 and 2011. GAAP provides guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of trading activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased. In consideration of that guidance, the Company performed internal modeling to estimate the cash flows and fair value of privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The Company’s internal modeling techniques included discounting estimated bond-specific cash flows using assumptions about cash flows associated with loans underlying each of the bonds. In estimating those cash flows, the Company used conservative assumptions as to default and loss rates in order to mitigate exposure that might be attributable to the risk that actual future credit losses could exceed assumed credit losses. Differences between internal model valuations and external pricing indications were generally considered to be reflective of the lack of liquidity in the market for privately issued mortgage-backed securities. To determine the most representative fair value for those bonds under current market conditions, the Company averaged the internal model valuations and the indications obtained from the two independent pricing sources resulting in a one-third weighting on the internal model valuation and a two-thirds weighting on valuations provided by the independent sources. Further information concerning the Company’s valuations of privately issued mortgage-backed securities can be found in note 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

During 2012 the Company recognized $48 million (pre-tax) of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to privately issued mortgage-backed securities. In assessing impairment losses for debt securities, the Company performed internal modeling to estimate bond-specific cash flows, which considered the placement of the bond in the overall securitization structure and the remaining levels of subordination.

For privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities, the modeling for other-than-temporary impairment utilized assumptions about the expected underlying performance of the mortgage loan collateral considering recent collateral performance and future assumptions regarding default and loss severity. At December 31, 2012, projected model default percentages on the underlying mortgage loan collateral ranged from 2% to 27% and loss severities ranged from 21% to 78%. For bonds in which the Company has recognized an other-than-temporary impairment charge, the weighted-average percentage of default collateral was 18% and the weighted-average loss severity was 48%. For bonds without other-than-temporary impairment losses, the weighted-average default percentage and loss severity were 10% and 37%, respectively. Underlying mortgage loan collateral cash flows, after considering the impact of estimated credit losses, were distributed by the model to the various securities within the securitization structure to determine the timing and extent of losses at the bond-level, if any. Despite continuing high levels of delinquencies and losses in the underlying residential mortgage loan collateral, given credit enhancements resulting from the structures of individual bonds, the Company has concluded that as of December 31, 2012 its remaining privately issued mortgage-backed securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired. Nevertheless, given recent market conditions, it is possible that adverse changes in repayment performance and fair value could occur in 2013 and later years that could impact the Company’s conclusions. For example, a 20% increase in the estimated default rate assumption and a 20% increase in the severity rate assumption would have increased the other-than-temporary impairment charge recognized by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2012 by $32 million. Information comparing the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities is included in note 3 of Notes to Financial Statements. The Company’s model as described above uses projected default and loss severity assumptions. Information on the current credit enhancement and current payment status of privately issued mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2012 is included in table 23.

Similar to its evaluation of available-for-sale privately issued mortgage-backed securities, the Company assesses impairment losses on privately issued CMOs in the held-to-maturity portfolio by performing internal modeling to estimate bond-specific cash flows, that reflect the placement of the bond in the overall securitization structure and the remaining subordination levels. As a result, the Company recognized $5 million of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to CMOs in the held-to-maturity portfolio during 2012. In total, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had in its held-to-maturity portfolio CMOs with an amortized cost basis of $242 million and $269 million (after impairment charges), respectively, and a fair value of $148 million and $170 million, respectively.

 

89


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, the Company also had pre-tax unrealized losses of $28 million on $130 million of trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions, securities backed by trust preferred securities, and other debt securities (reflecting $1 million of unrealized losses on $7 million of securities using a Level 3 valuation). Pre-tax unrealized losses of $47 million existed on $201 million of such securities at December 31, 2011. After evaluating the expected repayment performance of those bonds, the Company did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairment losses related to those securities during 2012.

During 2011 the Company recognized $77 million (pre-tax) of other-than-temporary losses related to privately issued mortgage-backed securities. During 2010 the Company recognized $86 million (pre-tax) of other-than-temporary losses, including $68 million related to privately issued mortgage-backed securities, $6 million related to securities backed largely by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and $12 million related to AIB ADSs.

As of December 31, 2012, based on a review of each of the remaining securities in the investment securities portfolio, the Company concluded that the declines in the values of those securities were temporary and that any additional other-than-temporary impairment charges were not appropriate. As of that date, the Company did not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired securities, that is, where fair value is less than the cost basis of the security. The Company intends to continue to closely monitor the performance of the privately issued mortgage-backed securities and other securities because changes in their underlying credit performance or other events could cause the cost basis of those securities to become other-than-temporarily impaired. However, because the unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities have generally already been reflected in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity, any recognition of an other-than-temporary decline in value of those investment securities would not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition. Any other-than-temporary impairment charge related to held-to-maturity securities would result in reductions in the financial statement values for investment securities and shareholders’ equity. Additional information concerning fair value measurements and the Company’s approach to the classification of such measurements is included in note 20 of the Notes to Financial Statements.

Adjustments to reflect the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, net of applicable tax effect, reduced accumulated other comprehensive income by $277 million, or $2.16 per common share, at December 31, 2012, $278 million, or $2.21 per common share, at December 31, 2011, and $121 million, or $1.01 per common share, at December 31, 2010. The increase in such adjustment at December 31, 2011 as compared with December 31, 2010 was predominantly the result of a 100 basis point reduction in the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations of the defined benefit plans at December 31, 2011 as compared with a year earlier, in addition to actual investment returns in the qualified defined benefit pension plan that were less than expected returns. During the third quarters of 2012 and 2011, the Company contributed $200 million and $70 million, respectively, to the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan. Information about the funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans is included in note 12 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Cash dividends declared on M&T’s common stock totaled $358 million in 2012, compared with $350 million and $336 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Dividends per common share totaled $2.80 in each of 2012, 2011 and 2010. Cash dividends of $53 million in 2012, $48 million in 2011 and $40 million in 2010 were declared and paid on preferred stock in accordance with the terms of each series.

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Federal regulators generally require banking institutions to maintain “Tier 1 capital” and “total capital” ratios of at least 4% and 8%, respectively, of risk-adjusted total assets. In addition to the risk-based measures, Federal bank regulators have also implemented a minimum “leverage” ratio guideline of 3% of the quarterly average of total assets. At December 31, 2012, Tier 1 capital included $1.2 billion of trust preferred securities as described in note 9 of Notes to Financial Statements and total capital further included $1.5 billion of subordinated capital notes. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities will be phased-out of the definition of Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies. The capital ratios of the Company and its banking subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in note 23 of Notes to Financial Statements.

Fourth Quarter Results

Net income during the final quarter of 2012 rose 100% to $296 million from $148 million in the year-earlier quarter. Diluted and basic earnings per common share were $2.16 and $2.18, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2012, up 108% and 110% from $1.04 of diluted and basic earnings per common share in the similar 2011 quarter. On an annualized basis, the rates of return on average assets and average common

 

90


Table of Contents

shareholders’ equity for the recent quarter were 1.45% and 12.10%, respectively, compared with .75% and 6.12%, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Net operating income totaled $305 million in the recently completed quarter, compared with $168 million in the year-earlier quarter. Diluted net operating earnings per common share were $2.23 and $1.20 in the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2011, respectively. The annualized net operating returns on average tangible assets and average tangible common equity in the fourth quarter of 2012 were 1.56% and 20.46%, respectively, compared with .89% and 12.36%, respectively, in the corresponding quarter of 2011. Core deposit and other intangible asset amortization, after tax effect, totaled $8 million and $10 million in the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2011 ($.07 and $.08 per diluted common share), respectively. The after-tax impact of merger-related expenses associated with the Wilmington Trust acquisition was $10 million ($16 million pre-tax) or $.08 of diluted earnings per common share in the fourth quarter of 2011. There were no merger-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2012. Reconciliations of GAAP results with non-GAAP results for the quarterly periods of 2012 and 2011 are provided in table 25.

Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased 8% to $674 million in the recent quarter from $625 million in the final quarter of 2011. That growth reflects a $2.9 billion or 4% rise in average earning assets and a 14 basis point widening of the Company’s net interest margin. Average earning assets in the fourth quarter of 2012 totaled $71.7 billion, up from $68.8 billion in the year-earlier quarter. That growth resulted from higher average loans and leases, which rose $5.9 billion or 10% to $65.0 billion in the recent quarter from $59.1 billion in the year-earlier quarter. That loan growth replaced lower yielding investment securities and interest-bearing deposits at banks whose average balances declined by $1.3 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. Average commercial loan and lease balances were $17.0 billion in the recent quarter, up $1.6 billion or 10% from $15.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2011. Commercial real estate loans averaged $25.3 billion in the fourth quarter of 2012, up $1.2 billion from $24.1 billion in the similar quarter of 2011. The growth in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans reflects higher loan demand by customers. Average residential real estate loans outstanding rose 48% or $3.6 billion to $11.1 billion in the recent quarter from $7.5 billion in the final quarter of 2011. Included in the residential real estate loan portfolio were loans held for sale, which averaged $997 million and $233 million in the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contributing to the rise in average residential real estate loans was the impact of the Company retaining for portfolio a large portion of loans originated since October 1, 2010. Consumer loans averaged $11.6 billion in the recent quarter, down $500 million, or 4%, from $12.1 billion in the fourth 2011 quarter. Total loans increased $2.5 billion to $66.6 billion at December 31, 2012 from $64.1 billion at September 30, 2012. That growth was largely attributable to increases in commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans. The yield on earning assets was 4.17% in each of the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2011. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities declined 15 basis points to .67% in the recently completed quarter from .82% in the corresponding 2011 quarter. The resulting net interest spread was 3.50% in the fourth quarter of 2012, up 15 basis points from 3.35% in the year-earlier quarter. That improvement was largely due to the changed mix in earning assets described above and a $2.1 billion reduction in average long-term borrowings upon which the Company pays higher rates of interest than on deposits. As compared to the fourth quarter of 2011, average interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $1.1 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, in the recent quarter. The contribution of net interest-free funds to the Company’s net interest margin was .24% in the recent quarter, compared with .25% in the year-earlier quarter. As a result, the Company’s net interest margin widened to 3.74% in the fourth quarter of 2012 from 3.60% in the similar 2011 quarter.

The provision for credit losses was $49 million in the three-month period ended December 31, 2012, compared with $74 million in the year-earlier period. Net charge-offs of loans were $44 million in the final quarter of 2012, representing an annualized .27% of average loans and leases outstanding, compared with $74 million or .50% during the final quarter of 2011. Net charge-offs included: residential real estate loans of $10 million in the recently completed quarter, compared with $13 million in 2011’s final quarter; loans to builders and developers of residential real estate properties of $8 million, compared with $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2011; other commercial real estate loans of $1 million, compared with $2 million a year earlier; commercial loans of $3 million, compared with $11 million in 2011; and consumer loans of $22 million, compared with $23 million in the prior year’s fourth quarter.

Other income aggregated $453 million in the recent quarter, up 14% from $398 million in the year-earlier quarter. Net losses on investment securities (including other-than-temporary impairment charges) were $14 million during the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $25 million in the final 2011 quarter. The losses were due to other-than-temporary impairment charges related to certain of the Company’s

 

91


Table of Contents

privately issued mortgage-backed securities. Other income in the fourth quarter of 2011 included the $55 million litigation settlement related to the Company’s purchase of certain CDOs during 2007. Excluding net losses on investment securities and the CDO litigation settlement, other income was $468 million during 2012’s fourth quarter, up 27% from $368 million in the year-earlier quarter. That rise in other income was predominantly due to significantly higher residential mortgage banking revenues, which rose $72 million to $96 million in the recent quarter from $24 million in the year-earlier quarter. Also contributing to the improvement were higher service charges on deposit accounts.

Other expense in the fourth quarter of 2012 aggregated $626 million, compared with $740 million in the year-earlier quarter. Included in such amounts are expenses considered to be “nonoperating” in nature consisting of amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets of $14 million and $17 million in the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2011, respectively, and merger-related expenses of $16 million in the three-month period ended December 31, 2011. There were no merger-related expenses in the fourth quarter of 2012. Exclusive of those nonoperating expenses, noninterest operating expenses were $612 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $706 million in the corresponding quarter of 2011. The higher operating expenses in the final quarter of 2011 reflect the previously noted $79 million impairment charge related to BLG and the $30 million charitable contribution. The Company’s efficiency ratio during the fourth quarter of 2012 and 2011 was 53.6% and 67.4%, respectively. Table 25 includes a reconciliation of other expense to noninterest operating expense and the calculation of the efficiency ratio for each of the quarters of 2012 and 2011.

Segment Information

In accordance with GAAP, the Company’s reportable segments have been determined based upon its internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer, and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments was compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements. The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segments and the financial information of the reported segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. Financial information about the Company’s segments is presented in note 22 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Business Banking segment provides a wide range of services to small businesses and professionals within markets served by the Company through the Company’s branch network, business banking centers and other delivery channels such as telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. Services and products offered by this segment include various business loans and leases, including loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, business credit cards, deposit products, and financial services such as cash management, payroll and direct deposit, merchant credit card and letters of credit. Net income for the Business Banking segment improved 20% to $147 million in 2012 from $123 million in 2011. That increase reflects a $23 million decline in the provision for credit losses, higher net interest income of $12 million and increased merchant discount and credit card revenues of $5 million. The higher net interest income reflects a $1.0 billion increase in average outstanding deposit balances (predominantly noninterest-bearing), offset, in part, by a 9 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits. Net income contributed by the Business Banking segment totaled $99 million in 2010. The 24% increase in net income in 2011 as compared with 2010 reflects a $29 million decline in the provision for credit losses and higher net interest income of $19 million that resulted from increases of $1.1 billion and $358 million in the average balances of deposits and loans, respectively, reflecting the impact of the May 2011 Wilmington Trust acquisition. The effect of those higher average balances was offset, in part, by a 39 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on deposits.

The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services for middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets served by the Company. Services provided by this segment include commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products, and cash management services. The Commercial Banking segment earned $431 million in 2012,

 

92


Table of Contents

up 17% from $369 million in 2011. The improved performance reflects a $98 million rise in net interest income, largely due to higher average loan and deposit balances of $2.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, and a $14 million decline in the provision for credit losses. In 2010, net income for the Commercial Banking segment was $314 million. The 18% increase in net income in 2011 as compared with 2010 reflects a $73 million rise in net interest income largely due to higher average outstanding loan and deposit balances of $2.2 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, (including the impact of the Wilmington Trust acquisition) partially offset by a 19 basis point narrowing of the net interest margin on deposit balances. Also contributing to the improvement were an $18 million decline in the provision for credit losses and higher credit-related fees of $15 million, including fees earned for providing loan syndication services. Partially offsetting those favorable factors were increased personnel costs of $8 million and higher FDIC assessments of $6 million.

The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit and deposit services to its customers. Real estate securing loans in this segment is generally located in the New York City metropolitan area, upstate New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland, the District of Columbia, Delaware, Virginia, West Virginia, and the northwestern portion of the United States. Commercial real estate loans may be secured by apartment/multifamily buildings; office, retail and industrial space; or other types of collateral. Activities of this segment also include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans through the Fannie Mae DUS program and other programs. Net income for the Commercial Real Estate segment aggregated $309 million in 2012, up 29% from $240 million in 2011. Factors contributing to the higher net income include: a $64 million rise in net interest income resulting primarily from the growth of average loan and deposit balances of $1.4 billion and $486 million, respectively, and a 9 basis point widening of the net interest margin on loans; a $54 million reduction in the provision for credit losses; and a $22 million increase in mortgage banking revenues. Those favorable factors were offset, in part, by increased FDIC assessments, personnel costs and other operating expenses. Net income for the Commercial Real Estate segment in 2011 increased 18% from $203 million in 2010. That improvement reflects higher net interest income of $84 million, due to increases of $1.8 billion and $488 million of average outstanding loan and deposit balances, respectively, (including the impact of the Wilmington Trust acquisition) and a 22 basis point widening of the net interest margin on loans, as well as a $16 million decline in net foreclosed real estate-related expenses. Partially offsetting those favorable factors were higher FDIC assessments of $23 million, a $13 million increase in the provision for credit losses, and increased personnel costs of $8 million.

The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes investment and trading securities, residential mortgage loans and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered certificates of deposit and interest rate swap agreements related thereto; and Cayman Islands office deposits. This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers. Included in the assets of the Discretionary Portfolio segment are most of the investment securities for which the Company has recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges in each of the last three years and the portfolio of Alt-A mortgage loans. The Discretionary Portfolio segment incurred net losses of $33 million in 2012 and $39 million in 2010, compared with net income of $59 million in 2011. The most significant contributor to the favorable performance in 2011 was the impact of $149 million of net realized gains on the sale of investment securities recorded in 2011, predominantly comprised of residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, CDOs and trust preferred securities. Also reflected in securities gains or losses were other-than-temporary impairment charges, predominantly related to privately issued CMOs, of $48 million in 2012, $77 million in 2011 and $74 million in 2010. Excluding securities gains and losses, this segment incurred a net loss of $5 million in 2012, compared with net income of $16 million in 2011 and $5 million in 2010. The unfavorable performance in 2012 as compared with 2011 reflects a $48 million rise in intersegment costs related to a higher proportion of residential real estate loans being retained for portfolio rather than being sold, offset, in part, by a $15 million decrease in the provision for credit losses. The favorable performance in 2011 as compared with 2010 can be attributed to a $40 million rise in net interest income, mainly due to a 39 basis point expansion of the net interest margin on investment securities, offset, in part, by a $12 million increase in intersegment costs related to a higher proportion of residential real estate loans being retained for portfolio in 2011 rather than being sold.

The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential mortgage loans and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment. This segment had also originated and serviced loans to developers of residential real estate properties, although that origination activity has been significantly curtailed. In addition to the geographic regions served by or contiguous with the Company’s branch network, the Company maintains mortgage

 

93


Table of Contents

loan origination offices in several states throughout the western United States. The Company also periodically purchases the rights to service mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans held for sale are included in this segment. The Residential Mortgage Banking segment recorded net income of $135 million in 2012, up significantly from $13 million in 2011. That improvement was primarily due to a $177 million increase in revenues from residential mortgage origination and sales activities (including intersegment revenues), due to higher origination volumes and wider margins on loans originated for sale, and a $25 million rise in revenues from servicing residential real estate loans. Also contributing to the increase in net income were a $19 million decline in the provision for credit losses and a $14 million rise in net interest income, the result of an increase in average loan balances of $445 million. Those positive factors were offset, in part, by an increase in personnel costs of $23 million. Net income for this segment totaled $11 million in 2010. The 18% improvement in 2011’s results as compared with 2010 was attributable to a $13 million decline in the provision for credit losses, partially offset by an $8 million decline in net interest income, the result of a $181 million decrease in average loan balances.

The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels which include branch offices, automated teller machines, telephone banking and Internet banking. The Company has branch offices in New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, the District of Columbia, West Virginia, and Delaware. The Retail Banking segment also offered certain deposit products on a nationwide basis through the delivery channels of Wilmington Trust, N.A. Credit services offered by this segment include consumer installment loans, automobile loans (originated both directly and indirectly through dealers), home equity loans and lines of credit and credit cards. The segment also offers to its customers deposit products, including demand, savings and time accounts; investment products, including mutual funds and annuities; and other services. The Retail Banking segment’s net income rose 10% to $221 million in 2012 from $200 million in 2011. Contributing to the current year’s favorable performance were a $52 million increase in net interest income, due largely to a $1.8 billion increase in average outstanding deposit balances and an 8 basis point widening of the net interest margin on deposits; a $6 million decrease in the provision for credit losses; and a $5 million rise in merchant discount and credit card revenues. Those favorable factors were offset, in part, by a $24 million decrease in fees earned for providing deposit account services and a $6 million increase in other operating expenses. Net income for this segment declined 11% in 2011 from $225 million in 2010. The most significant factors contributing to the decline were lower fees earned for providing deposit account services of $25 million (reflecting the previously described regulatory changes in 2010 and 2011 offset, in part, by fees of $13 million from deposits associated with the Wilmington Trust acquisition), higher personnel-related costs of $20 million (also reflecting the Wilmington Trust acquisition), and increased other noninterest expenses totaling $15 million (including higher credit card, merchant and transaction processing-related costs, each due, in part, to the Wilmington Trust acquisition), partially offset by net interest income related to the Wilmington Trust acquisition.

The “All Other” category reflects other activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments. Reflected in this category are the amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of financial institutions, M&T’s share of the operating losses of BLG, merger-related gains and expenses resulting from acquisitions and the net impact of the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and the provision for credit losses. The “All Other” category also includes the ICS and WAS activities obtained in the acquisition of Wilmington Trust on May 16, 2011 and the pre-acquisition trust activities of the Company. Revenues for ICS, WAS and the trust activities not Wilmington Trust-related were $193 million, $153 million and $126 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $119 million, $87 million and $116 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011. Individually and combined the net income of those activities did not exceed 10% of the Company’s net income. The various components of the “All Other” category resulted in net losses of $181 million, $145 million and $78 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The most significant contributors to the higher net loss in 2012 as compared with 2011 were: higher personnel-related expenses and professional services costs of $84 million and $57 million, respectively (due, in part, to the full-year impact of the Wilmington Trust acquisition); the impact on 2011’s results of the $65 million non-taxable gain on the Wilmington Trust acquisition and the $55 million of income from the CDO litigation settlement; and the impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and the provision for credit losses. Partially offsetting those

 

94


Table of Contents

factors were: increases in trust revenue of $139 million (reflecting the full-year impact of the acquisition of Wilmington Trust); the $79 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to M&T’s 20% investment in BLG and cash contributions made to The M&T Charitable Foundation, each of which was recorded in 2011; and merger-related expenses of $10 million in 2012, compared with $84 million in 2011. In addition to the items recorded in 2011 noted above, contributing to the unfavorable performance in 2011 as compared with 2010 were: a $150 million rise in personnel costs ($148 million related to the Wilmington Trust acquisition); increased equipment and net occupancy expenses of $25 million (predominantly related to the Wilmington Trust acquisition); and the unfavorable impact from the Company’s allocation methodologies for internal transfers for funding charges and credits associated with the earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Company’s reportable segments and the provision for credit losses. Those unfavorable factors were offset, in part, by higher trust revenues of $210 million (reflecting the Wilmington Trust acquisition), the previously mentioned $65 million non-taxable gain on the Wilmington Trust acquisition and the $55 million CDO litigation settlement received and recorded in 2011.

Recent Accounting Developments

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended accounting guidance relating to subsequent accounting for an indemnification asset recognized at the acquisition date as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendment clarifies the existing subsequent measurement guidance for indemnification assets recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution that includes a loss-sharing agreement. Specifically, when an entity recognizes an indemnification asset as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution and subsequently a change in the cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset occurs (as a result of a change in cash flows expected to be collected on the assets subject to indemnification), the entity should account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value would be limited to the lesser of the contractual term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The guidance should be applied prospectively to any new indemnification assets recognized after the date of adoption and to indemnification assets existing as of the date of adoption. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In July 2012, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance relating to testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The amendments are similar to the accounting guidance provided in September 2011 relating to the testing of goodwill for impairment. The amendments provide the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount. The optional guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

In December 2011, the FASB issued amended disclosure guidance relating to offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendments require disclosure of gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The scope of this guidance includes derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The new required disclosures should be applied retrospectively for all comparable periods presented. The Company intends to comply with the new disclosure guidance.

In September 2011, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance relating to testing goodwill for impairment. The amendments provide the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or

 

95


Table of Contents

circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. The optional guidance was able to be applied for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company did not recognize any impairment of goodwill in 2012 or 2011.

In June 2011, the FASB issued amended presentation guidance relating to comprehensive income. The amendments eliminate the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and now require the presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The presentation guidance was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 and was to be applied retrospectively. The Company has complied with the new presentation guidance using separate but consecutive statements. In February 2013, the FASB again amended presentation guidance relating to comprehensive income to require disclosures of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company intends to comply with the new disclosure requirements when they become effective in 2013.

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended accounting and disclosure guidance relating to fair value measurements. The amendments were the result of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board developing common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The amendments change the wording used to describe several of the requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, but generally do not result in a change in the application of the existing guidance. The guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and was to be applied prospectively. The Company has complied with the amended accounting and disclosure guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on any of the Company’s fair value measurements. The disclosures relating to fair value measurements can be found in note 20 of Notes to Financial Statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance relating to the assessment of effective control for repurchase agreements. The amendments remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. The amendments also remove the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. The guidance was effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011 and was to be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other sections of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company’s business, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “target,” “estimate,” “continue,” “positions,” “prospects” or “potential,” by future conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or “may,” or by variations of such words or by similar expressions. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“Future Factors”) which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and the Company assumes no duty to update forward-looking statements.

Future Factors include changes in interest rates, spreads on earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and interest rate sensitivity; prepayment speeds, loan originations, credit losses and market values of loans, collateral securing loans and other assets; sources of liquidity; common shares outstanding; common stock price volatility; fair value of and number of stock-based compensation awards to be issued in future periods; the impact of changes in market values on trust-related revenues; legislation and/or regulation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and M&T and its subsidiaries individually or

 

96


Table of Contents

collectively, including tax legislation or regulation; regulatory supervision and oversight, including monetary policy and capital requirements; changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the FASB or other regulatory agencies; increasing price and product/service competition by competitors, including new entrants; rapid technological developments and changes; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; the mix of products/services; containing costs and expenses; governmental and public policy changes; protection and validity of intellectual property rights; reliance on large customers; technological, implementation and cost/financial risks in large, multi-year contracts; the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings, including tax-related examinations and other matters; continued availability of financing; financial resources in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support M&T and its subsidiaries’ future businesses; and material differences in the actual financial results of merger, acquisition and investment activities compared with M&T’s initial expectations, including the full realization of anticipated cost savings and revenue enhancements.

These are representative of the Future Factors that could affect the outcome of the forward-looking statements. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates, general economic and political conditions, either nationally or in the states in which M&T and its subsidiaries do business, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations, changes and trends in the securities markets, and other Future Factors.

 

97


Table of Contents

Table 24

QUARTERLY TRENDS

 

    2012 Quarters     2011 Quarters  
Earnings and dividends   Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Amounts in thousands, except per share

               

Interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)

  $ 751,860      $ 751,385      $ 744,031      $ 720,800      $ 722,535      $ 726,897      $ 694,721      $ 673,810   

Interest expense

    77,931        82,129        89,403        93,706        97,969        103,632        102,051        98,679   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    673,929        669,256        654,628        627,094        624,566        623,265        592,670        575,131   

Less: provision for credit losses

    49,000        46,000        60,000        49,000        74,000        58,000        63,000        75,000   

Other income

    453,164        445,733        391,650        376,723        398,454        368,382        501,656        314,420   

Less: other expense

    626,146        616,027        627,392        639,695        739,583        662,019        576,895        499,571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    451,947        452,962        358,886        315,122        209,437        271,628        454,431        314,980   

Applicable income taxes

    149,247        152,966        118,861        101,954        55,162        81,974        125,605        102,380   

Taxable-equivalent adjustment

    6,507        6,534        6,645        6,705        6,535        6,546        6,468        6,327   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 296,193      $ 293,462      $ 233,380      $ 206,463      $ 147,740      $ 183,108      $ 322,358      $ 206,273   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders-diluted

  $ 276,605      $ 273,896      $ 214,716      $ 188,241      $ 129,804      $ 164,671      $ 297,179      $ 190,121   

Per common share data

               

Basic earnings

  $ 2.18      $ 2.18      $ 1.71      $ 1.50      $ 1.04      $ 1.32      $ 2.43      $ 1.59   

Diluted earnings

    2.16        2.17        1.71        1.50        1.04        1.32        2.42        1.59   

Cash dividends

  $ .70      $ .70      $ .70      $ .70      $ .70      $ .70      $ .70      $ .70   

Average common shares outstanding

               

Basic

    126,918        125,819        125,488        125,220        124,615        124,575        122,181        119,201   

Diluted

    127,800        126,292        125,897        125,616        124,736        124,860        122,796        119,852   

Performance ratios, annualized

               

Return on

               

Average assets

    1.45     1.45     1.17     1.06     .75     .94     1.78     1.23

Average common shareholders’ equity

    12.10     12.40     10.12     9.04     6.12     7.84     14.94     10.16

Net interest margin on average earning assets (taxable-equivalent basis)

    3.74     3.77     3.74     3.69     3.60     3.68     3.75     3.92

Nonaccrual loans to total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    1.52     1.44     1.54     1.75     1.83     1.91     1.91     2.08

Net operating (tangible) results(a)

               

Net operating income (in thousands)

  $ 304,657      $ 302,060      $ 247,433      $ 218,360      $ 168,410      $ 209,996      $ 289,487      $ 216,360   

Diluted net operating income per common share

    2.23        2.24        1.82        1.59        1.20        1.53        2.16        1.67   

Annualized return on

               

Average tangible assets

    1.56     1.56     1.30     1.18     .89     1.14     1.69     1.36

Average tangible common shareholders’ equity

    20.46     21.53     18.54     16.79     12.36     16.07     24.24     20.16

Efficiency ratio(b)

    53.63     53.73     56.86     61.09     67.38     61.79     55.56     55.75

Balance sheet data

               

In millions, except per share

               

Average balances

               

Total assets(c)

  $ 81,366      $ 80,432      $ 80,087      $ 78,026      $ 78,393      $ 76,908      $ 72,454      $ 68,045   

Total tangible assets(c)

    77,755        76,810        76,455        74,381        74,737        73,239        68,806        64,423   

Earning assets

    71,679        70,662        70,450        68,388        68,771        67,215        63,382        59,431   

Investment securities

    6,295        6,811        7,271        7,507        7,633        7,005        6,394        7,219   

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    65,011        63,455        61,826        60,484        59,077        58,188        55,461        51,972   

Deposits

    64,269        62,743        61,530        59,291        59,999        58,473        54,457        49,680   

Common shareholders’ equity(c)

    9,233        8,919        8,668        8,510        8,549        8,462        8,096        7,708   

Tangible common shareholders’ equity(c)

    5,622        5,297        5,036        4,865        4,893        4,793        4,448        4,086   

At end of quarter

               

Total assets(c)

  $ 83,009      $ 81,085      $ 80,808      $ 79,187      $ 77,924      $ 77,864      $ 77,727      $ 67,881   

Total tangible assets(c)

    79,402        77,469        77,181        75,548        74,274        74,201        74,052        64,263   

Earning assets

    72,859        71,220        71,065        69,490        68,027        67,926        67,837        58,822   

Investment securities

    6,074        6,624        7,057        7,195        7,673        7,174        6,492        6,507   

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

    66,571        64,112        62,851        60,922        60,096        58,401        58,541        52,119   

Deposits

    65,611        64,007        62,549        60,913        59,395        59,482        59,229        50,548   

Common shareholders’ equity, net of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends(c)

    9,327        9,071        8,758        8,559        8,403        8,509        8,380        7,758   

Tangible common shareholders’ equity(c)

    5,720        5,455        5,131        4,920        4,753        4,846        4,705        4,140   

Equity per common share

    72.73        71.17        69.15        67.64        66.82        67.70        66.71        64.43   

Tangible equity per common share

    44.61        42.80        40.52        38.89        37.79        38.56        37.45        34.38   

Market price per common share

               

High

  $ 105.33      $ 95.98      $ 88.00      $ 87.37      $ 80.02      $ 90.00      $ 90.76      $ 91.05   

Low

    95.02        82.29        76.92        76.82        66.40        66.41        83.31        84.63   

Closing

    98.47        95.16        82.57        86.88        76.34        69.90        87.95        88.47   

 

 

(a) Excludes amortization and balances related to goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets and merger-related gains and expenses which, except in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, are net of applicable income tax effects. A reconciliation of net income and net operating income appears in Table 25.
(b) Excludes impact of merger-related gains and expenses and net securities transactions.
(c) The difference between total assets and total tangible assets, and common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, represents goodwill, core deposit and other intangible assets, net of applicable deferred tax balances. A reconciliation of such balances appears in Table 25.

 

98


Table of Contents

Table 25

RECONCILIATION OF QUARTERLY GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

    2012 Quarters     2011 Quarters  
    Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Income statement data

               

In thousands, except per share

               

Net income

               

Net income

  $ 296,193      $ 293,462      $ 233,380      $ 206,463      $ 147,740      $ 183,108      $ 322,358      $ 206,273   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

    8,464        8,598        9,709        10,240        10,476        10,622        8,974        7,478   

Merger-related gain(a)

                                              (64,930       

Merger-related expenses(a)

                  4,344        1,657        10,194        16,266        23,085        2,609   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

  $ 304,657      $ 302,060      $ 247,433      $ 218,360      $ 168,410      $ 209,996      $ 289,487      $ 216,360   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share

               

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 2.16      $ 2.17      $ 1.71        1.50      $ 1.04      $ 1.32      $ 2.42      $ 1.59   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets(a)

    .07        .07        .08        .08        .08        .08        .07        .06   

Merger-related gain(a)

                                              (.52       

Merger-related expenses(a)

                  .03        .01        .08        .13        .19        .02   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net operating earnings per common share

  $ 2.23      $ 2.24      $ 1.82      $ 1.59      $ 1.20      $ 1.53      $ 2.16      $ 1.67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

               

Other expense

  $ 626,146      $ 616,027      $ 627,392      $ 639,695      $ 739,583      $ 662,019      $ 576,895      $ 499,571   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

    (13,865     (14,085     (15,907     (16,774     (17,162     (17,401     (14,740     (12,314

Merger-related expenses

                  (7,151     (2,728     (16,393     (26,003     (36,996     (4,295
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest operating expense

  $ 612,281      $ 601,942      $ 604,334      $ 620,193      $ 706,028      $ 618,615      $ 525,159      $ 482,962   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merger-related expenses

               

Salaries and employee benefits

  $      $      $ 3,024      $ 1,973      $ 534      $ 285      $ 15,305      $ 7   

Equipment and net occupancy

                         15        189        119        25        79   

Printing, postage and supplies

                                1,475        723        318        147   

Other costs of operations

                  4,127        740        14,195        24,876        21,348        4,062   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $      $      $ 7,151      $ 2,728      $ 16,393      $ 26,003      $ 36,996      $ 4,295   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

               

Noninterest operating expense (numerator)

  $ 612,281      $ 601,942      $ 604,334      $ 620,193      $ 706,028      $ 618,615      $ 525,159      $ 482,962   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxable-equivalent net interest income

    673,929        669,256        654,628        627,094        624,566        623,265        592,670        575,131   

Other income

    453,164        445,733        391,650        376,723        398,454        368,382        501,656        314,420   

Less: Gain (loss) on bank investment securities

           372        (408     45        1        89        110,744        39,353   

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

    (14,491     (5,672     (16,173     (11,486     (24,822     (9,642     (26,530     (16,041

Merger-related gain

                                              64,930          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator

  $ 1,141,584      $ 1,120,289      $ 1,062,859      $ 1,015,258      $ 1,047,841      $ 1,001,200      $ 945,182      $ 866,239   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

    53.63     53.73     56.86     61.09     67.38     61.79     55.56     55.75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data

               

In millions

               

Average assets

               

Average assets

  $ 81,366      $ 80,432      $ 80,087      $ 78,026      $ 78,393      $ 76,908      $ 72,454      $ 68,045   

Goodwill

    (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

    (122     (136     (151     (168     (185     (202     (165     (119

Deferred taxes

    36        39        44        48        54        58        42        22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible assets

  $ 77,755      $ 76,810      $ 76,455      $ 74,381      $ 74,737      $ 73,239      $ 68,806      $ 64,423   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common equity

               

Average total equity

  $ 10,105      $ 9,789      $ 9,536      $ 9,376      $ 9,413      $ 9,324      $ 8,812      $ 8,451   

Preferred stock

    (872     (870     (868     (866     (864     (862     (716     (743
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common equity

    9,233        8,919        8,668        8,510        8,549        8,462        8,096        7,708   

Goodwill

    (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

    (122     (136     (151     (168     (185     (202     (165     (119

Deferred taxes

    36        39        44        48        54        58        42        22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common equity

  $ 5,622      $ 5,297      $ 5,036      $ 4,865      $ 4,893      $ 4,793      $ 4,448      $ 4,086   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At end of quarter

               

Total assets

               

Total assets

  $ 83,009      $ 81,085      $ 80,808      $ 79,187      $ 77,924      $ 77,864      $ 77,727      $ 67,881   

Goodwill

    (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

    (116     (129     (143     (160     (176     (193     (210     (113

Deferred taxes

    34        38        41        46        51        55        60        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

  $ 79,402      $ 77,469      $ 77,181      $ 75,548      $ 74,274      $ 74,201      $ 74,052      $ 64,263   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common equity

               

Total equity

  $ 10,203      $ 9,945      $ 9,630      $ 9,429      $ 9,271      $ 9,375      $ 9,244      $ 8,508   

Preferred stock

    (873     (870     (868     (867     (865     (863     (861     (743

Undeclared dividends-cumulative preferred stock

    (3     (4     (4     (3     (3     (3     (3     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity, net of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends

    9,327        9,071        8,758        8,559        8,403        8,509        8,380        7,758   

Goodwill

    (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525     (3,525

Core deposit and other intangible assets

    (116     (129     (143     (160     (176     (193     (210     (113

Deferred taxes

    34        38        41        46        51        55        60        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

  $ 5,720      $ 5,455      $ 5,131      $ 4,920      $ 4,753      $ 4,846      $ 4,705      $ 4,140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) After any related tax effect.

 

99


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Incorporated by reference to the discussion contained in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the captions “Liquidity, Market Risk, and Interest Rate Sensitivity” (including Table 21) and “Capital.”

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data consist of the financial statements as indexed and presented below and Table 24 “Quarterly Trends” presented in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

 

   

 

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

    101   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    102   

Consolidated Balance Sheet — December 31, 2012 and 2011

    103   

Consolidated Statement of Income — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

    104   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

    105   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

    106   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity — Years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

    107   

Notes to Financial Statements

    108-176   

 

100


Table of Contents

Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting at M&T Bank Corporation and subsidiaries (“the Company”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on criteria described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that assessment, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, that was engaged to express an opinion as to the fairness of presentation of such financial statements. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was also engaged to assess the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP follows this report.

 

   M&T BANK CORPORATION
   LOGO
   R OBERT G. W ILMERS
   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
   LOGO
   R ENÉ F. J ONES
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

101


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

M&T Bank Corporation

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

LOGO

Buffalo, New York

February 22, 2013

 

102


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)

   December 31  
     2012     2011  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,983,615      $ 1,449,547   

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     129,945        154,960   

Federal funds sold

     3,000        2,850   

Trading account

     488,966        561,834   

Investment securities (includes pledged securities that can be sold or repledged of $1,801,842 at December 31, 2012; $1,826,011 at December 31, 2011)

    

Available for sale (cost: $4,643,070 at December 31, 2012; $6,312,423 at December 31, 2011)

     4,739,437        6,228,560   

Held to maturity (fair value: $976,883 at December 31, 2012; $1,012,562 at December 31, 2011)

     1,032,276        1,077,708   

Other (fair value: $302,648 at December 31, 2012; $366,886 at December 31, 2011)

     302,648        366,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     6,074,361        7,673,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases

     66,790,186        60,377,875   

Unearned discount

     (219,229     (281,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned discount

     66,570,957        60,096,005   

Allowance for credit losses

     (925,860     (908,290
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     65,645,097        59,187,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

     594,652        581,435   

Goodwill

     3,524,625        3,524,625   

Core deposit and other intangible assets

     115,763        176,394   

Accrued interest and other assets

     4,448,779        4,611,773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 83,008,803      $ 77,924,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 24,240,802      $ 20,017,883   

NOW accounts

     1,979,619        1,912,226   

Savings deposits

     33,783,947        31,001,083   

Time deposits

     4,562,366        6,107,530   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     1,044,519        355,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     65,611,253        59,394,649   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and agreements to repurchase securities

     1,074,482        732,059   

Other short-term borrowings

            50,023   

Accrued interest and other liabilities

     1,512,717        1,790,121   

Long-term borrowings

     4,607,758        6,686,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     72,806,210        68,653,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $1.00 par, 1,000,000 shares authorized; Issued and outstanding: Liquidation preference of $1,000 per share: 381,500 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; Liquidation preference of $10,000 per share: 50,000 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     872,500        864,585   

Common stock, $.50 par, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 128,176,912 shares issued at December 31, 2012; 125,683,398 shares issued at December 31, 2011

     64,088        62,842   

Common stock issuable, 57,409 shares at December 31, 2012; 68,220 shares at December 31, 2011 .

     3,473        4,072   

Additional paid-in capital

     3,025,520        2,828,986   

Retained earnings

     6,477,276        5,867,165   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net

     (240,264     (356,441
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     10,202,593        9,271,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 83,008,803      $ 77,924,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

103


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

(In thousands, except per share)    Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  

Interest income

      

Loans and leases, including fees

   $ 2,704,156      $ 2,522,567      $ 2,394,082   

Deposits at banks

     1,221        2,934        88   

Federal funds sold

     21        57        42   

Agreements to resell securities

            132        404   

Trading account

     1,126        1,198        615   

Investment securities

      

Fully taxable

     227,116        256,057        324,695   

Exempt from federal taxes

     8,045        9,142        9,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     2,941,685        2,792,087        2,729,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

      

NOW accounts

     1,343        1,145        850   

Savings deposits

     68,011        84,314        85,226   

Time deposits

     46,102        71,014        100,241   

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     1,130        962        1,368   

Short-term borrowings

     1,286        1,030        3,006   

Long-term borrowings

     225,297        243,866        271,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     343,169        402,331        462,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     2,598,516        2,389,756        2,267,526   

Provision for credit losses

     204,000        270,000        368,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     2,394,516        2,119,756        1,899,526   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

      

Mortgage banking revenues

     349,064        166,021        184,625   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     446,698        455,095        478,133   

Trust income

     471,852        332,385        122,613   

Brokerage services income

     59,059        56,470        49,669   

Trading account and foreign exchange gains

     35,634        27,224        27,286   

Gain on bank investment securities

     9        150,187        2,770   

Total other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses

     (32,067     (72,915     (115,947

Portion of OTTI losses recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)

     (15,755     (4,120     29,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

     (47,822     (77,035     (86,281

Equity in earnings of Bayview Lending Group LLC

     (21,511     (24,231     (25,768

Other revenues from operations

     374,287        496,796        355,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     1,667,270        1,582,912        1,108,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expense

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     1,314,540        1,203,993        999,709   

Equipment and net occupancy

     257,551        249,514        216,064   

Printing, postage and supplies

     41,929        40,917        33,847   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

     60,631        61,617        58,103   

FDIC assessments

     101,110        100,230        79,324   

Other costs of operations

     733,499        821,797        527,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     2,509,260        2,478,068        1,914,837   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     1,552,526        1,224,600        1,092,789   

Income taxes

     523,028        365,121        356,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

      

Basic

   $ 953,390      $ 781,743      $ 675,826   

Diluted

     953,429        781,765        675,853   

Net income per common share

      

Basic

   $ 7.57      $ 6.37      $ 5.72   

Diluted

     7.54        6.35        5.69   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

104


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax and reclassification adjustments:

      

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

     114,825        6,687        134,904   

Reclassification to income for amortization of gains on terminated cash flow hedges

     (112     (281     (281

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     519        (803       

Defined benefit plans liability adjustment

     945        (156,824     (3,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

     116,177        (151,221     130,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 1,145,675      $ 708,258      $ 866,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

105


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

(In thousands)    Year Ended December 31  
     2012      2011      2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net income

   $ 1,029,498       $ 859,479       $ 736,161   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

        

Provision for credit losses

     204,000         270,000         368,000   

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     84,375         80,304         67,677   

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

     59,555         55,859         56,582   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

     60,631         61,617         58,103   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     131,858         33,924         51,068   

Asset write-downs

     63,790         170,632         101,106   

Net gain on sales of assets

     (6,868      (187,120      (10,426

Net change in accrued interest receivable, payable

     (13,898      (27,508      (9,942

Net change in other accrued income and expense

     (200,704      147,465         144,705   

Net change in loans originated for sale

     (924,839      238,156         202,089   

Net change in trading account assets and liabilities

     12,583         69,438         (89,476
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     499,981         1,772,246         1,675,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

        

Available for sale

     49,528         1,909,829         23,310   

Other

     78,071         116,410         107,320   

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities

        

Available for sale

     1,585,260         1,307,567         1,539,591   

Held to maturity

     329,279         272,841         248,087   

Purchases of investment securities

        

Available for sale

     (28,161      (3,491,759      (440,560

Held to maturity

     (285,125      (28,454      (1,003,796

Other

     (13,833      (30,727      (7,647

Net decrease in agreements to resell securities

             15,000           

Net increase in loans and leases

     (5,672,747      (2,233,600      (201,854

Net decrease in interest-bearing deposits at banks

     25,015         2,552,527         32,113   

Other investments, net

     (18,224      (29,306      (52,179

Capital expenditures, net

     (91,519      (70,008      (70,458

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

        

Banks and bank holding companies

             178,940         213,204   

Purchase of Wilmington Trust Corporation preferred stock

             (330,000        

Proceeds from sales of real estate acquired in settlement of loans

     102,208         208,546         89,206   

Other, net

     (120,610      21,126         (927
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     (4,060,858      368,932         475,410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Net increase in deposits

     6,230,391         742,653         1,879,491   

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

     292,422         (313,050      (1,522,646

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (2,080,167      (1,809,984      (2,514,342

Dividends paid — common

     (357,717      (350,129      (335,303

Dividends paid — preferred

     (53,450      (48,203      (40,225

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

             495,000           

Redemption of preferred stock

             (370,000        

Other, net

     63,616         31,177         69,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     4,095,095         (1,622,536      (2,463,644
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     534,218         518,642         (312,587

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     1,452,397         933,755         1,246,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 1,986,615       $ 1,452,397       $ 933,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

        

Interest received during the year

   $ 2,931,409       $ 2,807,071       $ 2,765,101   

Interest paid during the year

     371,887         440,810         490,767   

Income taxes paid during the year

     405,598         251,810         287,740   

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

        

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans

   $ 48,932       $ 81,588       $ 199,285   

Acquisitions

        

Fair value of

        

Assets acquired (noncash)

             10,666,102         342,443   

Liabilities assumed

             10,044,555         528,108   

Common stock issued

             405,557           

Increase (decrease) from consolidation of securitization trusts

        

Loans

                     423,865   

Investment securities — available for sale

                     (360,471

Long-term borrowings

                     65,419   

Accrued interest and other

                     2,025   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

106


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

(In thousands, except per share)   Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Common
Stock
Issuable
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  

2010

               

Balance — January 1, 2010

  $ 730,235        60,198        4,342        2,442,947        5,076,884        (335,997     (225,702     7,752,907   

Total comprehensive income

                                736,161        130,777               866,938   

Preferred stock cash dividends

                                (40,225                   (40,225

Amortization of preferred stock discount

    10,422                             (10,422                     

Repayment of management stock ownership program receivable

                         3,783                             3,783   

Stock-based compensation plans:

               

Compensation expense, net

                         5,491                      43,085        48,576   

Exercises of stock options, net

                         (46,248                   95,574        49,326   

Stock purchase plan

                         (8,482                   17,480        8,998   

Directors’ stock plan

                         (362                   1,479        1,117   

Deferred compensation plans, net, including dividend equivalents

                  (153     (305     (195            639        (14

Other

                         1,791                             1,791   

Common stock cash dividends — $2.80 per share

                                (335,502                   (335,502
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2010

  $ 740,657        60,198        4,189        2,398,615        5,426,701        (205,220     (67,445     8,357,695   

2011

               

Total comprehensive income

                                859,479        (151,221            708,258   

Acquisition of Wilmington Trust Corporation – common stock issued

           2,348               403,209                             405,557   

Partial redemption of Series A preferred stock

    (370,000                                               (370,000

Conversion of Series B preferred stock into 433,144 shares of common stock

    (26,500     192               21,754                      4,554          

Issuance of Series D preferred stock

    500,000                      (5,000                          495,000   

Preferred stock cash dividends

                                (48,203                   (48,203

Amortization of preferred stock discount

    20,428                             (20,428                     

Stock-based compensation plans:

               

Compensation expense, net

           50               12,196                      31,666        43,912   

Exercises of stock options, net

           48               (4,300                   30,106        25,854   

Directors’ stock plan

           6               813                      612        1,431   

Deferred compensation plans, net, including dividend equivalents

                  (117     (164     (188            507        38   

Other

                         1,863                             1,863   

Common stock cash dividends — $2.80 per share

                                (350,196                   (350,196
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2011

  $ 864,585        62,842        4,072        2,828,986        5,867,165        (356,441            9,271,209   

2012

               

Total comprehensive income

                                1,029,498        116,177               1,145,675   

Preferred stock cash dividends

                                (53,450                   (53,450

Amortization of preferred stock discount

    7,915                             (7,915                     

Stock-based compensation plans:

               

Compensation expense, net

           229               47,937                             48,166   

Exercises of stock options, net

           928               135,017                             135,945   

Stock purchase plan

           75               10,042                             10,117   

Directors’ stock plan

           9               1,471                             1,480   

Deferred compensation plans, net, including dividend equivalents

           5        (599     593        (160                   (161

Other

                         1,474                             1,474   

Common stock cash dividends — $2.80 per share

                                (357,862                   (357,862
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2012

  $ 872,500        64,088        3,473        3,025,520        6,477,276        (240,264            10,202,593   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

107


Table of Contents

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Financial Statements

1.    Significant accounting policies

M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Buffalo, New York. Through subsidiaries, M&T provides individuals, corporations and other businesses, and institutions with commercial and retail banking services, including loans and deposits, trust, mortgage banking, asset management, insurance and other financial services. Banking activities are largely focused on consumers residing in New York State, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Delaware, Virginia and the District of Columbia and on small and medium-size businesses based in those areas. Banking services are also provided in West Virginia and New Jersey, while certain subsidiaries also conduct activities in other areas.

The accounting and reporting policies of M&T and subsidiaries (“the Company”) conform to generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The more significant accounting policies are as follows:

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include M&T and all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions of consolidated subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The financial statements of M&T included in note 25 report investments in subsidiaries under the equity method. Information about some limited purpose entities that are affiliates of the Company but are not included in the consolidated financial statements appears in note 19.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of this statement, cash and due from banks and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at amounts equal to the cash or other consideration exchanged. It is generally the Company’s policy to take possession of collateral pledged to secure agreements to resell.

Trading account

Financial instruments used for trading purposes are stated at fair value. Realized gains and losses and unrealized changes in fair value of financial instruments utilized in trading activities are included in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

Investment securities

Investments in debt securities are classified as held to maturity and stated at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities to maturity. Investments in other debt securities and equity securities having readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale and stated at estimated fair value. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts for investment securities available for sale and held to maturity are included in interest income. Except for investment securities for which the Company has entered into a related fair value hedge, unrealized gains or losses on investment securities available for sale are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income taxes.

Other securities are stated at cost and include stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York.

The cost basis of individual securities is written down through a charge to earnings when declines in value below amortized cost are considered to be other than temporary. In cases where fair value is less than amortized cost and the Company intends to sell a debt security, it is more likely than not to be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, or the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have

 

108


Table of Contents

occurred. If the Company intends to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount representing the credit loss and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. Subsequently, the Company accounts for the other-than-temporarily impaired debt security as if the security had been purchased on the measurement date of the other-than-temporary impairment at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. The cost basis of individual equity securities is written down to estimated fair value through a charge to earnings when declines in value below cost are considered to be other than temporary. Realized gains and losses on the sales of investment securities are determined using the specific identification method.

Loans and leases

The Company’s accounting methods for loans depends on whether the loans were originated by the Company or were acquired in a business combination.

Originated loans and leases

Interest income on loans is accrued on a level yield method. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status and previously accrued interest thereon is charged against income when principal or interest is delinquent 90 days, unless management determines that the loan status clearly warrants other treatment. Nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are returned to accrual status when borrowers have demonstrated an ability to repay their loans and there are no delinquent principal and interest payments. Consumer loans not secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when all past due principal and interest payments have been paid by the borrower. Loans secured by residential real estate are returned to accrual status when they are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payments of 90 days or less. Loan balances are charged off when it becomes evident that such balances are not fully collectible. For commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, charge-offs are recognized after an assessment by credit personnel of the capacity and willingness of the borrower to repay, the estimated value of any collateral, and any other potential sources of repayment. A charge-off is recognized when, after such assessment, it becomes evident that the loan balance is not fully collectible. For loans secured by residential real estate, the excess of the loan balances over the net realizable value of the property collateralizing the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 150 days delinquent. Consumer loans are generally charged-off when the loans are 91 to 180 days past due, depending on whether the loan is collateralized and the status of repossession activities with respect to such collateral. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized as an interest yield adjustment over the life of the loan. Net deferred fees have been included in unearned discount as a reduction of loans outstanding. Commitments to sell real estate loans are utilized by the Company to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale recorded in the consolidated balance sheet includes changes in estimated fair market value during the hedge period, typically from the date of close through the sale date. Valuation adjustments made on these loans and commitments are included in “mortgage banking revenues.”

Except for consumer and residential mortgage loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and are evaluated collectively, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Impaired loans are classified as either nonaccrual or as loans renegotiated at below market rates which continue to accrue interest, provided that a credit assessment of the borrower’s financial condition results in an expectation of full repayment under the modified contractual terms. Certain loans greater than 90 days delinquent are not considered impaired if they are both well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans less than 90 days delinquent are deemed to have an insignificant delay in payment and

 

109


Table of Contents

are generally not considered impaired. Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Interest received on impaired loans placed on nonaccrual status is generally applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan or, if principal is considered fully collectible, recognized as interest income.

Residual value estimates for commercial leases are generally determined through internal or external reviews of the leased property. The Company reviews commercial lease residual values at least annually and recognizes residual value impairments deemed to be other than temporary.

Loans and leases acquired in a business combination

Loans acquired in a business combination subsequent to December 31, 2008 are recorded at fair value with no carry-over of an acquired entity’s previously established allowance for credit losses. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value of acquired loans is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans. Subsequent decreases in the expected principal cash flows require the Company to evaluate the need for additions to the Company’s allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in expected cash flows result first in the recovery of any related allowance for credit losses and then in recognition of additional interest income over the then-remaining lives of the loans.

Purchased impaired loans represent specifically identified loans with evidence of credit deterioration for which it was probable at acquisition that the Company would be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses represents, in management’s judgment, the amount of losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is determined by management’s evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio based on such factors as the differing economic risks associated with each loan category, the current financial condition of specific borrowers, the economic environment in which borrowers operate, the level of delinquent loans, the value of any collateral and, where applicable, the existence of any guarantees or indemnifications. The effects of probable decreases in expected principal cash flows on acquired loans are also considered in the establishment of the allowance for credit losses.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. Upon acquisition of assets taken in satisfaction of a defaulted loan, the excess of the remaining loan balance over the asset’s estimated fair value less costs to sell is charged off against the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in value of the assets are recognized as “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income.

Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Capitalized servicing rights

Capitalized servicing assets are included in “other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet. Separately recognized servicing assets are initially measured at fair value. The Company uses the amortization method to subsequently measure servicing assets. Under that method, capitalized servicing assets are charged to expense in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

To estimate the fair value of servicing rights, the Company considers market prices for similar assets and the present value of expected future cash flows associated with the servicing rights calculated using assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future servicing income and expense. Such assumptions include estimates of the cost of servicing loans, loan default rates, an appropriate discount rate, and prepayment speeds. For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment of capitalized servicing rights, the Company stratifies such assets based on the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying financial instruments that are expected to have the most impact on projected prepayments, cost of servicing and other factors affecting future cash flows associated with the servicing rights. Such factors may include financial asset or loan type, note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by

 

110


Table of Contents

which the carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights for a stratum exceeds estimated fair value. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance.

Sales and securitizations of financial assets

Transfers of financial assets for which the Company has surrendered control of the financial assets are accounted for as sales. Interests in a sale of financial assets that continue to be held by the Company, including servicing rights, are measured at fair value. The fair values of retained debt securities are generally determined through reference to independent pricing information. The fair values of retained servicing rights and any other retained interests are determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows associated with those interests and by reference to market prices for similar assets.

Securitization structures typically require the use of special-purpose trusts that are considered variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is included in the consolidated financial statements if the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the variable interest entity’s economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to that entity.

Goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level, which is either at the same level or one level below an operating segment. Other acquired intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are initially recorded at estimated fair value and are amortized over their estimated lives. Core deposit and other intangible assets are generally amortized using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five to ten years. The Company periodically assesses whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of core deposit and other intangible assets may be impaired.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction or (c) a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available for sale security, or a foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. For such agreements, amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreement and the net differential is recorded as an adjustment to interest income or expense of the related asset or liability. Interest rate swap agreements may be designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. In a fair value hedge, the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements and changes in the fair values of the hedged items are recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet with the corresponding gain or loss recognized in current earnings. The difference between changes in the fair values of interest rate swap agreements and the hedged items represents hedge ineffectiveness and is recorded in “other revenues from operations” in the consolidated statement of income. In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the derivative’s unrealized gain or loss is initially recorded as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the unrealized gain or loss is reported in “other revenues from operations” immediately.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair market value.

Derivative instruments not related to mortgage banking activities, including financial futures commitments and interest rate swap agreements, that do not satisfy the hedge accounting requirements are recorded at fair value and are generally classified as trading account assets or liabilities with resultant changes in fair value being recognized in “trading account and foreign exchange gains” in the consolidated statement of income.

 

111


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock-based grant based on the estimated grant date value of the stock-based compensation that is expected to vest, except that the recognition of compensation costs is accelerated for stock-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and employees who will become retirement-eligible prior to full vesting of the award because the Company’s incentive compensation plan allows for vesting at the time an employee retires.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax effects attributable to differences between the financial statement value of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company evaluates uncertain tax positions using the two-step process required by GAAP. The first step requires a determination of whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Under the second step, a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share exclude dilution and are computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (exclusive of shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants) and common shares issuable under deferred compensation arrangements during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflect shares represented by the unvested portion of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants and the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in earnings. Proceeds assumed to have been received on such exercise or conversion are assumed to be used to purchase shares of M&T common stock at the average market price during the period, as required by the “treasury stock method” of accounting.

GAAP requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) shall be considered participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units that contain such rights and, accordingly, the Company’s earnings per common share are calculated using the two-class method.

Treasury stock

Repurchases of shares of M&T common stock are recorded at cost as a reduction of shareholders’ equity. Reissuances of shares of treasury stock are recorded at average cost.

2.    Acquisitions

On August 27, 2012, M&T announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement with Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. (“Hudson City”), headquartered in Paramus, New Jersey, under which Hudson City will be acquired by M&T. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Hudson City shareholders will receive consideration for each common share of Hudson City in an amount valued at .08403 of an M&T share in the form of either M&T common stock or cash, based on the election of each Hudson City shareholder, subject to proration as specified in the merger agreement (which provides for an aggregate split of total consideration of 60% common stock of M&T and 40% cash). As of December 31, 2012 total consideration to be paid was valued at approximately $4.2 billion.

At December 31, 2012, Hudson City had $40.6 billion of assets, including $27.2 billion of loans and $11.5 billion of investment securities, and $35.9 billion of liabilities, including $23.5 billion of deposits. After the merger is completed, M&T expects to repay approximately $12 billion of Hudson City’s long-term borrowings by liquidating its comparably-sized investment securities portfolio. The merger is subject to a number of conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval by common shareholders of M&T and Hudson City, and is expected to be completed by mid-year 2013.

 

112


Table of Contents

On May 16, 2011, M&T acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Wilmington Trust Corporation (“Wilmington Trust”), headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware, in a stock-for-stock transaction. Wilmington Trust operated 55 banking offices in Delaware and Pennsylvania at the date of acquisition. The results of operations acquired in the Wilmington Trust transaction have been included in the Company’s financial results since May 16, 2011. Wilmington Trust shareholders received .051372 shares of M&T common stock in exchange for each share of Wilmington Trust common stock, resulting in M&T issuing a total of 4,694,486 common shares with an acquisition date fair value of $406 million.

The Wilmington Trust transaction has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Assets acquired totaled approximately $10.8 billion, including $6.4 billion of loans and leases (including approximately $3.2 billion of commercial real estate loans, $1.4 billion of commercial loans and leases, $1.1 billion of consumer loans and $680 million of residential real estate loans). Liabilities assumed aggregated $10.0 billion, including $8.9 billion of deposits. The common stock issued in the transaction added $406 million to M&T’s common shareholders’ equity. Immediately prior to the closing of the Wilmington Trust transaction, M&T redeemed the $330 million of preferred stock issued by Wilmington Trust as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program – Capital Purchase Program (“TARP”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”). In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $112 million of core deposit and other intangible assets. The core deposit and other intangible assets are generally being amortized over periods of 5 to 7 years using accelerated methods. There was no goodwill recorded as a result of the transaction, however, a non-taxable gain of $65 million was realized, which represented the excess of the fair value of assets acquired less liabilities assumed over consideration exchanged. The acquisition of Wilmington Trust added to M&T’s market-leading position in the Mid-Atlantic region by giving M&T the leading deposit market share in Delaware.

The consideration paid for Wilmington Trust’s common equity and the amounts of acquired identifiable assets and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Purchase price:

  

Value of:

  

Common shares issued (4,694,486 shares)

   $ 405,557   

Preferred stock purchased from U.S. Treasury

     330,000   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     735,557   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets:

  

Cash and due from banks

     178,940   

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     2,606,265   

Other short-term investments

     57,817   

Investment securities

     510,390   

Loans and leases

     6,410,430   

Core deposit and other intangibles

     112,094   

Other assets

     969,106   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable assets

     10,845,042   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Deposits

     8,864,161   

Short-term borrowings

     147,752   

Long-term borrowings

     600,830   

Other liabilities

     431,812   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,044,555   
  

 

 

 

Net gain resulting from acquisition

   $ 64,930   
  

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

The following table discloses the impact of Wilmington Trust (excluding the impact of the merger-related gain and expenses) since the acquisition on May 16, 2011 through the end of 2011. The table also presents certain pro forma information as if Wilmington Trust had been acquired on January 1, 2010. These results combine the historical results of Wilmington Trust into the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair valuation adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on the indicated date. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the amount of Wilmington Trust’s provision for credit losses of $42 million in 2011 and $700 million in 2010 or the impact of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized by Wilmington Trust of $5 million in 2011 and $38 million in 2010 that may not have been necessary had the acquired loans and investment securities been recorded at fair value as of the beginning of 2010. Furthermore, expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration of $84 million and the $65 million gain recorded in connection with the acquisition are included in the 2011 periods in which such costs were incurred and gain recognized. Additionally, the Company has achieved further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts that follow.

 

     Actual Since
Acquisition
Through
December  31, 2011
    

Pro Forma

Year Ended

December 31

 
        2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Total revenues (a)

   $ 380,945       $ 4,202,109       $ 4,064,729   

Net income

     18,586         808,696         295,486   

 

(a) Represents net interest income plus other income.

On November 5, 2010, M&T Bank, M&T’s principal banking subsidiary, entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to assume all of the deposits, except certain brokered deposits, and acquire certain assets of K Bank, based in Randallstown, Maryland. As part of the transaction, M&T Bank entered into a loss-share arrangement with the FDIC whereby M&T Bank will be reimbursed by the FDIC for most losses it incurs on the acquired loan portfolio. The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at estimated fair value on the acquisition date. Assets acquired in the transaction totaled approximately $556 million, including $154 million of loans and $186 million in cash, and liabilities assumed aggregated $528 million, including $491 million of deposits. In accordance with GAAP, M&T Bank recorded an after-tax gain on the transaction of $17 million ($28 million before taxes). The gain reflected the amount of financial support and indemnification against loan losses that M&T Bank obtained from the FDIC. There was no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded in connection with this transaction. The operations obtained in the K Bank acquisition transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The Company incurred merger-related expenses in 2012, 2011 and 2010 related to systems conversions and other costs of integrating and conforming acquired operations with and into the Company. Those expenses consisted largely of professional services and other temporary help fees associated with the conversion of systems and/or integration of operations; costs related to branch and office consolidations; costs related to termination of existing contractual arrangements for various services; initial marketing and promotion expenses designed to introduce M&T Bank to its new customers; severance (for former employees of acquired entities) and incentive compensation costs; travel costs; and printing, postage, supplies and other costs of completing the transactions and commencing operations in new markets and offices.

 

114


Table of Contents

A summary of merger-related expenses included in the consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 4,997       $ 16,131       $ 7   

Equipment and net occupancy

     15         412         44   

Printing, postage and supplies

             2,663         74   

Other costs of operations

     4,867         64,481         646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,879       $ 83,687       $ 771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.    Investment securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 38,422       $ 922       $       $ 39,344   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     20,375         534         8         20,901   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     3,163,210         208,060         229         3,371,041   

Privately issued residential

     1,133,639         4,894         125,647         1,012,886   

Privately issued commercial

     8,648         2,378         26         11,000   

Collateralized debt obligations

     43,228         19,663         1,022         61,869   

Other debt securities

     136,603         2,247         26,900         111,950   

Equity securities

     98,945         14,921         3,420         110,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,643,070         253,619         157,252         4,739,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     182,103         7,647         27         189,723   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     597,340         31,727                 629,067   

Privately issued

     242,378         160         94,900         147,638   

Other debt securities

     10,455                         10,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,032,276         39,534         94,927         976,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities

     302,648                         302,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,977,994       $ 293,153       $ 252,179       $ 6,018,968   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2011

           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   $ 69,468       $ 1,255       $       $ 70,723   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     39,518         771         20         40,269   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     4,344,116         177,392         275         4,521,233   

Privately issued residential

     1,369,371         6,373         239,488         1,136,256   

Privately issued commercial

     17,679                 2,650         15,029   

Collateralized debt obligations

     43,834         11,154         2,488         52,500   

Other debt securities

     216,700         4,588         44,443         176,845   

Equity securities

     211,737         8,468         4,500         215,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,312,423         210,001         293,864         6,228,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     188,680         9,141         28         197,793   

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     608,533         24,881                 633,414   

Privately issued

     268,642                 99,140         169,502   

Other debt securities

     11,853                         11,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,077,708         34,022         99,168         1,012,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other securities

     366,886                         366,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,757,017       $ 244,023       $ 393,032       $ 7,608,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No investment in securities of a single non-U.S. Government or government agency issuer exceeded ten percent of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2012, the latest available investment ratings of all obligations of states and political subdivisions, privately issued mortgage-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and other debt securities were:

 

    Amortized
Cost
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Average Credit Rating of Fair Value Amount  
        A or Better     BBB     BB     B or Less     Not Rated  
    (In thousands)  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

  $ 202,478      $ 210,624      $ 169,660      $ 7,215      $ 200      $      $ 33,549   

Mortgage-backed securities:

             

Privately issued residential

    1,376,017        1,160,524        206,479        87,866        151,980        712,765        1,434   

Privately issued commercial

    8,648        11,000                             11,000          

Collateralized debt obligations

    43,228        61,869        4,268        10,298        10,770        36,533          

Other debt securities

    147,058        122,405        11,852        57,387        27,029        14,532        11,605   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,777,429      $ 1,566,422      $ 392,259      $ 162,766      $ 189,979      $ 774,830      $ 46,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of collateralized mortgage obligations included in mortgage-backed securities were as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

     

Amortized cost

   $ 1,414,691       $ 1,750,922   

Estimated fair value

     1,202,243         1,417,822   

 

116


Table of Contents

Gross realized gains and losses from sales of investment securities were not significant in 2012 or 2010. In 2011, gross realized gains from sales of investment securities were $150,223,000 and gross realized losses were $36,000. During 2011, the Company sold residential mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) having an aggregate amortized cost of approximately $1.5 billion which resulted in a gain of $104 million (pre-tax). The Company also sold trust preferred securities and collateralized debt securities during 2011 having an aggregate amortized cost of $136 million and $100 million, respectively, which resulted in gains of $25 million (pre-tax) and $20 million (pre-tax), respectively.

The Company recognized $48 million, $77 million and $68 million of pre-tax other-than-temporary impairment losses related to privately issued mortgage-backed securities in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The impairment charges were recognized in light of deterioration of real estate values and a rise in delinquencies and charge-offs of underlying mortgage loans collateralizing those securities. In addition to those charges, impairment charges in 2010 were recognized for approximately $6 million related to collateralized debt obligations backed largely by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and for $12 million related to American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) of Allied Irish Banks, p.l.c. (“AIB”) obtained in M&T’s 2003 acquisition of a former subsidiary of AIB. The other-than-temporary impairment losses represent management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the debt securities considering projected cash flows using assumptions of delinquency rates, loss severities, and other estimates of future collateral performance.

Changes in credit losses during 2012, 2011 and 2010 associated with debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment losses have been recognized in earnings follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Estimated credit losses — beginning balance

   $ 285,399      $ 327,912      $ 284,513   

Additions for credit losses not previously recognized

     47,822        77,035        74,288   

Reductions for increases in cash flows

            (5,111     (754

Reductions for realized losses

     (135,412     (114,437     (30,135
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated credit losses — ending balance

   $ 197,809      $ 285,399      $ 327,912   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity were as follows:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Debt securities available for sale:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 4,918       $ 4,952   

Due after one year through five years

     41,800         43,139   

Due after five years through ten years

     9,524         10,217   

Due after ten years

     182,386         175,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     238,628         234,064   

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale

     4,305,497         4,394,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,544,125       $ 4,628,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities held to maturity:

     

Due in one year or less

   $ 26,716       $ 26,850   

Due after one year through five years

     50,310         52,526   

Due after five years through ten years

     104,901         110,167   

Due after ten years

     10,631         10,635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     192,558         200,178   

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

     839,718         776,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,032,276       $ 976,883   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

A summary of investment securities that as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and those that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer follows:

 

     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More  
     Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

          

Investment securities available for sale:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 166       $ (1   $ 683       $ (7

Mortgage-backed securities:

          

Government issued or guaranteed

     12,107         (65     8,804         (164

Privately issued residential

     121,487         (692     773,409         (124,955

Privately issued commercial

                    919         (26

Collateralized debt obligations

                    6,043         (1,022

Other debt securities

                    95,685         (26,900

Equity securities

     5,535         (1,295     2,956         (2,125
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     139,295         (2,053     888,499         (155,199
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     1,026         (5     3,558         (22

Privately issued mortgage-backed securities

                    147,273         (94,900
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,026         (5     150,831         (94,922
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 140,321       $ (2,058   $ 1,039,330       $ (250,121
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          

Investment securities available for sale:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $       $      $ 1,228       $ (20

Mortgage-backed securities:

          

Government issued or guaranteed

     38,492         (190     6,017         (85

Privately issued residential

     297,133         (14,188     751,077         (225,300

Privately issued commercial

                    15,029         (2,650

Collateralized debt obligations

     2,871         (335     4,863         (2,153

Other debt securities

     72,637         (9,883     73,635         (34,560

Equity securities

     9,883         (4,500               
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     421,016         (29,096     851,849         (264,768
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities held to maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     3,084         (4     1,430         (24

Privately issued mortgage-backed securities

     1,883         (592     167,139         (98,548
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,967         (596     168,569         (98,572
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 425,983       $ (29,692   $ 1,020,418       $ (363,340
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company owned 249 individual investment securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses of $252 million at December 31, 2012. Approximately $221 million of the unrealized losses pertain to privately issued mortgage-backed securities with a cost basis of $1.3 billion. The Company also had $28 million of unrealized losses on available-for-sale trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and securities backed by trust preferred securities having a cost basis of $130 million. Based on a review of each of the remaining securities in the investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2012, with the exception of the

 

118


Table of Contents

aforementioned securities for which other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized, the Company concluded that it expected to recover the amortized cost basis of its investment. As of December 31, 2012, the Company does not intend to sell nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell any of its impaired investment securities. At December 31, 2012, the Company has not identified events or changes in circumstances which may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the $303 million of cost method investment securities.

At December 31, 2012, investment securities with a carrying value of $4,297,092,000, including $3,372,409,000 of investment securities available for sale, were pledged to secure borrowings from various FHLBs, repurchase agreements, governmental deposits, interest rate swap agreements and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

Investment securities pledged by the Company to secure obligations whereby the secured party is permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge such collateral totaled $1,801,842,000 at December 31, 2012. The pledged securities included securities of the U.S. Treasury and federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities.

4.    Loans and leases

Total loans and leases outstanding were comprised of the following:

 

     December 31  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Loans

    

Commercial, financial, etc

   $ 16,500,202      $ 14,419,490   

Real estate:

    

Residential

     11,161,323        7,889,569   

Commercial

     22,333,036        20,312,648   

Construction

     3,772,413        4,203,324   

Consumer

     11,550,274        12,020,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     65,317,248        58,845,260   

Leases

    

Commercial

     1,472,938        1,532,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     66,790,186        60,377,875   

Less: unearned discount

     (219,229     (281,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases, net of unearned discount

   $ 66,570,957      $ 60,096,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

One-to-four family residential mortgage loans held for sale were $1.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and $210 million at December 31, 2011. Commercial mortgage loans held for sale were $200 million at December 31, 2012 and $161 million at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $2.0 billion of commercial mortgage loan balances serviced for others had been sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (“DUS”) program. At December 31, 2012, the Company estimated that the recourse obligations described above were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. There have been no material losses incurred as a result of those credit recourse arrangements.

In addition to recourse obligations, as described in note 21, the Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. Charges incurred for such obligation, which are recorded as a reduction of mortgage banking revenues, were $28 million, $23 million and $30 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

119


Table of Contents

The outstanding principal balance and the carrying amount of acquired loans that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date that is included in the consolidated balance sheet were as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Outstanding principal balance

   $ 6,705,120       $ 9,203,366   

Carrying amount:

     

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc

     928,107         1,331,198   

Commercial real estate

     2,567,050         3,879,518   

Residential real estate

     707,309         915,371   

Consumer

     1,637,887         2,033,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,840,353       $ 8,159,787   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchased impaired loans included in the table above totaled $447 million at December 31, 2012 and $653 million at December 31, 2011, representing less than 1% of the Company’s assets as of each date. A summary of changes in the accretable yield for acquired loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 follows:

 

For Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010  
     Purchased     Other     Purchased     Other     Purchased     Other  
     Impaired     Acquired     Impaired     Acquired     Impaired     Acquired  
           (In thousands)        

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 30,805      $ 807,960      $ 9,245      $ 447,505      $ 4,318      $ 531,546   

Additions

                   39,358        648,631        4,922        13,747   

Interest income

     (40,551     (295,654     (26,221     (268,315     (5,826     (171,207

Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable balance, net

     51,998        148,490        8,629        1,800        5,831        34,000   

Other (a)

            (22,524     (206     (21,661            39,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 42,252      $ 638,272      $ 30,805      $ 807,960      $ 9,245      $ 447,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Other changes in expected cash flows including changes in interest rates and prepayment assumptions.

 

120


Table of Contents

A summary of current, past due and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

                90 Days or More Past
Due and Accruing
                   
   

Current

    30-89 Days
Past Due
    Non-
acquired
    Acquired(a)     Purchased
Impaired (b)
   

Nonaccrual

    Total  
    (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

             

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

  $ 17,511,052      $ 62,479      $ 23,490      $ 10,587      $ 17,437      $ 151,908      $ 17,776,953   

Real estate:

             

Commercial

    21,759,997        118,249        13,111        54,995        132,962        193,859        22,273,173   

Residential builder and developer

    757,311        35,419        3,258        23,909        187,764        181,865        1,189,526   

Other commercial construction

    2,379,953        35,274        509        9,572        68,971        36,812        2,531,091   

Residential

    9,811,956        337,969        313,184        45,124        36,769        249,314        10,794,316   

Residential Alt-A

    331,021        19,692                             95,808        446,521   

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

    6,199,591        40,759               20,318        3,211        58,071        6,321,950   

Automobile

    2,442,502        40,461               251               25,107        2,508,321   

Other

    2,661,432        40,599        4,845        1,798               20,432        2,729,106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 63,854,815      $ 730,901      $ 358,397      $ 166,554      $ 447,114      $ 1,013,176      $ 66,570,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

             

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

  $ 15,493,803      $ 37,112      $ 7,601      $ 8,560      $ 23,762      $ 163,598      $ 15,734,436   

Real estate:

             

Commercial

    19,658,761        172,641        9,983        54,148        192,804        171,111        20,259,448   

Residential builder and developer

    845,680        49,353        13,603        21,116        297,005        281,576        1,508,333   

Other commercial construction

    2,393,304        41,049        968        23,582        78,105        106,325        2,643,333   

Residential

    6,626,182        256,017        250,472        37,982        56,741        172,681        7,400,075   

Residential Alt-A

    383,834        34,077                             105,179        523,090   

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

    6,570,675        43,516               15,409        4,635        47,150        6,681,385   

Automobile

    2,644,330        48,342               601               26,835        2,720,108   

Other

    2,551,225        43,547        5,249        2,340        310        23,126        2,625,797   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 57,167,794      $ 725,654      $ 287,876      $ 163,738      $ 653,362      $ 1,097,581      $ 60,096,005   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Acquired loans that were recorded at fair value at acquisition date. This category does not include purchased impaired loans that are presented separately.

 

(b) Accruing loans that were impaired at acquisition date and were recorded at fair value.

If nonaccrual and renegotiated loans had been accruing interest at their originally contracted terms, interest income on such loans would have amounted to $69,054,000 in 2012, $80,278,000 in 2011 and $90,351,000 in 2010. The actual amounts included in interest income during 2012, 2011 and 2010 on such loans were $30,484,000, $31,301,000 and $40,139,000, respectively.

 

121


Table of Contents

During the normal course of business, the Company modifies loans to maximize recovery efforts. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and a concession is granted, the Company considers such modifications as troubled debt restructurings and classifies those loans as either nonaccrual loans or renegotiated loans. The types of concessions that the Company grants typically include principal deferrals and interest rate concessions, but may also include other types of concessions.

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

            Recorded Investment      Financial Effects of
Modification
 
     Number      Pre-
modifica-
tion
     Post-
modifica-
tion
     Recorded
Investment

(a)
    Interest
(b)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

             

Principal deferral

     61       $ 23,888       $ 22,456       $ (1,432   $   

Other

     3         2,967         3,052         85          

Combination of concession types

     5         628         740         112        (102

Real estate:

             

Commercial

             

Principal deferral

     24         22,855         23,059         204          

Interest rate reduction

     2         665         708         43        (129

Combination of concession types

     7         1,637         1,656         19        (351

Residential builder and developer

             

Principal deferral

     23         36,868         34,740         (2,128       

Combination of concession types

     7         37,602         36,148         (1,454       

Other commercial construction

             

Principal deferral

     6         81,062         79,312         (1,750       

Residential

             

Principal deferral

     36         4,643         4,808         165          

Interest rate reduction

     1         109         109                (20

Combination of concession types

     62         12,886         13,146         260        (657

Residential Alt-A

             

Principal deferral

     7         968         989         21          

Combination of concession types

     38         8,525         8,717         192        (159

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

             

Principal deferral

     15         1,285         1,285                  

Interest rate reduction

     1         144         144                (6

Combination of concession types

     29         2,332         2,332                (368

Automobile

             

Principal deferral

     618         8,347         8,347                  

Interest rate reduction

     22         328         328                (24

Other

     67         300         300                  

Combination of concession types

     375         5,857         5,857                (684

Other

             

Principal deferral

     80         1,201         1,201                  

Interest rate reduction

     22         515         515                (85

Other

     13         54         54                  

Combination of concession types

     84         1,015         1,015                (268
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,608       $ 256,681       $ 251,018       $ (5,663   $ (2,853
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.
(b) Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

 

122


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the Company’s loan modification activities that were considered troubled debt restructurings for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

            Recorded Investment      Financial Effects of
Modification
 
     Number      Pre-
modifica-
tion
     Post-
modifica-
tion
     Recorded
Investment

(a)
    Interest
(b)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

             

Principal deferral

     53       $ 10,703       $ 10,778       $ 75      $   

Combination of concession types

     3         2,049         2,046         (3     (654

Real estate:

             

Commercial

             

Principal deferral

     29         16,804         16,704         (100       

Combination of concession types

     3         15,778         15,777         (1     (1,463

Residential builder and developer

             

Principal deferral

     9         33,208         26,811         (6,397       

Other

     6         118,114         110,156         (7,958       

Combination of concession types

     5         2,540         2,561         21          

Other commercial construction

             

Principal deferral

     3         8,436         8,553         117          

Combination of concession types

     3         65,813         60,973         (4,840       

Residential

             

Principal deferral

     37         8,175         8,235         60          

Interest rate reduction

     14         1,926         1,991         65        (318

Combination of concession types

     111         19,508         19,934         426        (1,559

Residential Alt-A

             

Principal deferral

     3         800         835         35          

Combination of concession types

     34         6,813         6,978         165        (889

Consumer:

             

Home equity lines and loans

             

Principal deferral

     3         259         259                  

Other

     3         86         86                  

Combination of concession types

     26         2,156         2,158         2        (444

Automobile

             

Principal deferral

     746         10,053         10,053                  

Interest rate reduction

     17         183         183                (13

Other

     111         739         739                  

Combination of concession types

     431         6,703         6,703                (808

Other

             

Principal deferral

     23         400         400                  

Interest rate reduction

     1         8         8                (1

Other

     4         103         103                  

Combination of concession types

     102         803         803                (189
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,780       $ 332,160       $ 313,827       $ (18,333   $ (6,338
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Financial effects impacting the recorded investment included principal payments or advances, charge-offs and capitalized escrow arrearages.
(b) Represents the present value of interest rate concessions discounted at the effective rate of the original loan.

 

123


Table of Contents

Troubled debt restructurings are considered to be impaired loans and for purposes of establishing the allowance for credit losses are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows. Impairment of troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted may also be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Charge-offs may also be recognized on troubled debt restructurings that have subsequently defaulted. Loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for which there was a subsequent payment default during the respective period were not material.

Borrowings by directors and certain officers of M&T and its banking subsidiaries, and by associates of such persons, exclusive of loans aggregating less than $120,000 amounted to $99,532,000 and $96,523,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2012, new borrowings by such persons amounted to $16,026,000 (including any borrowings of new directors or officers that were outstanding at the time of their election) and repayments and other reductions (including reductions resulting from retirements) were $13,017,000.

At December 31, 2012, approximately $8.0 billion of commercial loans and leases, $9.6 billion of commercial real estate loans, $5.9 billion of one-to-four family residential real estate loans, $4.2 billion of home equity loans and lines of credit and $3.1 billion of other consumer loans were pledged to secure outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of New York and available lines of credit as described in note 9.

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio includes commercial lease financing receivables consisting of direct financing and leveraged leases for machinery and equipment, railroad equipment, commercial trucks and trailers, and aircraft. A summary of lease financing receivables follows:

 

     December 31  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Commercial leases:

    

Direct financings:

    

Lease payments receivable

   $ 1,106,434      $ 1,137,310   

Estimated residual value of leased assets

     96,468        96,479   

Unearned income

     (134,428     (153,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment in direct financings

     1,068,474        1,080,085   

Leveraged leases:

    

Lease payments receivable

     132,466        154,551   

Estimated residual value of leased assets

     137,570        144,275   

Unearned income

     (50,378     (53,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment in leveraged leases

     219,658        244,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in leases.

   $ 1,288,132      $ 1,325,064   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred taxes payable arising from leveraged leases

   $ 172,026      $ 180,731   

Included within the estimated residual value of leased assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $54 million and $52 million, respectively, in residual value associated with direct financing leases that are guaranteed by the lessees. The Company is indemnified from loss by AIB on a portion of leveraged leases obtained in the acquisition of a former subsidiary of AIB on April 1, 2003. Amounts in the leveraged lease section of the table subject to such indemnification included estimated residual value of leased assets of $7 million and $13 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

124


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, the minimum future lease payments to be received from lease financings were as follows:

 

     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 279,758   

2014

     243,227   

2015

     190,000   

2016

     148,341   

2017

     85,699   

Later years

     291,875   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,238,900   
  

 

 

 

5.    Allowance for credit losses

Changes in the allowance for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
    Real Estate                     

2012

     Commercial     Residential     Consumer     Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 234,022      $ 367,637      $ 91,915      $ 143,121      $ 71,595       $ 908,290   

Provision for credit losses

     42,510        5,211        34,864        119,235        2,180         204,000   

Net charge-offs

             

Charge-offs

     (41,148     (41,945     (44,314     (103,348             (230,755

Recoveries

     11,375        6,198        6,342        20,410                44,325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (29,773     (35,747     (37,972     (82,938             (186,430
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 246,759      $ 337,101      $ 88,807      $ 179,418      $ 73,775       $ 925,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

                                     

Beginning balance

   $ 212,579      $ 400,562      $ 86,351      $ 133,067      $ 70,382       $ 902,941   

Provision for credit losses

     66,240        44,404        57,081        101,062        1,213         270,000   

Net charge-offs

             

Charge-offs

     (55,021     (86,869     (58,351     (109,246             (309,487

Recoveries

     10,224        9,540        6,834        18,238                44,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (44,797     (77,329     (51,517     (91,008             (264,651
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 234,022      $ 367,637      $ 91,915      $ 143,121      $ 71,595       $ 908,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2010

                                     

Beginning balance

   $ 219,170      $ 359,770      $ 91,582      $ 137,124      $ 70,376       $ 878,022   

Provision for credit losses

     58,438        159,023        52,960        97,573        6         368,000   

Consolidation of loan securitization trust

                   2,752                       2,752   

Net charge-offs

             

Charge-offs

     (91,650     (124,087     (71,016     (125,593             (412,346

Recoveries

     26,621        5,856        10,073        23,963                66,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (65,029     (118,231     (60,943     (101,630             (345,833
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 212,579      $ 400,562      $ 86,351      $ 133,067      $ 70,382       $ 902,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Despite the above allocation, the allowance for credit losses is general in nature and is available to absorb losses from any loan or lease type.

 

125


Table of Contents

In establishing the allowance for credit losses, the Company estimates losses attributable to specific troubled credits identified through both normal and detailed or intensified credit review processes and also estimates losses inherent in other loans and leases on a collective basis. For purposes of determining the level of the allowance for credit losses, the Company evaluates its loan and lease portfolio by loan type. The amounts of loss components in the Company’s loan and lease portfolios are determined through a loan by loan analysis of larger balance commercial and commercial real estate loans that are in nonaccrual status and by applying loss factors to groups of loan balances based on loan type and management’s classification of such loans under the Company’s loan grading system. Measurement of the specific loss components is typically based on expected future cash flows, collateral values and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. In determining the allowance for credit losses, the Company utilizes a loan grading system which is applied to commercial and commercial real estate credits on an individual loan basis. Loan officers are responsible for continually assigning grades to these loans based on standards outlined in the Company’s Credit Policy. Internal loan grades are also monitored by the Company’s loan review department to ensure consistency and strict adherence to the prescribed standards. Loan grades are assigned loss component factors that reflect the Company’s loss estimate for each group of loans and leases. Factors considered in assigning loan grades and loss component factors include borrower-specific information related to expected future cash flows and operating results, collateral values, geographic location, financial condition and performance, payment status, and other information; levels of and trends in portfolio charge-offs and recoveries; levels of and trends in portfolio delinquencies and impaired loans; changes in the risk profile of specific portfolios; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in credit concentrations; and observed trends and practices in the banking industry. As updated appraisals are obtained on individual loans or other events in the market place indicate that collateral values have significantly changed, individual loan grades are adjusted as appropriate. Changes in other factors cited may also lead to loan grade changes at any time. Except for consumer and residential mortgage loans that are considered smaller balance homogenous loans and acquired loans that are evaluated on an aggregated basis, the Company considers a loan to be impaired for purposes of applying GAAP when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or the loan is delinquent 90 days. Regardless of loan type, the Company considers a loan to be impaired if it qualifies as a troubled debt restructuring. Modified loans, including smaller balance homogenous loans, that are considered to be troubled debt restructurings are evaluated for impairment giving consideration to the impact of the modified loan terms on the present value of the loan’s expected cash flows.

 

126


Table of Contents

The following tables provide information with respect to loans and leases that were considered impaired as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 
     (In thousands)  

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 127,282       $ 149,534       $ 33,829       $ 118,538       $ 145,510       $ 48,674   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     121,542         143,846         23,641         102,886         128,456         17,651   

Residential builder and developer

     115,306         216,218         25,661         159,293         280,869         52,562   

Other commercial construction

     73,544         76,869         6,836         20,234         24,639         3,836   

Residential

     103,451         121,819         3,521         101,882         119,498         4,420   

Residential Alt-A

     128,891         141,940         17,000         150,396         162,978         25,000   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     12,360         13,567         2,254         9,385         10,670         2,306   

Automobile

     49,210         49,210         14,273         53,710         53,710         11,468   

Other

     14,408         14,408         5,667         8,401         8,401         2,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     745,994         927,411         132,682         724,725         934,731         168,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

     32,631         42,199                 53,104         60,778           

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     78,380         100,337                 71,636         91,118           

Residential builder and developer

     74,307         105,438                 133,156         177,277           

Other commercial construction

     23,018         23,532                 86,652         89,862           

Residential

     86,342         96,448                 19,686         25,625           

Residential Alt-A

     31,354         58,768                 34,356         60,942           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     326,032         426,722                 398,590         505,602           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

                 

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 159,913       $ 191,733       $ 33,829       $ 171,642       $ 206,288       $ 48,674   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     199,922         244,183         23,641         174,522         219,574         17,651   

Residential builder and developer

     189,613         321,656         25,661         292,449         458,146         52,562   

Other commercial construction

     96,562         100,401         6,836         106,886         114,501         3,836   

Residential

     189,793         218,267         3,521         121,568         145,123         4,420   

Residential Alt-A

     160,245         200,708         17,000         184,752         223,920         25,000   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     12,360         13,567         2,254         9,385         10,670         2,306   

Automobile

     49,210         49,210         14,273         53,710         53,710         11,468   

Other

     14,408         14,408         5,667         8,401         8,401         2,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,072,026       $ 1,354,133       $ 132,682       $ 1,123,315       $ 1,440,333       $ 168,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 
        Total      Cash
Basis
        Total      Cash
Basis
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 151,314       $ 2,938       $ 2,938       $ 163,485       $ 3,306       $ 3,278   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial

     185,171         2,834         2,834         189,837         2,060         1,985   

Residential builder and developer

     249,191         1,563         1,102         317,296         1,948         860   

Other commercial construction

     99,672         5,020         5,020         105,947         926         684   

Residential

     132,888         5,284         3,300         99,107         4,271         2,286   

Residential Alt-A

     171,546         7,175         2,226         196,161         7,713         1,965   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity lines and loans

     11,322         663         179         11,428         681         106   

Automobile

     51,650         3,470         724         56,862         3,850         1,060   

Other

     11,028         472         197         5,006         273         89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,063,782       $ 29,419       $ 18,520       $ 1,145,129       $ 25,028       $ 12,313   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
            Interest Income
Recognized
 
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Total      Cash
Basis
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial, financial, leasing, etc.

   $ 244,687       $ 4,834       $ 4,810   

Real estate:

  

Commercial

     240,123         1,983         1,740   

Residential builder and developer

     252,229         1,716         746   

Other commercial construction

     60,416         371         357   

Residential

     62,104         3,028         1,755   

Residential Alt-A

     220,589         8,397         1,758   

Consumer:

        

Home equity lines and loans

     11,807         790         202   

Automobile

     54,221         3,684         1,233   

Other

     3,165         243         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,149,341       $ 25,046       $ 12,649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In accordance with the previously described policies, the Company utilizes a loan grading system that is applied to all commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. Loan grades are utilized to differentiate risk within the portfolio and consider the expectations of default for each loan. Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans with a lower expectation of default are assigned one of ten possible “pass” loan grades and are generally ascribed lower loss factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Loans with an elevated level of credit risk are classified as “criticized” and are ascribed a higher loss factor when determining the allowance for credit losses. Criticized loans may be classified as “nonaccrual” if the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement

 

128


Table of Contents

or the loan is delinquent 90 days or more. All larger balance criticized commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually reviewed by centralized loan review personnel each quarter to determine the appropriateness of the assigned loan grade, including whether the loan should be reported as accruing or nonaccruing. Smaller balance criticized loans are analyzed by business line risk management areas to ensure proper loan grade classification. Furthermore, criticized nonaccrual commercial loans and commercial real estate loans are considered impaired and, as a result, specific loss allowances on such loans are established within the allowance for credit losses to the extent appropriate in each individual instance. The following table summarizes the loan grades applied to the various classes of the Company’s commercial and commercial real estate loans.

 

            Real Estate  
     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc
     Commercial      Residential
Builder and
Developer
     Other
Commercial
Construction
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

           

Pass

   $ 16,889,753       $ 21,275,182       $ 922,141       $ 2,307,436   

Criticized accrual

     735,292         804,132         85,520         186,843   

Criticized nonaccrual

     151,908         193,859         181,865         36,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,776,953       $ 22,273,173       $ 1,189,526       $ 2,531,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

           

Pass

   $ 14,869,636       $ 19,089,252       $ 1,085,970       $ 2,254,609   

Criticized accrual

     701,202         999,085         140,787         282,399   

Criticized nonaccrual

     163,598         171,111         281,576         106,325   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,734,436       $ 20,259,448       $ 1,508,333       $ 2,643,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In determining the allowance for credit losses, residential real estate loans and consumer loans are generally evaluated collectively after considering such factors as payment performance and recent loss experience and trends, which are mainly driven by current collateral values in the market place as well as the amount of loan defaults. Loss rates on such loans are determined by reference to recent charge-off history and are evaluated (and adjusted if deemed appropriate) through consideration of other factors including near-term forecasted loss estimates developed by the Company’s Credit Department. In arriving at such forecasts, the Company considers the current estimated fair value of its collateral based on geographical adjustments for home price depreciation/appreciation and overall borrower repayment performance. With regard to collateral values, the realizability of such values by the Company contemplates repayment of the original balance of any first lien position prior to recovering amounts on a second lien position. However, residential real estate loans and outstanding balances of home equity loans and lines of credit that are more than 150 days past due are generally evaluated for collectibility on a loan-by-loan basis giving consideration to estimated collateral values.

The Company also measures additional losses for purchased impaired loans when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition. The determination of the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses is very subjective. Given that inherent subjectivity and potential imprecision involved in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses, the Company also provides an inherent unallocated portion of the allowance. The unallocated portion of the allowance is intended to recognize probable losses that are not otherwise identifiable and includes management’s subjective determination of amounts necessary to provide for the possible use of imprecise estimates in determining the allocated portion of the allowance. Therefore, the level of the unallocated portion of the allowance is primarily reflective of the inherent imprecision in the various calculations used in determining the allocated portion of the allowance for credit losses. Other factors that could also lead to changes in the unallocated portion include the effects of expansion into new markets for which the Company does not have the same degree of familiarity and experience regarding portfolio performance in changing market conditions, the introduction of new loan and lease product types, and other risks associated with the Company’s loan portfolio that may not be specifically identifiable.

 

129


Table of Contents

The allocation of the allowance for credit losses summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
     Real Estate                
        Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 33,669       $ 55,291       $ 20,502       $ 22,194       $ 131,656   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     212,930         280,789         66,684         156,661         717,064   

Purchased impaired

     160         1,021         1,621         563         3,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocated

   $ 246,759       $ 337,101       $ 88,807       $ 179,418         852,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unallocated

                 73,775   
              

 

 

 

Total

               $ 925,860   
              

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 48,517       $ 71,784       $ 29,420       $ 15,858       $ 165,579   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     185,048         291,271         60,742         126,613         663,674   

Purchased impaired

     457         4,582         1,753         650         7,442   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allocated

   $ 234,022       $ 367,637       $ 91,915       $ 143,121         836,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Unallocated

                 71,595   
              

 

 

 

Total

               $ 908,290   
              

 

 

 

The recorded investment in loans and leases summarized on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows:

 

     Commercial,
Financial,
Leasing, etc.
     Real Estate                
        Commercial      Residential      Consumer      Total  
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 159,761       $ 480,335       $ 349,477       $ 75,978       $ 1,065,551   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     17,599,755         25,123,758         10,854,591         11,480,188         65,058,292   

Purchased impaired

     17,437         389,697         36,769         3,211         447,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,776,953       $ 25,993,790       $ 11,240,837       $ 11,559,377       $ 66,570,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 171,442       $ 561,615       $ 306,320       $ 71,496       $ 1,110,873   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     15,539,232         23,281,585         7,560,104         11,950,849         58,331,770   

Purchased impaired

     23,762         567,914         56,741         4,945         653,362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,734,436       $ 24,411,114       $ 7,923,165       $ 12,027,290       $ 60,096,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

6.     Premises and equipment

The detail of premises and equipment was as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Land

   $ 84,545       $ 86,120   

Buildings — owned

     393,527         365,087   

Buildings — capital leases

     1,131         1,131   

Leasehold improvements

     198,498         198,379   

Furniture and equipment — owned

     465,113         436,203   

Furniture and equipment — capital leases

     17,915         9,407   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,160,729         1,096,327   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     

Owned assets

     559,948         512,399   

Capital leases

     6,129         2,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     566,077         514,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 594,652       $ 581,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net lease expense for all operating leases totaled $102,924,000 in 2012, $97,098,000 in 2011 and $94,646,000 in 2010. Minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are presented in note 21. Minimum lease payments required under capital leases are not material.

7.     Capitalized servicing assets

Changes in capitalized servicing assets were as follows:

 

     Residential Mortgage Loans     Small-Balance
Commercial Mortgage Loans
 

For Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 131,264      $ 92,066      $ 101,155      $ 15,678      $ 26,197      $ 40,251   

Originations

     14,577        13,920        27,430                        

Purchases

     109        61,642        593                        

Consolidation of loan securitization trusts (note 19)

                   (1,843                     

Amortization

     (41,095     (36,364     (35,269     (7,535     (10,519     (14,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     104,855        131,264        92,066        8,143        15,678        26,197   

Valuation allowance

     (4,500     (1,800                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, net

   $ 100,355      $ 129,464      $ 92,066      $ 8,143      $ 15,678      $ 26,197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents
     Commercial Mortgage Loans     Total  

For Year Ended December 31,

   2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 51,250      $ 42,613      $ 32,896      $ 198,192      $ 160,876      $ 174,302   

Originations

     19,653        17,613        16,976        34,230        31,533        44,406   

Purchases

                          109        61,642        593   

Consolidation of loan securitization trusts (note 19)

                                        (1,843

Amortization

     (10,925     (8,976     (7,259     (59,555     (55,859     (56,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     59,978        51,250        42,613        172,976        198,192        160,876   

Valuation allowance

                          (4,500     (1,800       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, net

   $ 59,978      $ 51,250      $ 42,613      $ 168,476      $ 196,392      $ 160,876   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans serviced for others were $32.1 billion at December 31, 2012, $36.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and $15.9 billion at December 31, 2010. Small-balance commercial mortgage loans serviced for others were $3.8 billion, $4.4 billion and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Commercial mortgage loans serviced for others were $10.6 billion, $9.0 billion and $8.1 billion at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Changes in the valuation allowance for capitalized residential mortgage servicing assets were not significant in 2012, 2011 or 2010. The estimated fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $138 million at December 31, 2012 and $168 million at December 31, 2011. The fair value of capitalized residential mortgage loan servicing assets was estimated using weighted-average discount rates of 10.6% and 10.4% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and contemporaneous prepayment assumptions that vary by loan type. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the discount rate represented a weighted-average option-adjusted spread (“OAS”) of 929 basis points (hundredths of one percent) and 978 basis points, respectively, over market implied forward London Interbank Offered Rates. The estimated fair value of capitalized small-balance commercial mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $43 million at December 31, 2012 and $49 million at December 31, 2011. The fair value of capitalized small-balance commercial loan servicing assets was estimated using weighted-average discount rates of 19.4% and 19.2% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and contemporaneous prepayment assumptions that vary by loan type. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the discount rate represented a weighted-average OAS of 1,791 basis points and 1,783 basis points, respectively, over market implied forward London Interbank Offered Rates. The estimated fair value of capitalized residential and small-balance commercial mortgage loan servicing rights may vary significantly in subsequent periods due to changing interest rates and the effect thereof on prepayment speeds. The estimated fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing assets was approximately $71 million and $60 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. An 18% discount rate was used to estimate the fair value of capitalized commercial mortgage loan servicing rights at December 31, 2012 and 2011 with no prepayment assumptions because, in general, the servicing agreements allow the Company to share in customer loan prepayment fees and thereby recover the remaining carrying value of the capitalized servicing rights associated with such loan. The Company’s ability to realize the carrying value of capitalized commercial mortgage servicing rights is more dependent on the borrowers’ abilities to repay the underlying loans than on prepayments or changes in interest rates.

The key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of capitalized servicing rights at December 31, 2012 and the sensitivity of such value to changes in those assumptions are summarized in the table that follows. Those calculated sensitivities are hypothetical and actual changes in the fair value of capitalized servicing rights may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein. The effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the servicing rights is calculated without changing

 

132


Table of Contents

any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The changes in assumptions are presumed to be instantaneous.

 

     Residential     Small-Balance
Commercial
    Commercial  

Weighted-average prepayment speeds

     19.50     9.16  

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (8,924,000   $ (1,814,000  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

     (16,880,000     (3,480,000  

Weighted-average OAS

     9.29     17.91  

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

   $ (2,857,000   $ (1,468,000  

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

     (5,577,000     (2,832,000  

Weighted-average discount rate

         18.00

Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change

       $ (3,078,000

Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change

         (5,940,000

8.     Goodwill and other intangible assets

In accordance with GAAP, the Company does not amortize goodwill, however, core deposit and other intangible assets are amortized over the estimated life of each respective asset. Total amortizing intangible assets were comprised of the following:

 

 

     Gross  Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 
     (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

        

Core deposit

   $ 755,794       $ 670,940       $ 84,854   

Other

     177,268         146,359         30,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 933,062       $ 817,299       $ 115,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

        

Core deposit

   $ 755,794       $ 626,453       $ 129,341   

Other

     177,268         130,215         47,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 933,062       $ 756,668       $ 176,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets was generally computed using accelerated methods over original amortization periods of five to ten years. The weighted-average original amortization period was approximately eight years. The remaining weighted-average amortization period as of December 31, 2012 was approximately four years. Amortization expense for core deposit and other intangible assets was $60,631,000, $61,617,000 and $58,103,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Estimated amortization expense in future years for such intangible assets is as follows:

 

 

     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 46,912   

2014

     33,825   

2015

     20,938   

2016

     10,052   

2017

     3,303   

Later years

     733   
  

 

 

 
   $ 115,763   
  

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

In accordance with GAAP, the Company completed annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2012, 2011 and 2010. For purposes of testing for impairment, the Company assigned all recorded goodwill to the reporting units originally intended to benefit from past business combinations, which has historically been the Company’s core relationship business reporting units. Goodwill was generally assigned based on the implied fair value of the acquired goodwill applicable to the benefited reporting units at the time of each respective acquisition. The implied fair value of the goodwill was determined as the difference between the estimated incremental overall fair value of the reporting unit and the estimated fair value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit as of each respective acquisition date. To test for goodwill impairment at each evaluation date, the Company compared the estimated fair value of each of its reporting units to their respective carrying amounts and certain other assets and liabilities assigned to the reporting unit, including goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets. The methodologies used to estimate fair values of reporting units as of the acquisition dates and as of the evaluation dates were similar. For the Company’s core customer relationship business reporting units, fair value was estimated as the present value of the expected future cash flows of the reporting unit. Based on the results of the goodwill impairment tests, the Company concluded that the amount of recorded goodwill was not impaired at the respective testing dates.

A summary of goodwill assigned to each of the Company’s reportable segments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 for purposes of testing for impairment is as follows.

 

     (In thousands)  

Business Banking

   $ 748,907   

Commercial Banking

     907,524   

Commercial Real Estate

     349,197   

Discretionary Portfolio

       

Residential Mortgage Banking

       

Retail Banking

     1,144,404   

All Other

     374,593   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,524,625   
  

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

9.    Borrowings

The amounts and interest rates of short-term borrowings were as follows:

 

     Federal  Funds
Purchased
and
Repurchase
Agreements
    Other
Short-term
Borrowings
    Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2012

      

Amount outstanding

   $ 1,074,482      $      $ 1,074,482   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.11            0.11

For the year ended December 31, 2012

      

Highest amount at a month-end

   $ 1,224,194      $ 50,016     

Daily-average amount outstanding

     822,859        16,043      $ 838,902   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.15     0.57     0.15

At December 31, 2011

      

Amount outstanding

   $ 732,059      $ 50,023      $ 782,082   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.04     0.70     0.09

For the year ended December 31, 2011

      

Highest amount at a month-end

   $ 1,389,237      $ 142,927     

Daily-average amount outstanding

     706,749        120,059      $ 826,808   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.11     0.18     0.12

At December 31, 2010

      

Amount outstanding

   $ 866,555      $ 80,877      $ 947,432   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.19     0.20     0.19

For the year ended December 31, 2010

      

Highest amount at a month-end

   $ 2,612,727      $ 236,842     

Daily-average amount outstanding

     1,749,525        104,508      $ 1,854,033   

Weighted-average interest rate

     0.15     0.33     0.16

Short-term borrowings have a stated maturity of one year or less at the date the Company enters into the obligation. In general, federal funds purchased and short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2012 matured on the next business day following year-end. Other short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 included $50 million of borrowings from FHLBs. There were no similar borrowings at December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had lines of credit under formal agreements as follows:

 

     M&T      M&T Bank      Wilmington
Trust, N.A.
 
     (In thousands)  

Outstanding borrowings

   $       $ 29,586       $   

Unused

     30,000         21,127,615         309,658   

M&T has a revolving credit agreement with an unaffiliated commercial bank whereby M&T may borrow up to $30 million at its discretion through November 25, 2013. At December 31, 2012, M&T Bank had borrowing facilities available with the FHLBs whereby M&T Bank could borrow up to approximately $9.8 billion. Additionally, M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, National Association (“Wilmington Trust, N.A.”), a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T, had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York totaling approximately $11.7 billion at December 31, 2012. M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust, N.A. are required to pledge loans and investment securities as collateral for these borrowing facilities.

 

135


Table of Contents

Long-term borrowings were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Senior notes of M&T — 5.375% due 2012

   $       $ 299,991   

Advances from FHLB:

     

Variable rates

             1,000,000   

Fixed rates

     30,066         398,407   

Agreements to repurchase securities

     1,400,000         1,400,000   

Subordinated notes of Wilmington Trust Corporation

     

(a wholly owned subsidiary of M&T):

     

4.875% due 2013

     251,298         255,839   

8.50% due 2018

     230,255         237,194   

Subordinated notes of M&T Bank:

     

3.85% due 2013, variable rate commenced in 2008

             400,000   

6.625% due 2017

     455,439         452,655   

9.50% due 2018

     50,000         50,000   

5.585% due 2020, variable rate commencing 2015

     385,669         378,917   

5.629% due 2021, variable rate commencing 2016

     583,097         589,516   

Junior subordinated debentures of M&T associated with preferred capital securities:

     

Fixed rates:

     

M&T Capital Trust I — 8.234%, due 2027

     154,640         154,640   

M&T Capital Trust II — 8.277%, due 2027

     103,093         103,093   

M&T Capital Trust III — 9.25%, due 2027

     66,434         66,759   

BSB Capital Trust I — 8.125%, due 2028

     15,566         15,542   

Provident Trust I — 8.29%, due 2028

     24,746         24,483   

Southern Financial Statutory Trust I — 10.60%, due 2030

     6,496         6,474   

M&T Capital Trust IV — 8.50%, due 2068

     350,010         350,010   

Variable rates:

     

First Maryland Capital I — due 2027

     144,102         143,564   

First Maryland Capital II — due 2027

     145,301         144,638   

Allfirst Asset Trust — due 2029

     95,913         95,768   

BSB Capital Trust III — due 2033

     15,464         15,464   

Provident Trust III — due 2033

     51,694         51,244   

Southern Financial Capital Trust III — due 2033

     7,683         7,623   

Other

     40,792         44,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,607,758       $ 6,686,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term variable rate advances from the FHLB had contractual interest rates that ranged from 0.26% to 0.36% at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average contractual interest rate was 0.29% at December 31, 2011. Long-term fixed rate advances from the FHLB had contractual interest rates ranging from 3.48% to 7.32% at December 31, 2012 and 0.79% to 7.32% at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average contractual interest rates payable were 4.64% at December 31, 2012 and 3.52% at December 31, 2011. Advances from the FHLB mature at various dates through 2035 and are secured by residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans and investment securities.

Long-term agreements to repurchase securities had contractual interest rates that ranged from 3.61% to 4.30% at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The weighted-average contractual interest rates were 3.90% at each of those dates. The agreements outstanding at December 31, 2012 reflect various repurchase dates

 

136


Table of Contents

through 2017, however, the contractual maturities of the underlying investment securities extend beyond such repurchase dates.

The subordinated notes of M&T Bank and Wilmington Trust Corporation are unsecured and are subordinate to the claims of other creditors of those entities. On July 2, 2012, M&T Bank redeemed $400 million of subordinated capital notes that were due to mature in 2013.

The fixed and floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures of M&T (“Junior Subordinated Debentures”) are held by various trusts and were issued in connection with the issuance by those trusts of preferred capital securities (“Capital Securities”) and common securities (“Common Securities”). The proceeds from the issuances of the Capital Securities and the Common Securities were used by the trusts to purchase the Junior Subordinated Debentures. The Common Securities of each of those trusts are wholly owned by M&T and are the only class of each trust’s securities possessing general voting powers. The Capital Securities represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the corresponding trust. Under the Federal Reserve Board’s current risk-based capital guidelines, the Capital Securities are includable in M&T’s Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2012. However, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that was signed into law on July 21, 2010 provides for a three-year phase-in related to the exclusion of trust preferred capital securities from Tier 1 capital for large financial institutions, including M&T. That phase-in period began on January 1, 2013. The variable rate Junior Subordinated Debentures pay interest quarterly at rates that are indexed to the three-month LIBOR. Those rates ranged from 1.16% to 3.69% at December 31, 2012 and from 1.28% to 3.92% at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average variable rates payable on those Junior Subordinated Debentures were 1.75% and 1.87% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Holders of the Capital Securities receive preferential cumulative cash distributions unless M&T exercises its right to extend the payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures as allowed by the terms of each such debenture, in which case payment of distributions on the respective Capital Securities will be deferred for comparable periods. During an extended interest period, M&T may not pay dividends or distributions on, or repurchase, redeem or acquire any shares of its capital stock. In the event of an extended interest period exceeding twenty quarterly periods for $350 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures due January 31, 2068, M&T must fund the payment of accrued and unpaid interest through an alternative payment mechanism, which requires M&T to issue common stock, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock or warrants to purchase common stock until M&T has raised an amount of eligible proceeds at least equal to the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid deferred interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures due January 31, 2068. In general, the agreements governing the Capital Securities, in the aggregate, provide a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by M&T of the payment of distributions on, the redemption of, and any liquidation distribution with respect to the Capital Securities. The obligations under such guarantee and the Capital Securities are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of M&T.

The Capital Securities will remain outstanding until the Junior Subordinated Debentures are repaid at maturity, are redeemed prior to maturity or are distributed in liquidation to the Trusts. The Capital Securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole, but not in part, upon repayment at the stated maturity dates (ranging from 2027 to 2068) of the Junior Subordinated Debentures or the earlier redemption of the Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole upon the occurrence of one or more events set forth in the indentures relating to the Capital Securities, and in whole or in part at any time after an optional redemption prior to contractual maturity contemporaneously with the optional redemption of the related Junior Subordinated Debentures in whole or in part, subject to possible regulatory approval.

 

137


Table of Contents

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2012 mature as follows:

 

     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 258,102   

2014

     22,436   

2015

     5,784   

2016

     805,129   

2017

     1,059,716   

Later years

     2,456,591   
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,607,758   
  

 

 

 

10.      Shareholders’ equity

M&T is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $1.00 par value per share. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference, but have no general voting rights.

Issued and outstanding preferred stock of M&T is presented below:

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Series A (a)(b)

           

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

     230,000       $ 226,965         230,000       $ 224,277   

Series C (a)(c)

           

Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, $1,000 liquidation preference per share

     151,500         145,535         151,500         140,308   

Series D (d)

           

Fixed Rate Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, $10,000 liquidation preference per share

     50,000         500,000         50,000         500,000   

 

(a) Shares were issued as part of the TARP of the U.S Treasury. Cash proceeds were allocated between the preferred stock and a ten-year warrant to purchase M&T common stock (Series A — 1,218,522 common shares at $73.86 per share, Series C — 407,542 common shares at $55.76 per share). Dividends, if declared, will accrue and be paid quarterly at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years following the original 2008 issuance dates and thereafter were scheduled to increase to 9% per year. In August 2012, the U.S. Treasury sold its holdings of M&T’s Series A and Series C preferred stock to the public, which allowed M&T to exit the TARP. Certain modifications were made to the terms of the Series A and Series C preferred stock, subject to M&T common shareholder approval. Such modifications included a change in the dividend rate on November 15, 2013 to 6.375% (rather than the original 9% noted above) and a provision that M&T will not redeem the preferred shares until on or after November 15, 2018. In December 2012, the U.S. Treasury sold to other investors the Series A warrants for $26.50 per warrant.

 

(b) On May 18, 2011, M&T redeemed and retired 370,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. Accelerated amortization of preferred stock discount associated with the redemption was $11.2 million.

 

(c) Shares were assumed in an acquisition and a new Series C Preferred Stock was designated.

 

(d) Shares were issued on May 31, 2011. Dividends, if declared, will be paid semi-annually at a rate of 6.875% per year. The shares are redeemable in whole or in part on or after June 15, 2016. Notwithstanding M&T’s option to redeem the shares, if an event occurs such that the shares no longer qualify as Tier 1 Capital, M&T may redeem all of the shares within 90 days following that occurrence.

 

138


Table of Contents

In addition to the Series A and Series C warrants mentioned in (a) above, a ten-year warrant to purchase 95,383 shares of M&T common stock at $518.96 per share was outstanding at each of December 31, 2012 and 2011. That warrant was issued by Wilmington Trust in December 2008 as part of the TARP of the U.S. Treasury along with $330 million of fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, which was redeemed by M&T immediately prior to the May 16, 2011 acquisition of Wilmington Trust.

11.     Stock-based compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense was $57 million in 2012, $56 million in 2011 and $54 million in 2010. The Company recognized income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation of $30 million in 2012, $22 million in 2011 and $20 million in 2010.

The Company’s equity incentive compensation plan allows for the issuance of various forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-based awards. Through December 31, 2012, only stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, that vest with the passage of time as service is provided have been issued. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, there were 5,307,228 and 5,619,632 shares available for future grant under the Company’s equity incentive compensation plan.

Restricted stock awards

Restricted stock awards are comprised of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock awards generally vest over four years. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock was $28 million as of December 31, 2012 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. The Company generally will issue restricted shares from treasury stock to the extent available, but may also issue new shares. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the number of restricted shares issued was 453,908, 451,248 and 423,002, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $36,969,000, $38,369,000 and $31,880,000, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock units was $7 million as of December 31, 2012 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years. During 2012, 2011 and 2010 the number of restricted stock units issued was 278,505, 242,282 and 231,037, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $22,139,000, $20,921,000 and $17,039,000, respectively.

A summary of restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity follows:

 

     Restricted
Stock Units
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Price
     Restricted
Stock
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Price
 

Unvested at January 1, 2012

     801,463      $ 61.31         1,091,365      $ 63.45   

Granted

     278,505        79.50         453,908        81.45   

Vested

     (276,308     53.57         (408,232     62.27   

Cancelled

     (4,165     70.00         (41,410     72.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2012

     799,495      $ 70.28         1,095,631      $ 71.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock option awards

Stock options issued generally vest over four years and are exercisable over terms not exceeding ten years and one day. The Company used an option pricing model to estimate the grant date present value of stock options granted. Stock options granted in 2012, 2011 and 2010 were not significant.

 

139


Table of Contents

A summary of stock option activity follows:

 

     Stock
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-Average      Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands)
 
     Exercise
Price
     Life
(In Years)
    

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

     9,839,948      $ 98.37         

Granted

     100        79.74         

Exercised

     (2,432,316     82.65         

Cancelled

     (1,814     94.76         

Expired

     (372,559     107.93         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     7,033,359      $ 103.30         3.4       $ 26,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     7,007,472      $ 103.53         3.4       $ 24,761   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For 2012, 2011 and 2010, M&T received $153 million, $28 million and $55 million, respectively, in cash and realized tax benefits from the exercise of stock options of $8 million, $3 million and $7 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised during those periods was $21 million, $7 million and $21 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options was not significant. The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $17 million, $29 million and $38 million, respectively. Upon the exercise of stock options, the Company generally issues shares from treasury stock to the extent available, but may also issue new shares.

Stock purchase plan

The stock purchase plan provides eligible employees of the Company with the right to purchase shares of M&T common stock at a discount through accumulated payroll deductions. In connection with the employee stock purchase plan, 1,000,000 shares of M&T common stock were authorized for issuance, of which 719,900 shares have been issued. There were 151,014 shares issued in 2012, no shares issued in 2011 and 170,405 shares issued in 2010. For 2012 and 2010, respectively, M&T received $10,117,000 and $8,998,000 in cash for shares purchased through the employee stock purchase plan. Compensation expense recognized for the stock purchase plan was not significant in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Deferred bonus plan

The Company provided a deferred bonus plan pursuant to which eligible employees could elect to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation awards and allocate such awards to several investment options, including M&T common stock. Participants could elect the timing of distributions from the plan. Such distributions are payable in cash with the exception of balances allocated to M&T common stock which are distributable in the form of M&T common stock. Shares of M&T common stock distributable pursuant to the terms of the deferred bonus plan were 38,593 and 48,136 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet. Through December 31, 2012, 133,051 shares have been issued in connection with the deferred bonus plan.

Directors’ stock plan

The Company maintains a compensation plan for non-employee members of the Company’s boards of directors and directors advisory councils that allows such members to receive all or a portion of their compensation in shares of M&T common stock. Through December 31, 2012, 182,433 shares had been issued in connection with the directors’ stock plan.

Through acquisitions, the Company assumed obligations to issue shares of M&T common stock related to deferred directors compensation plans. Shares of common stock issuable under such plans were 18,816 and 20,084 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The obligation to issue shares is included in “common stock issuable” in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

140


Table of Contents

12.    Pension plans and other postretirement benefits

The Company provides pension (defined benefit and defined contribution plans) and other postretirement benefits (including defined benefit health care and life insurance plans) to qualified retired employees. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all of its plans.

Net periodic pension expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 29,549      $ 28,828      $ 19,670   

Interest cost on benefit obligation

     62,037        58,545        47,905   

Expected return on plan assets

     (70,511     (60,700     (50,844

Amortization of prior service cost

     (6,559     (6,559     (6,559

Recognized net actuarial loss

     37,386        20,530        13,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension expense

   $ 51,902      $ 40,644      $ 23,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other postretirement benefits expense for defined benefit plans consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 668       $ 535       $ 383   

Interest cost on benefit obligation

     3,737         3,761         3,130   

Amortization of prior service cost

     21         107         176   

Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)

     530         36         (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net other postretirement benefits expense

   $ 4,956       $ 4,439       $ 3,680   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Data relating to the funding position of the defined benefit plans were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 1,496,490      $ 947,993      $ 90,104      $ 61,675   

Service cost

     29,549        28,828        668        535   

Interest cost

     62,037        58,545        3,737        3,761   

Plan participants’ contributions

                   3,765        3,383   

Amendments

                   (13,313       

Actuarial (gain) loss

     116,237        194,622        (182     10,303   

Settlements/curtailments

     (320                     

Business combinations

            315,210               20,689   

Medicare Part D reimbursement

                   918        715   

Benefits paid

     (59,426     (48,708     (10,731     (10,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     1,644,567        1,496,490        74,966        90,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     1,117,972        838,465                 

Actual return on plan assets

     143,430        (6,635              

Employer contributions

     207,115        75,600        6,048        6,859   

Business combinations

            259,250                 

Plan participants’ contributions

                   3,765        3,383   

Medicare Part D reimbursement

                   918        715   

Settlements

     (320                     

Benefits and other payments

     (59,426     (48,708     (10,731     (10,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     1,408,771        1,117,972                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (235,796   $ (378,518   $ (74,966   $ (90,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet were:

        

Net prepaid asset

   $      $ 2,878      $      $   

Accrued liabilities

     (235,796     (381,396     (74,966     (90,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) were:

        

Net loss

   $ 480,084      $ 474,153      $ 12,134      $ 12,845   

Net prior service cost

     (23,455     (30,014     (13,173     161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax adjustment to AOCI

     456,629        444,139        (1,039     13,006   

Taxes.

     (179,227     (174,324     408        (5,105
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net adjustment to AOCI.

   $ 277,402      $ 269,815      $ (631   $ 7,901   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has an unfunded supplemental pension plan for certain key executives. The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation included in the preceding data related to such plan were $130,745,000 as of December 31, 2012 and $124,877,000 and $123,085,000, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

 

142


Table of Contents

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $1,618,119,000 and $1,472,140,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans exceeded plan assets. As of December 31, 2011, the accumulated benefit obligation for those defined benefit pension plans in which such obligation exceeded plan assets totaled $1,422,958,000 (including $123,085,000 related to the unfunded supplemental pension plan).

GAAP requires an employer to recognize in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit expense, are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. As indicated in the preceding table, as of December 31, 2012 the Company recorded a minimum liability adjustment of $455,590,000 ($456,629,000 related to pension plans and $(1,039,000) related to other postretirement benefits) with a corresponding reduction of shareholders’ equity, net of applicable deferred taxes, of $276,771,000. In aggregate, the benefit plans realized a net gain during 2012 that resulted from actual experience differing from the plan assumptions utilized, from changes in actuarial assumptions and from plan amendments. The main factors contributing to that gain were actual investment returns from assets in the qualified defined benefit pension plan that exceeded expected returns plus an amendment to the postretirement medical plan to conform the benefits of former employees of Wilmington Trust with those of other employees of the Company. However, those gains were almost entirely offset by the impact of a reduction in the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations at December 31, 2012 to 3.75% from the 4.25% rate used at December 31, 2011. As a result, the Company decreased its minimum liability adjustment from that which was recorded at December 31, 2011 by $1,555,000 with a corresponding increase to shareholders’ equity that, net of applicable deferred taxes, was $945,000. The table below reflects the changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income related to the Company’s postretirement benefit plans.

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

2012

      

Net loss (gain)

   $ 43,318      $ (182   $ 43,136   

Prior service cost (credit)

            (13,313     (13,313

Amortization of prior service (cost) credit

     6,559        (21     6,538   

Amortization of loss

     (37,386     (530     (37,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income, pre-tax

   $ 12,491      $ (14,046   $ (1,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

      

Net loss

   $ 261,957      $ 10,303      $ 272,260   

Amortization of prior service (cost) credit

     6,559        (107     6,452   

Amortization of loss

     (20,530     (36     (20,566
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income, pre-tax

   $ 247,986      $ 10,160      $ 258,146   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reflects the amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit expense during 2013:

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
 
     (In thousands)  

Amortization of net prior service cost (credit)

   $ (6,559   $ (1,356

Amortization of net loss

     41,593        347   

 

 

143


Table of Contents

The Company also provides a qualified defined contribution pension plan to eligible employees who were not participants in the defined benefit pension plan as of December 31, 2005 and to other employees who have elected to participate in the defined contribution plan. The Company makes contributions to the defined contribution plan each year in an amount that is based on an individual participant’s total compensation (generally defined as total wages, incentive compensation, commissions and bonuses) and years of service. Participants do not contribute to the defined contribution pension plan. Pension expense recorded in 2012, 2011 and 2010 associated with the defined contribution pension plan was approximately $17 million, $13 million and $14 million, respectively.

Assumptions

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 were:

 

     Pension
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Discount rate

     3.75     4.25     3.75     4.25

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

     4.50     4.50              

The assumed weighted-average rates used to determine net benefit expense for the years ended December 31 were:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement  Benefits
 
     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.25     5.25     5.75     4.25     5.25     5.75

Long-term rate of return on plan assets

     6.50     6.50     6.50                     

Rate of increase in future compensation levels

     4.50     4.50     4.50                     

On May 16, 2011 pension and other postretirement benefit obligations were assumed as a result of the acquisition of Wilmington Trust. Initial liabilities and net costs were determined using a 5.25% discount rate, a 4.0% increase in compensation and a 6.50% expected return on assets.

The expected long-term rate of return assumption as of each measurement date was developed through analysis of historical market returns, current market conditions, anticipated future asset allocations, the funds’ past experience, and expectations on potential future market returns. The expected rate of return assumption represents a long-term average view of the performance of the plan assets, a return that may or may not be achieved during any one calendar year.

For measurement of other postretirement benefits, an 8% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2013. The rate was assumed to decrease to 5% over 30 years. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects:

 

     +1%      -1%  
     (In thousands)  

Increase (decrease) in:

     

Service and interest cost

   $ 141       $ (126

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

     3,099         (2,790

Plan Assets

The Company’s policy is to invest the pension plan assets in a prudent manner for the purpose of providing benefit payments to participants and mitigating reasonable expenses of administration. The Company’s investment strategy is designed to provide a total return that, over the long-term, places a strong emphasis on the preservation of capital. The strategy attempts to maximize investment returns on assets at a level of risk deemed appropriate by the Company while complying with applicable regulations and laws. The investment strategy utilizes asset allocation as a principal determinant for establishing an appropriate risk profile. The target

 

144


Table of Contents

allocations for plan assets are generally 55 to 70 percent equity securities, 25 to 40 percent debt securities, and 3 to 10 percent money-market funds or other short-term investments, although holdings could be more or less than these general guidelines based on market conditions at the time and actions taken or recommended by the investment managers providing advice to the Company. Equity securities include investments in large-cap and mid-cap companies located in the United States and equity mutual funds with domestic and international investments, and, to a lesser extent, direct investments in foreign-based companies. Debt securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries, mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government agencies, U.S. Treasury securities, and mutual funds that invest in debt securities. Additionally, primarily as a result of the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the Company’s defined benefit pension plan held $61,874,000 (4% of total assets) of real estate, private equity and other investments at December 31, 2012. Returns on invested assets are periodically compared with target market indices for each asset type to aid management in evaluating such returns. Furthermore, management regularly reviews the investment policy and may, if deemed appropriate, make changes to the target allocations noted above.

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2012, by asset category, were as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets At December 31, 2012  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical  Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Asset category:

           

Money-market funds

   $ 46,657       $ 46,657       $       $   

Equity securities:

           

M&T

     120,914         120,914                   

Domestic(a)

     147,382         147,382                   

International

     8,561         8,561                   

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic

     188,950         188,950                   

International

     208,696         208,696                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     674,503         674,503                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities:

           

Corporate(b)

     307,712                 307,712           

Government

     141,224                 141,224           

International

     10,230                 10,230           

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic(c)

     107,576         107,576                   

International

     54,362         54,362                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     621,104         161,938         459,166           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

           

Diversified mutual fund

     10,415         10,415                   

Private real estate

     4,603                         4,603   

Private equity

     5,347                         5,347   

Hedge funds

     41,509         10,000                 31,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     61,874         20,415                 41,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(d)

   $ 1,404,138       $ 903,513       $ 459,166       $ 41,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2011, by asset category, were as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurement of Plan Assets At December 31, 2011  
     Total      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical  Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Asset category:

           

Money-market funds

   $ 63,842       $ 63,842       $       $   

Equity securities:

           

M&T

     93,740         93,740                   

Domestic(a)

     151,235         151,235                   

International

     8,264         8,264                   

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic

     125,223         125,223                   

International

     127,071         127,071                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     505,533         505,533                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt securities:

           

Corporate(b)

     275,079                 275,079           

Government

     88,261                 88,261           

International

     7,586                 7,586           

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic(c)

     72,680         72,680                   

International

     23,234         23,234                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     466,840         95,914         370,926           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

           

Diversified mutual fund

     17,557         17,557                   

Private real estate

     4,677                         4,677   

Private equity

     10,190                         10,190   

Hedge funds

     44,927                         44,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     77,351         17,557                 59,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(d)

   $ 1,113,566       $ 682,846       $ 370,926       $ 59,794   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(a) This category is comprised of equities of companies primarily within the mid-cap and large-cap sector of the U.S. economy and range across diverse industries.

 

(b) This category represents investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.

 

(c) Approximately 40% of the mutual funds were invested in investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers and 60% in high-yielding bonds at December 31, 2012. Approximately 50% of the mutual funds were invested in investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers and 50% in high-yielding bonds at December 31, 2011. The holdings within the funds are spread across diverse industries.

 

(d) Excludes dividends and interest receivable totaling $4,633,000 and $4,406,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Pension plan assets included common stock of M&T with a fair value of $120,914,000 (8.6% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2012 and $93,740,000 (8.4% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2011. No investment in securities of a non-U.S. Government or government agency issuer exceeded ten percent of plan assets at December 31, 2012.

 

146


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 pension plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Balance –
January 1,

2012
     Sales     Total
Realized/
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
    Balance –
December 31,

2012
 
     (In thousands)  

Other

         

Private real estate

   $ 4,677       $      $ (74   $ 4,603   

Private equity

     10,190         (4,892     49        5,347   

Hedge funds

     44,927         (15,000     1,582        31,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59,794       $ (19,892   $ 1,557      $ 41,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company makes contributions to its funded qualified defined benefit pension plan as required by government regulation or as deemed appropriate by management after considering factors such as the fair value of plan assets, expected returns on such assets, and the present value of benefit obligations of the plan. Subject to the impact of actual events and circumstances that may occur in 2013, the Company may make contributions to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2013, but the amount of any such contribution has not yet been determined. The Company made cash contributions of $200 million and $70 million to the qualified defined benefit pension plan in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan in 2010. The Company regularly funds the payment of benefit obligations for the supplemental defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans because such plans do not hold assets for investment. Payments made by the Company for supplemental pension benefits were $7,115,000 and $5,600,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Payments made by the Company for postretirement benefits were $6,048,000 and $6,859,000 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Payments for supplemental pension and other postretirement benefits for 2013 are not expected to differ from those made in 2012 by an amount that will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

Estimated benefits expected to be paid in future years related to the Company’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits plans are as follows:

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31:

     

2013

   $ 62,531       $ 7,473   

2014

     66,096         7,151   

2015

     68,838         6,883   

2016

     75,769         6,652   

2017

     78,564         6,332   

2018 through 2022

     450,434         27,647   

The Company has a retirement savings plan (“RSP”) that is a defined contribution plan in which eligible employees of the Company may defer up to 50% of qualified compensation via contributions to the plan. The Company makes an employer matching contribution in an amount equal to 75% of an employee’s contribution, up to 4.5% of the employee’s qualified compensation. Employees’ accounts, including employee contributions, employer matching contributions and accumulated earnings thereon, are at all times fully vested and nonforfeitable. Employee benefits expense resulting from the Company’s contributions to the RSP totaled $31,305,000, $27,738,000 and $24,683,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

147


Table of Contents

13.    Income taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012      2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Current

       

Federal

   $ 309,156       $ 277,631      $ 250,489   

State and city

     82,014         53,566        55,071   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     391,170         331,197        305,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred

       

Federal

     117,229         34,325        47,123   

State and city

     14,629         (401     3,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     131,858         33,924        51,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income taxes applicable to pre-tax income

   $ 523,028       $ 365,121      $ 356,628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return reflecting taxable income earned by all domestic subsidiaries. In prior years, applicable federal tax law allowed certain financial institutions the option of deducting as bad debt expense for tax purposes amounts in excess of actual losses. In accordance with GAAP, such financial institutions were not required to provide deferred income taxes on such excess. Recapture of the excess tax bad debt reserve established under the previously allowed method will result in taxable income if M&T Bank fails to maintain bank status as defined in the Internal Revenue Code or charges are made to the reserve for other than bad debt losses. At December 31, 2012, M&T Bank’s tax bad debt reserve for which no federal income taxes have been provided was $79,121,000. No actions are planned that would cause this reserve to become wholly or partially taxable.

Income taxes attributable to gains or losses on bank investment securities were benefits of $18,766,000 in 2012 and $32,778,000 in 2010 and expense of $28,712,000 in 2011. No alternative minimum tax expense was recognized in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Total income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Income taxes at statutory federal income tax rate

   $ 543,384      $ 428,610      $ 382,476   

Increase (decrease) in taxes:

      

Tax-exempt income

     (33,890     (33,799     (32,466

State and city income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

     62,818        34,557        38,360   

Low income housing and other credits

     (42,074     (40,763     (29,882

Non-taxable gain on acquisition

            (22,725       

Other

     (7,210     (759     (1,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 523,028      $ 365,121      $ 356,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) were comprised of the following at December 31:

 

     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Losses on loans and other assets

   $ 809,033      $ 896,219      $ 550,970   

Postretirement and other employee benefits

     34,517        39,992        28,135   

Incentive compensation plans

     50,067        49,183        27,388   

Interest on loans

     72,278        46,965        43,563   

Retirement benefits

     91,980        147,997        42,422   

Stock-based compensation

     69,874        78,014        70,641   

Unrealized investment losses

            50,528        54,557   

Depreciation and amortization

     12,130        9,563        13,332   

Other

     103,027        99,012        51,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     1,242,906        1,417,473        882,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leasing transactions

     (291,524     (294,150     (294,510

Unrealized investment gains

     (23,574              

Capitalized servicing rights

     (20,348     (17,603     (14,739

Interest on subordinated note exchange

     (8,794     (11,275     (13,534

Other

     (61,410     (48,803     (36,080
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (405,650     (371,831     (358,863
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 837,256      $ 1,045,642      $ 523,913   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies.

The income tax credits shown in the statement of income of M&T in note 25 arise principally from operating losses before dividends from subsidiaries.

 

149


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows:

 

     Federal,
State and
Local Tax
     Accrued
Interest
     Unrecognized
Income Tax
Benefits
 
     (In thousands)  

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2010

   $ 28,297       $ 19,508       $ 47,805   

Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during prior years

             11,468         11,468   

Deceases in unrecognized tax benefits because applicable returns are no longer subject to examination

     (1,403      (670      (2,073

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

     (967      (549      (1,516

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

     (1,074      (9,061      (10,135
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010

     24,853         20,696         45,549   

Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during 2011

     4,659                 4,659   

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

     (9,742      (5,497      (15,239

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

             (1,645      (1,645

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits because applicable returns are no longer subject to examination

     (8,471      (8,201      (16,672

Unrecognized tax benefits acquired in a business combination

     7,034         3,924         10,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011

     18,333         9,277         27,610   

Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during 2012

     860                 860   

Increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken in prior years

             4,514         4,514   

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

     (1,002              (1,002

Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits because applicable returns are no longer subject to examination

     (1,643      (1,412      (3,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012

   $ 16,548       $ 12,379         28,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less: Federal, state and local income tax benefits

           (9,479
        

 

 

 

Net unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate

         $ 19,448   
        

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes in the consolidated statement of income. The balance of accrued interest at December 31, 2012 is included in the table above. The Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns are routinely subject to examinations from various governmental taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in challenges to the tax return treatment applied by the Company to specific transactions. Management believes that the assumptions and judgment used to record tax-related assets or liabilities have been appropriate. Should determinations rendered by tax authorities ultimately indicate that management’s assumptions were inappropriate, the result and adjustments required could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations. Under statute, the Company’s federal income tax returns for the years 2009, 2010, and 2011 could be adjusted by the Internal Revenue Service, although examinations for those tax years have been concluded. The Company also files income tax returns in over forty states and numerous local jurisdictions. Substantially all material state and local matters have been concluded for years through 2003. It is not reasonably possible to estimate when examinations for any subsequent years will be completed.

 

150


Table of Contents

14.    Earnings per common share

The computations of basic earnings per common share follow:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share)  

Income available to common shareholders:

      

Net income

   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   

Less: Preferred stock dividends(a)

     (53,450     (45,839     (40,225

Amortization of preferred stock discount(a)

     (8,026     (20,018     (10,518
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common equity

     968,022        793,622        685,418   

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (14,632     (11,879     (9,592
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 953,390      $ 781,743      $ 675,826   

Weighted-average shares outstanding:

      

Common shares outstanding (including common stock issuable) and unvested stock-based compensation awards

     127,793        124,524        119,852   

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (1,929     (1,861     (1,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     125,864        122,663        118,191   

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 7.57      $ 6.37      $ 5.72   

 

 

 

(a) Including impact of not as yet declared cumulative dividends.

The computations of diluted earnings per common share follow:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share)  

Net income available to common equity

   $ 968,022      $ 793,622      $ 685,418   

Less: Income attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (14,593     (11,857     (9,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 953,429      $ 781,765      $ 675,853   

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding:

      

Common and unvested stock-based compensation awards

     127,793        124,524        119,852   

Less: Unvested stock-based compensation awards

     (1,929     (1,861     (1,661

Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversion of stock-based compensation awards and convertible preferred stock

     541        416        652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted-average shares outstanding

     126,405        123,079        118,843   

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 7.54      $ 6.35      $ 5.69   

GAAP defines unvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) as participating securities that shall be included in the computation of earnings per common share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has issued stock-based compensation awards in the form of restricted stock and restricted stock units, which, in accordance with GAAP, are considered participating securities.

Stock-based compensation awards, warrants to purchase common stock of M&T and preferred stock convertible into shares of M&T common stock representing approximately 8,905,000, 11,268,000 and 11,231,000 common shares during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were not included in the computations of diluted earnings per common share because the effect on those years would have been antidilutive.

 

151


Table of Contents

15.    Comprehensive income

The following table displays the components of other comprehensive income:

 

     Before-tax
Amount
     Income
Taxes
     Net  
     (In thousands)  

For the year ended December 31, 2012

        

Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities:

        

Available-for-sale (“AFS”) investment securities with other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”):

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

   $ (150    $ 59       $ (91

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (42,467      16,668         (25,799
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities with OTTI

     42,317         (16,609      25,708   

AFS investment securities – all other:

        

Unrealized holding gains, net

     137,922         (54,083      83,839   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     9         (4      5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities – all other

     137,913         (54,079      83,834   

Held-to-maturity (“HTM”) investment securities with OTTI:

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

     (2,848      1,118         (1,730

Less: reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses

     (1,660      652         (1,008

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (5,355      2,102         (3,253
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for HTM investment securities with OTTI

     4,167         (1,636      2,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses on investment securities previously transferred from AFS to HTM

     4,530         (1,778      2,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

     188,927         (74,102      114,825   

Reclassification to income for amortization of gains on terminated cash flow hedges

     (178      66         (112

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     809         (290      519   

Defined benefit plans liability adjustment

     1,555         (610      945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 191,113       $ (74,936    $ 116,177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011

        

Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities:

        

AFS investment securities with OTTI:

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

   $ (58,628    $ 23,106       $ (35,522

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     3,814         (1,497      2,317   

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (64,919      25,480         (39,439
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities with OTTI

     2,477         (877      1,600   

AFS investment securities — all other:

        

Unrealized holding gains, net

     144,941         (56,714      88,227   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     146,115         (57,256      88,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities – all other

     (1,174      542         (632

HTM investment securities with OTTI:

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

     (10,317      4,049         (6,268

Less: reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses

     (545      214         (331

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (12,116      4,755         (7,361
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for HTM investment securities with OTTI

     2,344         (920      1,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses on investment securities previously transferred from AFS to HTM:

        

Reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses

     6,490         (2,548      3,942   

Unrealized holding losses transferred to HTM investment securities with OTTI

     580         (227      353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for investment securities previously transferred from AFS to HTM

     7,070         (2,775      4,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

     10,717         (4,030      6,687   

Reclassification to income for amortization of gains on terminated cash flow hedges

     (448      167         (281

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (1,240      437         (803

Defined benefit plans liability adjustment

     (258,146      101,322         (156,824
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (249,117    $ 97,896       $ (151,221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents
     Before-tax
Amount
     Income
Taxes
     Net  
     (In thousands)  

For the year ended December 31, 2010

        

Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities:

        

AFS investment securities with OTTI:

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

   $ (104,039    $ 40,566       $ (63,473

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (81,199      31,552         (49,647
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities with OTTI

     (22,840      9,014         (13,826

AFS investment securities — all other:

        

Unrealized holding gains, net

     236,167         (92,190      143,977   

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income

     1,581         (610      971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for AFS investment securities – all other

     234,586         (91,580      143,006   

HTM investment securities with OTTI:

        

Unrealized holding losses, net

     (11,908      4,674         (7,234

Less: reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses

     (7,984      3,134         (4,850

Less: OTTI charges recognized in net income

     (5,082      1,995         (3,087
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change for HTM investment securities with OTTI

     1,158         (455      703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reclassification to income of unrealized holding losses on investment securities previously transferred from AFS to HTM

     8,264         (3,243      5,021   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investment securities

     221,168         (86,264      134,904   

Reclassification to income for amortization of gains on terminated cash flow hedges

     (448      167         (281

Defined benefit plans liability adjustment

     (6,331      2,485         (3,846
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 214,389       $ (83,612    $ 130,777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net consisted of unrealized gains (losses) as follows:

 

     Investment Securities     Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Foreign
Currency
Translation

Adjustment
    Defined
Benefit
Plans
    Total  
     With OTTI     All Other          
     (In thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2010

   $ (76,772   $ (142,853   $ 674      $      $ (117,046   $ (335,997

Net gain (loss) during 2010

     (10,281     145,185        (281            (3,846     130,777   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     (87,053     2,332        393               (120,892     (205,220

Net gain (loss) during 2011

     3,024        3,663        (281     (803     (156,824     (151,221
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     (84,029     5,995        112        (803     (277,716     (356,441

Net gain (loss) during 2012

     28,239        86,586        (112     519        945        116,177   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (55,790   $ 92,581      $      $ (284   $ (276,771   $ (240,264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

16.    Other income and other expense

The following items, which exceeded 1% of total interest income and other income in the respective period, were included in either “other revenues from operations” or “other costs of operations” in the consolidated statement of income:

 

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Other income:

        

Bank owned life insurance

   $ 51,199       $ 50,776       $ 50,483   

Credit-related fee income

     68,596         73,886         62,294   

Letter of credit fees

     58,496         56,247         49,762   

Non-taxable gain from business combination

        64,930      

Other expense:

        

Professional services

     248,544         222,122         128,629   

Amortization of capitalized servicing rights

     59,555         55,859         56,582   

Advertising and promotion

     52,388         58,312         41,869   

Write-down of investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC (“BLG”)

        79,012      

 

153


Table of Contents

17.    International activities

The Company engages in certain international activities consisting largely of collecting Eurodollar deposits, engaging in foreign currency trading, providing credit to support the international activities of domestic companies and holding certain loans to foreign borrowers. As a result of the Wilmington Trust acquisition, the Company offers certain trust-related services in Europe and the Cayman Islands. Revenues from providing such trust-related services were approximately $24 million in 2012 and $15 million in 2011. Net assets identified with international activities amounted to $179,433,000 and $159,579,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Such assets included $148,602,000 and $128,187,000, respectively, of loans to foreign borrowers. Deposits at M&T Bank’s Cayman Islands office were $1,044,519,000 and $355,927,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company uses such deposits to facilitate customer demand and as an alternative to short-term borrowings when the costs of such deposits seem reasonable.

18.    Derivative financial instruments

As part of managing interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of the Company’s portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company designates interest rate swap agreements utilized in the management of interest rate risk as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap agreements are generally entered into with counterparties that meet established credit standards and most contain master netting and collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. Based on adherence to the Company’s credit standards and the presence of the netting and collateral provisions, the Company believes that the credit risk inherent in these contracts is not significant as of December 31, 2012.

The net effect of interest rate swap agreements was to increase net interest income by $36 million in 2012, $38 million in 2011 and $42 million in 2010. The average notional amounts of interest rate swap agreements impacting net interest income that were entered into for interest rate risk management purposes were $900 million in each of 2012 and 2011 and $1.01 billion in 2010.

Information about interest rate swap agreements entered into for interest rate risk management purposes summarized by type of financial instrument the swap agreements were intended to hedge follows:

 

 

     Notional
Amount
     Average
Maturity
     Weighted-Average
Rate
    Estimated Fair
Value Gain
 
           Fixed     Variable    
     (In thousands)      (In years)                  (In thousands)  

December 31, 2012

            

Fair value hedges:

            

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

   $ 900,000         4.4         6.07     1.85   $ 143,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

            

Fair value hedges:

            

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

   $ 900,000         5.4         6.07     2.07   $ 147,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Under the terms of these agreements, the Company receives settlement amounts at a fixed rate and pays at a variable rate.

The notional amount of interest rate swap agreements entered into for risk management purposes that were outstanding at December 31, 2012 mature in 2016 and 2017.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell residential and commercial real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments have generally been designated as fair value hedges. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale.

Derivative financial instruments used for trading purposes included interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and other option contracts, foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, and financial futures. Interest rate contracts entered into for trading purposes had notional values of $15.5 billion and $13.9 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The notional amounts of foreign currency and other option and futures contracts entered into for trading purposes aggregated $869 million and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

154


Table of Contents

Information about the fair values of derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement of income follows:

 

     Asset Derivatives
Fair Value
December 31
     Liability Derivatives
Fair Value
December 31
 
     2012      2011      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Derivatives designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

           

Fair value hedges:

           

Interest rate swap agreements(a)

   $ 143,179       $ 147,302       $       $   

Commitments to sell real estate loans(a)

     1,114         232         3,825         2,287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     144,293         147,534         3,825         2,287   

Derivatives not designated and qualifying as hedging instruments

           

Mortgage-related commitments to originate real estate loans for sale(a)

     48,056         7,991         197         1,068   

Commitments to sell real estate loans(a)

     1,982         1,328         6,570         2,771   

Trading:

           

Interest rate contracts(b)

     399,963         443,033         365,616         415,836   

Foreign exchange and other option and futures contracts(b)

     8,725         19,115         8,658         18,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     458,726         471,467         381,041         438,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 603,019       $ 619,001       $ 384,866       $ 440,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Asset derivatives are reported in other assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.

 

(b) Asset derivatives are reported in trading account assets and liability derivatives are reported in other liabilities.

 

 

     Amount of Unrealized Gain (Loss) Recognized  
     Year Ended
December 31, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
     Derivative     Hedged Item      Derivative     Hedged Item     Derivative     Hedged Item  
     (In thousands)  

Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships

             

Interest rate swap agreements:

             

Fixed rate time deposits(a)

   $      $       $      $      $ (503   $ 503   

Fixed rate long-term borrowings(a)

     (4,123     3,724         50,665        (47,916     41,628        (39,802
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (4,123   $ 3,724       $ 50,665      $ (47,916   $ 41,125      $ (39,299
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

             

Trading:

             

Interest rate contracts(b)

   $ 8,004         $ 6,130        $ 3,760     

Foreign exchange and other option and futures contracts(b)

     (3,970        (2,649       (307  
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   $ 4,034         $ 3,481        $ 3,453     
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a) Reported as other revenues from operations.

 

(b) Reported as trading account and foreign exchange gains.

 

155


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company also has commitments to sell and commitments to originate residential and commercial real estate loans that are considered derivatives. The Company designates certain of the commitments to sell real estate loans as fair value hedges of real estate loans held for sale. The Company also utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to offset the exposure to changes in the fair value of certain commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. As a result of these activities, net unrealized pre-tax gains related to hedged loans held for sale, commitments to originate loans for sale and commitments to sell loans were approximately $89 million and $12 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Changes in unrealized gains and losses are included in mortgage banking revenues and, in general, are realized in subsequent periods as the related loans are sold and commitments satisfied.

The aggregate fair value of derivative financial instruments in a net liability position at December 31, 2012 for which the Company was required to post collateral was $281 million. The fair value of collateral posted for such instruments was $266 million. Certain of the Company’s derivative financial instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain specific credit ratings from credit rating agencies to avoid higher collateral posting requirements. If the Company’s debt rating were to fall below specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments could demand immediate incremental collateralization on those instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative financial instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on December 31, 2012 was $84 million, for which the Company had posted collateral of $65 million in the normal course of business. If the credit-risk-related contingent features had been triggered on December 31, 2012, the maximum amount of additional collateral the Company would have been required to post with counterparties was $19 million.

The Company’s credit exposure with respect to the estimated fair value as of December 31, 2012 of interest rate swap agreements used for managing interest rate risk has been substantially mitigated through master netting arrangements with trading account interest rate contracts with the same counterparties as well as counterparty postings of $69 million of collateral with the Company. Trading account interest rate swap agreements entered into with customers are subject to the Company’s credit standards and often contain collateral provisions.

19.    Variable interest entities and asset securitizations

In 2002 and 2003, the Company transferred approximately $1.9 billion of one-to-four family residential mortgage loans to qualified special-purpose trusts in two non-recourse securitization transactions. In exchange for the loans, the Company received cash, no more than 88% of the resulting securities, and the servicing rights to the loans. Through December 31, 2009, all of the retained securities were classified as investment securities available for sale as the qualified special-purpose trusts were not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2010, following new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) the Company determined that it was the primary beneficiary of both securitization trusts considering its role as servicer and its retained subordinated interests in the trusts. As a result, beginning January 1, 2010, the Company included the one-to-four family residential mortgage loans that were included in the two non-recourse securitization transactions in its consolidated financial statements. The effect of that consolidation on January 1, 2010 was to increase loans receivable by $424 million, decrease the amortized cost of available-for-sale investment securities by $360 million (fair value of $355 million), and increase borrowings by $65 million. The transition adjustment at January 1, 2010 as a result of the Company’s adoption of the new accounting requirements was not significant. In the second quarter of 2010, the 2002 securitization trust was terminated as the Company exercised its right to purchase the underlying mortgage loans pursuant to the clean-up call provisions of the qualified special-purpose trust. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the carrying values of the loans in the remaining securitization trust were $151 million and $196 million, respectively. The outstanding principal amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by the qualified special purpose trust that was held by parties unrelated to M&T at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $23 million and $30 million, respectively. Because the transaction was non-recourse, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its association with the trust at December 31, 2012 is limited to realizing the carrying value of the loans less the amount of the mortgage-backed securities held by third parties.

As described in note 9, M&T has issued junior subordinated debentures payable to various trusts that have issued Capital Securities. M&T owns the common securities of those trust entities. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of those entities and, accordingly, the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company included the

 

156


Table of Contents

Junior Subordinated Debentures as “long-term borrowings” in its consolidated balance sheet. The Company has recognized $34 million in other assets for its “investment” in the common securities of the trusts that will be concomitantly repaid to M&T by the respective trust from the proceeds of M&T’s repayment of the junior subordinated debentures associated with preferred capital securities described in note 9.

The Company has invested as a limited partner in various partnerships that collectively had total assets of approximately $1.5 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.4 billion at Deecember 31, 2011. Those partnerships generally construct or acquire properties for which the investing partners are eligible to receive certain federal income tax credits in accordance with government guidelines. Such investments may also provide tax deductible losses to the partners. The partnership investments also assist the Company in achieving its community reinvestment initiatives. As a limited partner, there is no recourse to the Company by creditors of the partnerships. However, the tax credits that result from the Company’s investments in such partnerships are generally subject to recapture should a partnership fail to comply with the respective government regulations. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss of its investments in such partnerships was $270 million, including $71 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2012 and $271 million, including $75 million of unfunded commitments, at December 31, 2011. The Company has not provided financial or other support to the partnerships that was not contractually required. Management currently estimates that no material losses are probable as a result of the Company’s involvement with such entities. The Company, in its position as limited partner, does not direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the partnerships and, therefore, in accordance with the accounting provisions for variable interest entities, the partnership entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

20.    Fair value measurements

GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has not made any fair value elections at December 31, 2012.

Pursuant to GAAP, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy exists in GAAP for fair value measurements based upon the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability.

 

   

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

 

   

Level 3 — Valuation is derived from model-based and other techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable and which may be based on the Company’s own estimates about the assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

When available, the Company attempts to use quoted market prices in active markets to determine fair value and classifies such items as Level 1 or Level 2. If quoted market prices in active markets are not available, fair value is often determined using model-based techniques incorporating various assumptions including interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowest level classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis at estimated fair value.

Trading account assets and liabilities

Trading account assets and liabilities consist primarily of interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange contracts with customers who require such services with offsetting positions with third parties to minimize the Company’s risk with respect to such transactions. The Company generally determines the fair value of its derivative trading account assets and liabilities using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and therefore classifies such valuations as Level 2. Mutual funds held in connection with deferred compensation arrangements have been classified as Level 1 valuations. Valuations of investments in municipal and other bonds can generally be obtained through reference to quoted prices in less active markets for the same or similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2.

 

157


Table of Contents

Investment securities available for sale

The majority of the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities have been valued by reference to prices for similar securities or through model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable and, therefore, such valuations have been classified as Level 2. Certain investments in mutual funds and equity securities are actively traded and, therefore, have been classified as Level 1 valuations.

The markets for privately issued mortgage-backed securities have experienced a sharp reduction of non-agency mortgage-backed securities issuances, a reduction in trading volumes and wide bid-ask spreads. Although estimated prices were generally obtained for such securities, the Company was significantly restricted in the level of market observable assumptions used in the valuation of its privately issued mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Specifically, market assumptions regarding credit adjusted cash flows and liquidity influences on discount rates were difficult to observe at the individual bond level. Because of the inactivity in the markets and the lack of observable valuation inputs, the Company has classified the valuation of privately issued mortgage-backed securities as Level 3.

The Company supplemented its determination of fair value for many of its privately issued mortgage-backed securities by obtaining pricing indications from two independent sources at December 31, 2012 and 2011. However, the Company could not readily ascertain that the basis of such valuations could be ascribed to orderly and observable trades in the market for privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities. As a result, the Company also performed internal modeling to estimate the cash flows and fair value of privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012 and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011. The Company’s internal modeling techniques included discounting estimated bond-specific cash flows using assumptions about cash flows associated with loans underlying each of the bonds, including estimates about the timing and amount of credit losses and prepayments. In estimating those cash flows, the Company used assumptions as to future delinquency, defaults, collateral valuation and loss rates. Differences between internal model valuations and external pricing indications were generally considered to be reflective of the lack of liquidity in the market for privately issued mortgage-backed securities given the nature of the cash flow modeling performed in the Company’s assessment of value. To determine the point within the range of potential values that was most representative of fair value under current market conditions for each of the bonds, the Company averaged the internal model valuations and the indications obtained from the two independent pricing sources, such that the weighted-average reliance on internal model pricing for the bonds modeled was 33% with a 67% average weighting placed on the values provided by the independent sources. Significant unobservable inputs used in the Company’s modeling of fair value for residential mortgage-backed securities are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements. The Company concluded its estimate of fair value for the $1.1 billion of privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities was approximately $1.0 billion, which reflects a market yield based on reasonably likely cash flows of 6.8%. The Company determined the fair value of its privately issued commercial mortgage-backed securities held in its available-for-sale portfolio using quoted market prices obtained from third party pricing services without adjustment. Similar to privately-issued residential mortgage-backed securities, the market for commercial mortgage-backed securities has experienced significant declines in the level of market activity, resulting in the classification of such bonds as Level 3.

Included in collateralized debt obligations are securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities. The Company could not obtain pricing indications for many of these securities from its independent pricing sources. The Company, therefore, performed internal modeling to estimate the cash flows and fair value of its portfolio of securities backed by trust preferred securities at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The modeling techniques included estimating cash flows using bond-specific assumptions about future collateral defaults and related loss severities. The resulting cash flows were then discounted by reference to market yields observed in the single-name trust preferred securities market. In determining a market yield applicable to the estimated cash flows, a margin over LIBOR, ranging from 4% to 11% with a weighted-average of 7% was used. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of collateralized debt obligations are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements. At December 31, 2012, the total amortized cost and fair value of securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities were $43 million and $62 million, respectively, and at December 31, 2011 were $44 million and $53 million, respectively. Privately issued mortgage-backed securities and securities backed by trust preferred securities issued by financial institutions and other entities constituted all of the available-for-sale investment securities classified as Level 3 valuations as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

158


Table of Contents

The Company ensures an appropriate control framework is in place over the valuation processes and techniques used for Level 3 fair value measurements. Specifically, the Company attempts to obtain the market observable inputs used by third party pricing sources on a sample of bonds each quarter. Analytical procedures are performed to understand changes in fair value from period to period. Internal pricing models are subject to validation procedures including testing of mathematical constructs, review of valuation methodology and significant assumptions used.

Real estate loans held for sale

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of real estate loans held for sale. The carrying value of hedged real estate loans held for sale includes changes in estimated fair value during the hedge period. Typically, the Company attempts to hedge real estate loans held for sale from the date of close through the sale date. The fair value of hedged real estate loans held for sale is generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans with similar characteristics and, accordingly, such loans have been classified as a Level 2 valuation.

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans

The Company enters into various commitments to originate real estate loans for sale and commitments to sell real estate loans. Such commitments are considered to be derivative financial instruments and, therefore, are carried at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated fair values of such commitments were generally calculated by reference to quoted prices in secondary markets for commitments to sell real estate loans to certain government-sponsored entities and other parties. The fair valuations of commitments to sell real estate loans generally result in a Level 2 classification. The estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are adjusted to reflect the Company’s anticipated commitment expirations. The estimated commitment expirations are considered significant unobservable inputs contributing to the Level 3 classification of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale. Significant unobservable inputs used in the determination of estimated fair value of commitments to originate real estate loans for sale are included in the accompanying table of significant unobservable inputs to Level 3 measurements.

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of the management of interest rate risk to modify the repricing characteristics of certain portions of its portfolios of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company generally determines the fair value of its interest rate swap agreements using externally developed pricing models based on market observable inputs and therefore classifies such valuations as Level 2. The Company has considered counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap assets and has considered its own credit risk in the valuation of its interest rate swap liabilities.

 

159


Table of Contents

The following tables present assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012 and 2011 measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

     Fair Value
Measurements at
December  31,
2012
     Level 1(a)      Level 2(a)      Level 3  
     (In thousands)  

Trading account assets

   $ 488,966         56,106         432,860           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     39,344                 39,344           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     20,901                 20,901           

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     3,371,041                 3,371,041           

Privately issued residential

     1,012,886                         1,012,886   

Privately issued commercial

     11,000                         11,000   

Collateralized debt obligations

     61,869                         61,869   

Other debt securities

     111,950                 111,950           

Equity securities

     110,446         98,364         12,082           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,739,437         98,364         3,555,318         1,085,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate loans held for sale

     1,387,491                 1,387,491           

Other assets(b)

     194,331                 146,275         48,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,810,225         154,470         5,521,944         1,133,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading account liabilities

   $ 374,274                 374,274           

Other liabilities(b)

     10,592                 10,395         197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 384,866                 384,669         197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value
Measurements at
December  31,
2011
     Level 1(a)      Level 2(a)      Level 3  

Trading account assets

   $ 561,834         53,165         508,669           

Investment securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

     70,723                 70,723           

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     40,269                 40,269           

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Government issued or guaranteed

     4,521,233                 4,521,233           

Privately issued residential

     1,136,256                         1,136,256   

Privately issued commercial

     15,029                         15,029   

Collateralized debt obligations

     52,500                         52,500   

Other debt securities

     176,845                 176,845           

Equity securities

     215,705         205,587         10,118           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,228,560         205,587         4,819,188         1,203,785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate loans held for sale

     371,437                 371,437           

Other assets (b)

     156,853                 148,862         7,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,318,684         258,752         5,848,156         1,211,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading account liabilities

   $ 434,559                 434,559           

Other liabilities (b)

     6,126                 5,058         1,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 440,685                 439,617         1,068   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

(b) Comprised predominantly of interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management (Level 2), commitments to sell real estate loans (Level 2) and commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale (Level 3).

 

160


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

     Investment Securities Available for Sale        
     Privately
Issued
Residential
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Privately
Issued
Commercial
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
    Other Assets
and Other
Liabilities
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance – January 1, 2012

   $ 1,136,256      $ 15,029      $ 52,500      $ 6,923   

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

        

Included in earnings

     (42,467 )(a)                    212,281 (b) 

Included in other comprehensive income

     110,309 (e)      4,283 (e)      12,214 (e)        

Settlements

     (191,212     (8,312     (2,845       

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c)

                          (171,345 )(d) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2012

   $ 1,012,886      $ 11,000      $ 61,869      $ 47,859   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to assets still held at December 31, 2012

   $ (42,467 )(a)    $      $      $ 47,859 (b) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     Investment Securities Available for Sale        
     Privately
Issued
Residential
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Privately
Issued
Commercial
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
    Other
Assets  and
Other

Liabilities
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance – January 1, 2011

   $ 1,435,561      $ 22,407      $ 110,756      $ 2,244   

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

        

Included in earnings

     (64,919 )(a)             19,231 (a)      67,163 (b) 

Included in other comprehensive income

     6,489 (e)      327 (e)      (272 )(e)        

Purchases

                   50,790          

Sales

                   (124,874       

Settlements

     (240,875     (7,705     (3,131       

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c)

                          (62,484 )(d) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2011

   $ 1,136,256      $ 15,029      $ 52,500      $ 6,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to assets still held at December 31, 2011

   $ (64,919 )(a)    $      $      $ 6,902 (b) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

161


Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

    Investment Securities Available for Sale        
    Privately
Issued
Residential
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Privately
Issued
Commercial
Mortgage-
backed

Securities
    Collateralized
Debt

Obligations
    Other
Debt

Securities
    Other
Assets and
Other

Liabilities
 
    (In thousands)  

Balance – January 1, 2010

  $ 2,064,904      $ 25,166      $ 115,346      $ 420      $ (80

Total gains (losses) realized/unrealized:

         

Included in earnings

    (63,503 )(a)             (5,703 )(a)             95,661 (b) 

Included in other comprehensive income

    135,434 (e)      5,462 (e)      2,887 (e)      35 (e)        

Settlements

    (346,026     (8,221     (1,774              

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 (c)

    (355,248 )(f)                    (455     (93,337 )(d) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance – December 31, 2010

  $ 1,435,561      $ 22,407      $ 110,756      $      $ 2,244   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings related to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $ (63,503 )(a)    $      $ (5,703 )(a)    $      $ 2,153 (b) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Reported as an other-than-temporary impairment loss in the consolidated statement of income or as gain (loss) on bank investment securities.

 

(b) Reported as mortgage banking revenues in the consolidated statement of income and includes the fair value of commitment issuances and expirations.

 

(c) The Company’s policy for transfers between fair value levels is to recognize the transfer as of the actual date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

 

(d) Transfers out of Level 3 consist of interest rate locks transferred to closed loans.

 

(e) Reported as net unrealized gains on investment securities in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

(f) As a result of the Company’s adoption of new accounting rules governing the consolidation of variable interest entities, effective January 1, 2010 the Company derecognized $355 million of available-for-sale investment securities previously classified as Level 3 measurements.

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value of certain assets or provide valuation allowances related to certain assets using fair value measurements. The more significant of those assets follow.

Investment Securities Held to Maturity

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, other-than-temporary losses of $5 million, $12 million and $5 million, respectively, were recorded related to certain securities. In accordance with GAAP, the carrying value of such securities was reduced to fair value, with estimated credit losses recognized in earnings and any remaining unrealized loss recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The determination of fair value included use of external and internal valuation sources that, as in the case of privately issued residential mortgage-backed securities, are weighted and averaged when estimating fair value. Due to the presence of significant unobservable inputs those valuations are classified as Level 3. The amortized cost, fair value and impact on the Company’s financial statements of the modeling described herein were not material.

Loans

Loans are generally not recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Periodically, the Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans when establishing the allowance for credit losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and, as a

 

162


Table of Contents

result, the carrying value of the loan less the calculated valuation amount does not necessarily represent the fair value of the loan. Real estate collateral is typically valued using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2, unless significant adjustments have been made to the valuation that are not readily observable by market participants. Non-real estate collateral supporting commercial loans generally consists of business assets such as receivables, inventory and equipment. Fair value estimations are typically determined by discounting recorded values of those assets to reflect estimated net realizable value considering specific borrower facts and circumstances and the experience of credit personnel in their dealings with similar borrower collateral liquidations. Such discounts were generally in the range of 10% to 85% at December 31, 2012. As these discounts are not readily observable and are considered significant, the valuations have been classified as Level 3. Loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $335 million at December 31, 2012, ($207 million and $128 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), $419 million at December 31, 2011 ($262 million and $157 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively), and $746 million at December 31, 2010 ($476 million and $270 million of which were classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively). Changes in fair value recognized for partial charge-offs of loans and loan impairment reserves during each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 on loans held at the end of each of those years were decreases of $67 million, $158 million and $224 million, respectively.

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans

Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans are primarily comprised of commercial and residential real property and are generally measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of the real property is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace, and the related nonrecurring fair value measurement adjustments have generally been classified as Level 2. Assets taken in foreclosure of defaulted loans subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement were $34 million and $51 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Changes in fair value recognized for foreclosed assets held by the Company at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were not material during each of 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC

In 2011, the Company recognized a $79 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to M&T’s 20% investment in BLG and charged it down to its estimated fair value of $115 million. That impairment charge is included in “other costs of operations.” In determining the fair value of M&T’s investment in BLG at December 31, 2011, the Company projected no further commercial mortgage origination and securitization activities by BLG. BLG, however, is entitled to receive, if and when made, cash distributions from affiliates, a portion of which is contractually required to be distributed to M&T. Specifically, cash flows related to mortgage assets held by BLG and its affiliates were estimated using various assumptions on future default and loss severities to arrive at the expected amount of cash flow that could be available for distribution. As of December 31, 2011 the weighted-average assumptions of projected default percentage on the underlying mortgage loan collateral supporting those mortgage assets was 31% and the weighted-average loss severity assumption was 75%. With respect to projected value expected to be generated by the asset management and servicing operations of BLG’s affiliates, M&T developed estimates from company-provided forecasts of financial results and through discussions with their senior management pertaining to longer-term projections of growth in assets under management and asset servicing portfolios. M&T considered different scenarios of projected cash flows that could be generated by the asset management and servicing operations of BLG’s affiliates. M&T then discounted the various projections using discount rates that ranged from 8.0% to 12.5% that were determined by reference to returns required by investors in similar businesses. The determination of fair value of M&T’s 20% investment in BLG is considered a Level 3 valuation due to the unobservable nature of key assumptions. There was no other-than-temporary impairment charge recognized in 2012 or 2010 related to M&T’s investment in BLG.

 

163


Table of Contents

Significant unobservable inputs to level 3 measurements

The following table presents quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements for Level 3 assets and liabilities at December 31, 2012:

 

     Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
    

Valuation

Technique

  

Unobservable

Input/Assumptions

   Range
(Weighted-
Average)

Recurring fair value measurements

           

Privately issued mortgage–backed securities

   $ 1,023,886       Discounted cash flow    Probability of default    1%-40% (19%)
         Loss severity    32%-82% (51%)

Colateralized debt obligations

     61,869       Discounted cash flow    Probability of default    0%-65% (12%)
         Loss severity    100%

Net other assets (liabilities)(a)

     47,859       Discounted cash flow    Commitment expirations    0%-69% (20%)

 

(a) Other Level 3 assets (liabilities) consist of commitments to originate real estate loans.

Sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs

An increase (decrease) in the probability of default and loss severity for mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.

An increase (decrease) in the estimate of expirations for commitments to originate residential mortgage loans would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement. Estimated commitment expirations are derived considering loan type, changes in interest rates and remaining length of time until closing.

Disclosures of fair value of financial instruments

With the exception of marketable securities, certain off-balance sheet financial instruments and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans originated for sale, the Company’s financial instruments are not readily marketable and market prices do not exist. The Company, in attempting to comply with the provisions of GAAP that require disclosures of fair value of financial instruments, has not attempted to market its financial instruments to potential buyers, if any exist. Since negotiated prices in illiquid markets depend greatly upon the then present motivations of the buyer and seller, it is reasonable to assume that actual sales prices could vary widely from any estimate of fair value made without the benefit of negotiations. Additionally, changes in market interest rates can dramatically impact the value of financial instruments in a short period of time. Additional information about the assumptions and calculations utilized follows.

 

164


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and estimated fair value for financial instrument assets (liabilities) are presented in the following table:

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Carrying
Amount
    Calculated
Estimate
    Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,986,615      $ 1,986,615      $ 1,895,423       $ 91,192      $ —     

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     129,945        129,945        —           129,945        —     

Trading account assets

     488,966        488,966        56,106         432,860        —     

Investment securities

     6,074,361        6,018,968        98,364         4,687,211        1,233,393   

Loans and leases:

           

Commercial loans and leases

     17,776,953        17,554,562        —           —          17,554,562   

Commercial real estate loans

     25,993,790        25,858,482        —           199,997        25,658,485   

Residential real estate loans

     11,240,837        11,381,319        —           8,100,915        3,280,404   

Consumer loans

     11,559,377        11,504,799        —           —          11,504,799   

Allowance for credit losses

     (925,860     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     65,645,097        66,299,162        —           8,300,912        57,998,250   

Accrued interest receivable

     222,897        222,897        —           222,897        —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ (24,240,802   $ (24,240,802     —         $ (24,240,802     —     

Savings deposits and NOW accounts

     (35,763,566     (35,763,566     —           (35,763,566     —     

Time deposits

     (4,562,366     (4,584,384     —           (4,584,384     —     

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     (1,044,519     (1,044,519     —           (1,044,519     —     

Short-term borrowings

     (1,074,482     (1,074,482     —           (1,074,482     —     

Long-term borrowings

     (4,607,758     (4,768,408     —           (4,768,408     —     

Accrued interest payable

     (54,281     (54,281     —           (54,281     —     

Trading account liabilities

     (374,274     (374,274     —           (374,274     —     

Other financial instruments:

           

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale

   $ 47,859      $ 47,859        —         $ —        $ 47,859   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     (7,299     (7,299     —           (7,299     —     

Other credit-related commitments

     (119,464     (119,464     —           —          (119,464

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

     143,179        143,179        —           143,179        —     

 

165


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011  
     Carrying
Amount
    Calculated
Estimate
 
     (In thousands)  

Financial assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,452,397      $ 1,452,397   

Interest-bearing deposits at banks

     154,960        154,960   

Trading account assets

     561,834        561,834   

Investment securities

     7,673,154        7,608,008   

Loans and leases:

    

Commercial loans and leases

     15,734,436        15,507,342   

Commercial real estate loans

     24,411,114        24,024,585   

Residential real estate loans

     7,923,165        7,782,935   

Consumer loans

     12,027,290        11,869,813   

Allowance for credit losses

     (908,290     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases, net

     59,187,715        59,184,675   

Accrued interest receivable

     222,618        222,618   

Financial liabilities:

    

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ (20,017,883   $ (20,017,883

Savings deposits and NOW accounts

     (32,913,309     (32,913,309

Time deposits

     (6,107,530     (6,133,806

Deposits at Cayman Islands office

     (355,927     (355,927

Short-term borrowings

     (782,082     (782,082

Long-term borrowings

     (6,686,226     (6,720,174

Accrued interest payable

     (67,900     (67,900

Trading account liabilities

     (434,559     (434,559

Other financial instruments:

    

Commitments to originate real estate loans for sale

   $ 6,923      $ 6,923   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     (3,498     (3,498

Other credit-related commitments

     (109,828     (109,828

Interest rate swap agreements used for interest rate risk management

     147,302        147,302   

The following assumptions, methods and calculations were used in determining the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits at banks, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable

Due to the nature of cash and cash equivalents and the near maturity of interest-bearing deposits at banks, short-term borrowings, accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable, the Company estimated that the carrying amount of such instruments approximated estimated fair value.

Investment securities

Estimated fair values of investments in readily marketable securities were generally based on quoted market prices. Investment securities that were not readily marketable were assigned amounts based on estimates provided by outside parties or modeling techniques that relied upon discounted calculations of projected cash flows or, in the case of other investment securities, which include capital stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, at an amount equal to the carrying amount.

Loans and leases

In general, discount rates used to calculate values for loan products were based on the Company’s pricing at the respective period end. A higher discount rate was assumed with respect to estimated cash flows

 

166


Table of Contents

associated with nonaccrual loans. Projected loan cash flows were adjusted for estimated credit losses. However, such estimates made by the Company may not be indicative of assumptions and adjustments that a purchaser of the Company’s loans and leases would seek.

Deposits

Pursuant to GAAP, the estimated fair value ascribed to noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits and NOW accounts must be established at carrying value because of the customers’ ability to withdraw funds immediately. Time deposit accounts are required to be revalued based upon prevailing market interest rates for similar maturity instruments. As a result, amounts assigned to time deposits were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates based on the Company’s pricing at the respective date for deposits with comparable remaining terms to maturity.

The Company believes that deposit accounts have a value greater than that prescribed by GAAP. The Company feels, however, that the value associated with these deposits is greatly influenced by characteristics of the buyer, such as the ability to reduce the costs of servicing the deposits and deposit attrition which often occurs following an acquisition.

Long-term borrowings

The amounts assigned to long-term borrowings were based on quoted market prices, when available, or were based on discounted cash flow calculations using prevailing market interest rates for borrowings of similar terms and credit risk.

Other commitments and contingencies

As described in note 21, in the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding, such as loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit. The Company’s pricing of such financial instruments is based largely on credit quality and relationship, probability of funding and other requirements. Loan commitments often have fixed expiration dates and contain termination and other clauses which provide for relief from funding in the event of significant deterioration in the credit quality of the customer. The rates and terms of the Company’s loan commitments, credit guarantees and letters of credit are competitive with other financial institutions operating in markets served by the Company. The Company believes that the carrying amounts, which are included in other liabilities, are reasonable estimates of the fair value of these financial instruments.

The Company does not believe that the estimated information presented herein is representative of the earnings power or value of the Company. The preceding analysis, which is inherently limited in depicting fair value, also does not consider any value associated with existing customer relationships nor the ability of the Company to create value through loan origination, deposit gathering or fee generating activities.

Many of the estimates presented herein are based upon the use of highly subjective information and assumptions and, accordingly, the results may not be precise. Management believes that fair value estimates may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made. Furthermore, because the disclosed fair value amounts were estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts actually realized or paid upon maturity or settlement of the various financial instruments could be significantly different.

 

167


Table of Contents

21.    Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding. The following table presents the Company’s significant commitments. Certain of these commitments are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

     December 31  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

     

Home equity lines of credit

   $ 6,282,615       $ 6,393,332   

Commercial real estate loans to be sold

     139,929         177,982   

Other commercial real estate and construction

     3,819,342         2,818,071   

Residential real estate loans to be sold

     1,550,441         182,474   

Other residential real estate

     445,268         129,466   

Commercial and other

     10,070,711         10,442,754   

Standby letters of credit

     4,025,329         3,930,271   

Commercial letters of credit

     53,201         44,981   

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts

     2,120,361         1,903,254   

Commitments to sell real estate loans

     2,625,408         635,899   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, generally having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, whereas commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being funded when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and a third party. The credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved with extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s assessment of the customer’s creditworthiness.

Financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are oftentimes similar to standby letters of credit and include mandatory purchase agreements issued to ensure that customer obligations are fulfilled, recourse obligations associated with sold loans, and other guarantees of customer performance or compliance with designated rules and regulations. Included in financial guarantees and indemnification contracts are loan principal amounts sold with recourse in conjunction with the Company’s involvement in the Fannie Mae DUS program. The Company’s maximum credit risk for recourse associated with loans sold under this program totaled approximately $2.0 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Since many loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and guarantees and indemnification contracts expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not necessarily indicative of future cash flows.

The Company utilizes commitments to sell real estate loans to hedge exposure to changes in the fair value of real estate loans held for sale. Such commitments are considered derivatives and along with commitments to originate real estate loans to be held for sale are generally recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair market value.

 

168


Table of Contents

The Company occupies certain banking offices and uses certain equipment under noncancellable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates over the next 26 years. Minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases are summarized in the following table:

 

     (In thousands)  

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 76,772   

2014

     77,657   

2015

     67,072   

2016

     53,759   

2017

     42,045   

Later years

     142,520   
  

 

 

 
   $ 459,825   
  

 

 

 

The Company has an agreement with the Baltimore Ravens of the National Football League whereby the Company obtained the naming rights to a football stadium in Baltimore, Maryland. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to pay $5 million in 2013 and $6 million per year from 2014 through 2017.

The Company reinsures credit life and accident and health insurance purchased by consumer loan customers. The Company also enters into reinsurance contracts with third party insurance companies who insure against the risk of a mortgage borrower’s payment default in connection with certain mortgage loans originated by the Company. When providing reinsurance coverage, the Company receives a premium in exchange for accepting a portion of the insurer’s risk of loss. The outstanding loan principal balances reinsured by the Company were approximately $67 million at December 31, 2012. Assets of subsidiaries providing reinsurance that are available to satisfy claims totaled approximately $41 million at December 31, 2012. The amounts noted above are not necessarily indicative of losses which may ultimately be incurred. Such losses are expected to be substantially less because most loans are repaid by borrowers in accordance with the original loan terms. Management believes that any reinsurance losses that may be payable by the Company will not be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

The Company is contractually obligated to repurchase previously sold residential real estate loans that do not ultimately meet investor sale criteria related to underwriting procedures or loan documentation. When required to do so, the Company may reimburse loan purchasers for losses incurred or may repurchase certain loans. The Company reduces residential mortgage banking revenues by an estimate for losses related to its obligations to loan purchasers. The amount of those charges is based on the volume of loans sold, the level of reimbursement requests received from loan purchasers and estimates of losses that may be associated with previously sold loans. At December 31, 2012, management believes that any further liability arising out of the Company’s obligation to loan purchasers is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position.

M&T and its subsidiaries are subject in the normal course of business to various pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages are asserted. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the aggregate ultimate liability arising out of litigation pending or threatened against M&T or its subsidiaries will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position. On an on-going basis the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with such legal proceedings. For those matters where it is probable that the Company will incur losses and the amounts of the losses can be reasonably estimated, the Company records an expense and corresponding liability in its consolidated financial statements. To the extent the pending or threatened litigation could result in exposure in excess of that liability, the amount of such excess is not currently estimable. Although not considered probable, the range of reasonably possible losses for such matters in the aggregate, beyond the existing recorded liability, was between $0 and $40 million. Although the Company does not believe that the outcome of pending litigations will be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, it cannot rule out the possibility that such outcomes will be material to the consolidated results of operations for a particular reporting period in the future.

 

169


Table of Contents

22.    Segment information

Reportable segments have been determined based upon the Company’s internal profitability reporting system, which is organized by strategic business unit. Certain strategic business units have been combined for segment information reporting purposes where the nature of the products and services, the type of customer and the distribution of those products and services are similar. The reportable segments are Business Banking, Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Discretionary Portfolio, Residential Mortgage Banking and Retail Banking.

The financial information of the Company’s segments has been compiled utilizing the accounting policies described in note 1 with certain exceptions. The more significant of these exceptions are described herein. The Company allocates interest income or interest expense using a methodology that charges users of funds (assets) interest expense and credits providers of funds (liabilities) with income based on the maturity, prepayment and/or repricing characteristics of the assets and liabilities. The net effect of this allocation is recorded in the “All Other” category. A provision for credit losses is allocated to segments in an amount based largely on actual net charge-offs incurred by the segment during the period plus or minus an amount necessary to adjust the segment’s allowance for credit losses due to changes in loan balances. In contrast, the level of the consolidated provision for credit losses is determined using the methodologies described in notes 1 and 5. Indirect fixed and variable expenses incurred by certain centralized support areas are allocated to segments based on actual usage (for example, volume measurements) and other criteria. Certain types of administrative expenses and bankwide expense accruals (including amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets associated with acquisitions of financial institutions) are generally not allocated to segments. Income taxes are allocated to segments based on the Company’s marginal statutory tax rate adjusted for any tax-exempt income or non-deductible expenses. Equity is allocated to the segments based on regulatory capital requirements and in proportion to an assessment of the inherent risks associated with the business of the segment (including interest, credit and operating risk).

The management accounting policies and processes utilized in compiling segment financial information are highly subjective and, unlike financial accounting, are not based on authoritative guidance similar to GAAP. As a result, reported segment results are not necessarily comparable with similar information reported by other financial institutions. Furthermore, changes in management structure or allocation methodologies and procedures may result in changes in reported segment financial data. Information about the Company’s segments is presented in the accompanying table. Income statement amounts are in thousands of dollars. Balance sheet amounts are in millions of dollars.

 

          For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010        
    Business Banking     Commercial Banking     Commercial Real Estate     Discretionary Portfolio  
    2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Net interest income(a)

  $ 347,067      $ 334,811      $ 315,407      $ 753,678      $ 655,407      $ 582,231      $ 531,398      $ 467,683      $ 384,147      $ 66,303      $ 63,030      $ 23,347   

Noninterest income

    103,283        95,429        95,443        253,808        249,150        217,368        133,120        99,409        85,200        (76,113     98,770        (34,383
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    450,350        430,240        410,850        1,007,486        904,557        799,599        664,518        567,092        469,347        (9,810     161,800        (11,036

Provision for credit losses

    22,245        45,689        74,443        15,781        29,823        47,675        4,238        58,474        45,781        44,305        59,309        55,810   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Depreciation and other amortization

    122        140        276        567        553        552        11,004        9,054        7,339        2,065        2,859        3,733   

Other noninterest expense

    179,428        177,172        169,878        262,820        248,428        219,471        190,879        154,042        124,674        31,006        32,262        26,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    248,555        207,239        166,253        728,318        625,753        531,901        458,397        345,522        291,553        (87,186     67,370        (96,835

Income tax expense (benefit)

    101,484        84,532        67,687        296,894        256,311        217,734        149,321        105,709        88,466        (54,071     7,975        (58,269
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 147,071      $ 122,707      $ 98,566      $ 431,424      $ 369,442      $ 314,167      $ 309,076      $ 239,813      $ 203,087      $ (33,115   $ 59,395      $ (38,566
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total assets (in millions)

  $ 4,909      $ 5,192      $ 4,843      $ 19,946      $ 17,650      $ 15,461      $ 16,437      $ 15,025      $ 13,194      $ 16,583      $ 14,170      $ 14,690   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (in millions)

  $ —        $ —        $ 1      $ —        $ —        $ 3      $ —        $ —        $ 1      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents
          For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010        
    Residential Mortgage
Banking
    Retail Banking     All Other     Total  
    2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Net interest income(a)

  $ 78,058      $ 63,951      $ 71,599      $ 902,906      $ 851,332      $ 839,828      $ (80,894   $ (46,458   $ 50,967      $ 2,598,516      $ 2,389,756      $ 2,267,526   

Noninterest income

    402,211        184,249        195,540        349,571        366,042        380,015        501,390        489,863        168,917        1,667,270        1,582,912        1,108,100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    480,269        248,200        267,139        1,252,477        1,217,374        1,219,843        420,496        443,405        219,884        4,265,786        3,972,668        3,375,626   

Provision for credit losses

    17,169        36,375        49,110        95,345        101,679        109,978        4,917        (61,349     (14,797     204,000        270,000        368,000   

Amortization of core deposit and other intangible assets

    —          —          —          —          —          —          60,631        61,617        58,103        60,631        61,617        58,103   

Depreciation and other amortization

    46,902        44,349        46,171        32,734        33,713        31,350        50,536        45,495        34,838        143,930        136,163        124,259   

Other noninterest expense

    195,604        151,945        160,131        751,916        744,905        698,540        693,046        771,534        333,525        2,304,699        2,280,288        1,732,475   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes

    220,594        15,531        11,727        372,482        337,077        379,975        (388,634     (373,892     (191,785     1,552,526        1,224,600        1,092,789   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    85,671        2,403        587        151,616        137,161        154,680        (207,887     (228,970     (114,257     523,028        365,121        356,628   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 134,923      $ 13,128      $ 11,140      $ 220,866      $ 199,916      $ 225,295      $ (180,747   $ (144,922   $ (77,528   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total assets (in millions)

  $ 2,451      $ 1,958      $ 2,217      $ 11,705      $ 11,940      $ 12,079      $ 7,952      $ 8,042      $ 5,896      $ 79,983      $ 73,977      $ 68,380   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (in millions)

  $ 1      $ —        $ 1      $ 15      $ 25      $ 33      $ 76      $ 45      $ 31      $ 92      $ 70      $ 70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Net interest income is the difference between actual taxable-equivalent interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities by a segment and a funding charge (credit) based on the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Segments are charged a cost to fund any assets (e.g. loans) and are paid a funding credit for any funds provided (e.g. deposits). The taxable-equivalent adjustment aggregated $26,391,000 in 2012, $25,876,000 in 2011 and $24,023,000 in 2010 and is eliminated in “All Other” net interest income and income tax expense (benefit).

The Business Banking segment provides deposit, lending, cash management and other financial services to small businesses and professionals through the Company’s banking office network and several other delivery channels, including business banking centers, telephone banking, Internet banking and automated teller machines. The Commercial Banking segment provides a wide range of credit products and banking services to middle-market and large commercial customers, mainly within the markets the Company serves. Among the services provided by this segment are commercial lending and leasing, letters of credit, deposit products and cash management services. The Commercial Real Estate segment provides credit services which are secured by various types of multifamily residential and commercial real estate and deposit services to its customers. Activities of this segment include the origination, sales and servicing of commercial real estate loans. The Discretionary Portfolio segment includes securities, residential mortgage loans and other assets; short-term and long-term borrowed funds; brokered certificates of deposit and interest rate swap agreements related thereto; and Cayman Islands branch deposits. This segment also provides foreign exchange services to customers. The Residential Mortgage Banking segment originates and services residential mortgage loans for consumers and sells substantially all of those loans in the secondary market to investors or to the Discretionary Portfolio segment. The segment periodically purchases servicing rights to loans that have been originated by other entities. This segment also originated loans to developers of residential real estate properties. Residential mortgage loans held for sale are included in the Residential Mortgage Banking segment. The Retail Banking segment offers a variety of services to consumers through several delivery channels that include banking offices, automated teller machines, telephone banking and Internet banking. The “All Other” category includes other operating activities of the Company that are not directly attributable to the reported segments; the difference between the provision for credit losses and the calculated provision allocated to the reportable segments; goodwill and core deposit and other intangible assets resulting from acquisitions of financial institutions; merger-related gains and expenses resulting from acquisitions; the net impact of the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing methodology; eliminations of transactions between reportable segments; certain nonrecurring transactions; the residual effects of unallocated support systems and general and administrative expenses; and the impact of interest rate risk

 

171


Table of Contents

management strategies. The amount of intersegment activity eliminated in arriving at consolidated totals was included in the “All Other” category as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Revenues

   $ (71,452   $ (64,239   $ (41,508

Expenses

     (17,313     (14,146     (15,527

Income taxes (benefit)

     (22,029     (20,383     (10,572

Net income (loss)

     (32,110     (29,710     (15,409

The Company conducts substantially all of its operations in the United States. There are no transactions with a single customer that in the aggregate result in revenues that exceed ten percent of consolidated total revenues.

23.    Regulatory matters

Payment of dividends by M&T’s banking subsidiaries is restricted by various legal and regulatory limitations. Dividends from any banking subsidiary to M&T are limited by the amount of earnings of the banking subsidiary in the current year and the preceding two years. For purposes of this test, at December 31, 2012, approximately $944 million was available for payment of dividends to M&T from banking subsidiaries. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board requires bank holding companies with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets to submit annual capital plans. Such bank holding companies may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan which the Federal Reserve Board has not objected to.

Banking regulations prohibit extensions of credit by the subsidiary banks to M&T unless appropriately secured by assets. Securities of affiliates are not eligible as collateral for this purpose.

The bank subsidiaries are required to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against certain deposit liabilities. During the maintenance periods that included December 31, 2012 and 2011, cash and due from banks included a daily average of $604,789,000 and $382,489,000, respectively, for such purpose.

Federal regulators have adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under the capital adequacy guidelines, the so-called “Tier 1 capital” and “Total capital” as a percentage of risk-weighted assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments must be at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In addition to these risk-based measures, regulators also require banking institutions that meet certain qualitative criteria to maintain a minimum “leverage” ratio of “Tier 1 capital” to average total assets, adjusted for goodwill and certain other items, of at least 3% to be considered adequately capitalized. As of December 31, 2012, M&T and each of its banking subsidiaries exceeded all applicable capital adequacy requirements. To be considered “well capitalized,” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, a banking institution must maintain Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and leverage ratios of at least 6%, 10% and 5%, respectively.

 

172


Table of Contents

The capital ratios and amounts of the Company and its banking subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented below:

 

     M&T
(Consolidated)
    M&T Bank     Wilmington
Trust, N.A.
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

December 31, 2012:

      

Tier 1 capital

      

Amount

   $ 7,810,196      $ 6,767,774      $ 405,469   

Ratio(a)

     10.22     8.92     61.02

Minimum required amount(b)

     3,057,093        3,034,184        26,580   

Total capital

      

Amount

     10,230,302        8,981,931        410,873   

Ratio(a)

     13.39     11.84     61.83

Minimum required amount(b)

     6,114,186        6,068,367        53,160   

Leverage

      

Amount

     7,810,196        6,767,774        405,469   

Ratio(c)

     10.07     8.84     21.62

Minimum required amount(b)

     2,327,122        2,297,902        56,275   

December 31, 2011:

      

Tier 1 capital

      

Amount

   $ 6,926,218      $ 6,283,825      $ 393,360   

Ratio(a)

     9.67     8.87     71.89

Minimum required amount(b)

     2,864,002        2,832,558        21,887   

Total capital

      

Amount

     9,493,124        8,587,360        399,177   

Ratio(a)

     13.26     12.13     72.95

Minimum required amount(b)

     5,728,005        5,665,116        43,774   

Leverage

      

Amount

     6,926,218        6,283,825        393,360   

Ratio(c)

     9.28     8.54     19.20

Minimum required amount(b)

     2,239,639        2,206,498        61,478   

 

 

(a) The ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets, as defined by regulation.

 

(b) Minimum amount of capital to be considered adequately capitalized, as defined by regulation.

 

(c) The ratio of capital to average assets, as defined by regulation.

24.    Relationship with Bayview Lending Group LLC and Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P.

M&T holds a 20% interest in BLG, a privately-held commercial mortgage company. M&T recognizes income or loss from BLG using the equity method of accounting. In 2011, the Company recognized a $79 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to its investment in BLG that is included in “other costs of operations.” The carrying value of that investment was $93 million at December 31, 2012. Further information concerning the other-than-temporary impairment charge is provided in note 20.

Bayview Financial Holdings, L.P. (together with its affiliates, “Bayview Financial”), a privately-held specialty mortgage finance company, is BLG’s majority investor. In addition to their common investment in BLG, the Company and Bayview Financial conduct other business activities with each other. The Company has obtained loan servicing rights for small-balance commercial mortgage loans from BLG and Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances of $3.8 billion and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts recorded as capitalized servicing assets for such loans totaled $8 million at

 

173


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012 and $16 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, capitalized servicing rights at December 31, 2012 and 2011 also included $2 million and $5 million, respectively, for servicing rights that were obtained from Bayview Financial related to residential mortgage loans with outstanding principal balances of $2.7 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues from servicing residential and small-balance commercial mortgage loans obtained from BLG and Bayview Financial were $35 million, $41 million and $46 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company sub-services residential mortgage loans for Bayview Financial having outstanding principal balances totaling $11.4 billion and $13.1 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues earned for sub-servicing loans for Bayview Financial were $9 million in 2012. Revenues earned for sub-servicing residential mortgage loans for Bayview Financial were not significant in 2011 or 2010. In addition, the Company held $11 million and $15 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of collateralized mortgage obligations in its available-for-sale investment securities portfolio that were securitized by Bayview Financial. Finally, the Company held $242 million and $269 million of similar investment securities in its held-to-maturity portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

25.    Parent company financial statements

Condensed Balance Sheet

 

     December 31  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Assets

     

Cash in subsidiary bank

   $ 4,774       $ 3,798   

Due from consolidated bank subsidiaries

     

Money-market savings

     714,677         645,330   

Current income tax receivable

     1,835           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due from consolidated bank subsidiaries

     716,512         645,330   

Investments in consolidated subsidiaries

     

Banks and bank holding company

     10,495,557         9,929,758   

Other

     16,344         16,025   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries (note 19)

     33,916         34,091   

Investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC

     93,489         115,000   

Other assets

     83,975         82,358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 11,444,567       $ 10,826,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Due to consolidated bank subsidiaries

   $ 213       $ 30   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     60,619         75,828   

Long-term borrowings

     1,181,142         1,479,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,241,974         1,555,151   

Shareholders’ equity

     10,202,593         9,271,209   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 11,444,567       $ 10,826,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

174


Table of Contents

Condensed Statement of Income

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share)  

Income

      

Dividends from consolidated bank subsidiaries

   $ 700,000      $ 715,000      $ 500,000   

Equity in earnings of Bayview Lending Group LLC

     (21,511     (24,231     (25,768

Other income

     8,755        67,829        (5,435
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     687,244        758,598        468,797   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense

      

Interest on long-term borrowings

     82,286        90,959        91,073   

Other expense (a)

     19,226        87,368        7,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expense

     101,512        178,327        98,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     585,732        580,271        370,277   

Income tax credits

     43,149        50,460        48,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     628,881        630,731        418,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

      

Net income of subsidiaries

     1,100,617        943,748        817,468   

Less: dividends received

     (700,000     (715,000     (500,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     400,617        228,748        317,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per common share

      

Basic

   $ 7.57      $ 6.37      $ 5.72   

Diluted

     7.54        6.35        5.69   

 

(a) In 2011 includes $79 million write-down of Investment in Bayview Lending Group LLC.

 

175


Table of Contents

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 1,029,498      $ 859,479      $ 736,161   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

      

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     (400,617     (228,748     (317,468

Provision for deferred income taxes

     1,724        (10,349     2,237   

Asset write-downs

            79,012          

Net change in accrued income and expense

     6,798        44,336        43,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     637,403        743,730        464,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

     411        1,987        2,591   

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities

            4,400        1,150   

Purchases of investment securities

                   (2,225

Purchase of Wilmington Trust Corporation preferred stock

            (330,000       

Other, net

     324        2,833        1,033   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     735        (320,780     2,549   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (300,000              

Dividends paid — common

     (357,717     (350,129     (335,303

Dividends paid — preferred

     (53,450     (48,203     (40,225

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

            495,000          

Redemption of preferred stock

            (370,000       

Other, net

     143,352        16,386        63,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

     (567,815     (256,946     (312,406
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     70,323        166,004        154,640   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     649,128        483,124        328,484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 719,451      $ 649,128      $ 483,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Interest received during the year

   $ 1,970      $ 2,082      $ 1,581   

Interest paid during the year

     80,090        87,184        87,456   

Income taxes received during the year

     21,878        57,964        50,882   

 

176


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon their evaluation of the effectiveness of M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)), Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and René F. Jones, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that M&T’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012.

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting. Included under the heading “Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm. Included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” at Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. M&T regularly assesses the adequacy of its internal control over financial reporting and enhances its controls in response to internal control assessments and internal and external audit and regulatory recommendations. No changes in internal control over financial reporting have been identified in connection with the evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, M&T’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The identification of the Registrant’s directors is incorporated by reference to the caption “NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

The identification of the Registrant’s executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Disclosure of compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by the Registrant’s directors and executive officers, and persons who are the beneficial owners of more than 10% of the Registrant’s common stock, is incorporated by reference to the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

The other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the captions “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF M&T BANK CORPORATION,” “BOARD OF DIRECTORS, COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD AND ATTENDANCE” and “CODES OF ETHICS” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Incorporated by reference to the caption “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

 

177


Table of Contents
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

Incorporated by reference to the captions “PRINCIPAL BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF SHARES” and “STOCK OWNERSHIP BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

The information required by this item concerning Equity Compensation Plan information is incorporated by reference to the caption “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Incorporated by reference to the captions “TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” and “BOARD OF DIRECTORS, COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD AND ATTENDANCE” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Incorporated by reference to the caption “PROPOSAL TO RATIFY THE APPOINTMENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP AS THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM OF M&T BANK CORPORATION” contained in the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about March 6, 2013.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Financial statement schedules are not required or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

(b) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been previously filed, are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.

(c) Additional financial statement schedules. None.

 

178


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 22nd day of February, 2013.

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION
By:   / S / R OBERT G. W ILMERS
 

Robert G. Wilmers

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

Principal Executive Officer:

     

/s/ R OBERT G. W ILMERS

   Chairman of the Board    February 22, 2013

Robert G. Wilmers

   and Chief Executive Officer   

Principal Financial Officer:

     

/s/ R ENÉ F. J ONES

   Executive Vice President    February 22, 2013

René F. Jones

   and Chief Financial Officer   

Principal Accounting Officer:

     

/s/ M ICHAEL R. S PYCHALA

   Senior Vice President and    February 22, 2013

Michael R. Spychala

   Controller   

A majority of the board of directors:

     

/s/ B RENT D. B AIRD

      February 22, 2013

Brent D. Baird

     

/s/ C. A NGELA B ONTEMPO

      February 22, 2013

C. Angela Bontempo

     

/s/ R OBERT T. B RADY

      February 22, 2013

Robert T. Brady

     

/s/ T. J EFFERSON C UNNINGHAM III

      February 22, 2013

T. Jefferson Cunningham III

     

/s/ M ARK J. C ZARNECKI

      February 22, 2013

Mark J. Czarnecki

     

/s/ G ARY N. G EISEL

      February 22, 2013

Gary N. Geisel

     

/s/ John D. H AWKE , J R .

      February 22, 2013

John D. Hawke, Jr.

     

 

179


Table of Contents

/s/ P ATRICK W.E. H ODGSON

     February 22, 2013

Patrick W.E. Hodgson

    

/s/ R ICHARD G. K ING

     February 22, 2013

Richard G. King

    

/s/ J ORGE G. P EREIRA

     February 22, 2013

Jorge G. Pereira

    

/s/ M ICHAEL P. P INTO

     February 22, 2013

Michael P. Pinto

    

/s/ M ELINDA R. R ICH

     February 22, 2013

Melinda R. Rich

    

/s/ R OBERT E. S ADLER , J R .

     February 22, 2013

Robert E. Sadler, Jr.

    

/s/ H ERBERT L. W ASHINGTON

     February 22, 2013

Herbert L. Washington

    

/s/ R OBERT G. W ILMERS

     February 22, 2013

Robert G. Wilmers

    

 

180


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 27, 2012, by and among M&T Bank Corporation, Hudson City Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Corporation. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K dated August 31, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).
3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of M&T Bank Corporation dated November 18, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K dated November 19, 2010 (File No. 1-9861).
3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of M&T Bank Corporation, effective November 16, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K dated November 19, 2010 (File No. 1-9861).
3.3    Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation with respect to Perpetual 6.875% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D, dated May 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of M&T Bank Corporation’s Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011).
4.1    There are no instruments with respect to long-term debt of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries that involve securities authorized under the instrument in an amount exceeding 10 percent of the total assets of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. M&T Bank Corporation agrees to provide the SEC with a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of M&T Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries on request.
4.2   

Warrant to purchase shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock dated as of
March 26, 2010. Filed herewith.

4.3   

Warrant to purchase shares of M&T Bank Corporation Common Stock effective May 16, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K dated May 19, 2011 (File No. 1-9861).

4.4   

Warrant Agreement (including Form of Warrant), dated as of December 11, 2012, between M&T Bank Corporation and Registrar and Transfer Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A dated December 12, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).

10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-9861).
10.2    Amendment No. 1, dated December 9, 2003, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-9861).
10.3    Amendment No. 2, dated January 30, 2009, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-9861).
10.4    Amendment No. 3, dated December 4, 2009, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 1-9861).
10.5    Amendment No. 4, dated December 3, 2010, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010
(File No. 1-9861).
10.6    Amendment No. 5, dated November 21, 2011, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011
(File No. 1-9861).
10.7    Amendment No. 6, dated November 26, 2012, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2000, between M&T Bank Corporation and Citibank, N.A. Filed herewith.
10.8    M&T Bank Corporation 2001 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement of M&T Bank Corporation dated March 6, 2001 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.9    M&T Bank Corporation Annual Executive Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.3 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.10    Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement between Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company and Brian E. Hickey dated as of July 21, 1994. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-9861).*

 

181


Table of Contents
10.11    First amendment, dated as of August 1, 2006, to the Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement between Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company and Brian E. Hickey dated as of July 21, 1994. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.12    Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated July 17, 1989, between The East New York Savings Bank and Atwood Collins, III. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.13    First amendment, dated as of August 1, 2006, to the Supplemental Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated July 17, 1989, between The East New York Savings Bank and Atwood Collins, III. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.14    Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2012, among M&T Bank Corporation, Wilmington Trust Company and Donald E. Foley. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K dated December 10, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.15    Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2012, between M&T Bank Corporation and Robert E. Sadler, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K dated December 10, 2012 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.16    M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K dated November 15, 2005 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.17    M&T Bank Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K dated November 15, 2005 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.18    M&T Bank Corporation Deferred Bonus Plan, as amended and restated. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.19    M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-8 dated April 7, 2008 (File No. 333-150122).*
10.20    M&T Bank Corporation 2008 Directors’ Stock Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form S-8 dated October 19, 2012 (File No. 333-184504).*
10.21    Keystone Financial, Inc. 1992 Director Fee Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Form 10-K of Keystone Financial, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 000-11460).*
10.22    M&T Bank Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Filed herewith.*
10.23    M&T Bank Corporation 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement of M&T Bank Corporation dated March 4, 2005 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.24    M&T Bank Corporation 2009 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement of M&T Bank Corporation dated March 6, 2009 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.25    M&T Bank Corporation Employee Severance Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 1-9861).*
10.26    Provident Bankshares Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 5, 2009 (File No. 333-159795).*
10.27    Provident Bankshares Corporation 2004 Equity Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 5, 2009 (File No. 333-159795).*
10.28    Wilmington Trust Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on November 9, 2004 (File No. 1-14659).*
10.29    Wilmington Trust Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on February 29, 2008 (File No. 1-14659).*
10.30    Wilmington Trust Corporation 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to the Proxy Statement of Wilmington Trust Corporation filed on March 16, 2009 (File No. 1-14659).*

 

182


Table of Contents
  11.1    Statement re: Computation of Earnings Per Common Share. Incorporated by reference to note 14 of Notes to Financial Statements filed herewith in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
  12.1    Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.
  14.1    M&T Bank Corporation Code of Ethics for CEO and Senior Financial Officers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-9861).
  21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to the caption “Subsidiaries” contained in Part I, Item 1 hereof.
  23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP re: Registration Statement Nos. 333-57330, 333-63660, 33-12207, 33-58500, 33-63917, 333-43171, 333-43175, 333-63985, 333-97031, 33-32044, 333-16077, 333-84384, 333-127406, 333-150122, 333-164015, 333-163992, 333-160769, 333-159795, 333-170740 and 333-155759. Filed herewith.
  31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. §1350 pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
  99.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer under EESA § 111(b)(4). Filed herewith.
  99.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer under EESA § 111(b)(4). Filed herewith.
  99.3    Replacement Capital Covenant of M&T Bank Corporation dated January 31, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 8-K dated January 31, 2008 (File No. 1-9861).
  99.4    Amendment to Replacement Capital Covenant of M&T Bank Corporation, dated as of May 27, 2011, amending the Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of January 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of M&T Bank Corporation’s Form 8-K dated May 26, 2011).
101.INS**    XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
101.CAL**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
101.LAB**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
101.PRE**    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.
101.DEF**    XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase.

 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

183

EXHIBIT 4.2

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS. THIS INSTRUMENT IS ISSUED SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF A SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTOR REFERRED TO THEREIN, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENT WILL BE VOID.

WARRANT

to purchase

407,542.10

Shares of Common Stock

of M&T Bank Corporation

(which represents the number of shares of common stock previously issued to Investor by Acquired Company)

Issue Date: November 14, 2008

1. Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.

“Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

“Appraisal Procedure” means a procedure whereby two independent appraisers, one chosen by the Company and one by the Original Warrantholder, shall mutually agree upon the determinations then the subject of appraisal. Each party shall deliver a notice to the other appointing its appraiser within 15 days after the Appraisal Procedure is invoked. If within 30 days after appointment of the two appraisers they are unable to agree upon the amount in question, a third independent appraiser shall be chosen within 10 days thereafter by the mutual consent of such first two appraisers. The decision of the third appraiser so appointed and chosen shall be given within 30 days after the selection of such third appraiser. If three appraisers shall be appointed and the determination of one appraiser is disparate from the middle determination by more than twice the amount by which the other determination is disparate from the middle determination, then the determination of such appraiser shall be excluded, the remaining two determinations shall be averaged and such average shall be binding and conclusive upon the


UST Sequence No. 160

 

Company and the Original Warrantholder; otherwise, the average of all three determinations shall be binding upon the Company and the Original Warrantholder. The costs of conducting any Appraisal Procedure shall be borne by the Company.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company, including any duly authorized committee thereof.

“Business Combination” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

“business day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

“Capital Stock” means (A)  with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (B) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

“Charter” means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

“Common Stock” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

“Company” means the Person whose name, corporate or other organizational form and jurisdiction of organization is set forth in Item 1 of Schedule A hereto.

“conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

“convertible securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

“CPP” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Exercise Price” means the amount set forth in Item 2 of Schedule A hereto.

“Expiration Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any security or other property, the fair market value of such security or other property as determined by the Board of Directors, acting in good faith or, with respect to Section 14, as determined by the Original Warrantholder acting in good faith. For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, it may object in writing to the Board of Director’s calculation of fair market value within 10 days of receipt of written notice thereof. If the Original Warrantholder and the Company are unable to agree on fair market value during the 10-day period following the delivery of the Original Warrantholder’s objection, the Appraisal Procedure may be invoked by either party to

 

- 2 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

determine Fair Market Value by delivering written notification thereof not later than the 30th day after delivery of the Original Warrantholder’s objection.

“Governmental Entities” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

“Initial Number” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

“Issue Date” means the date set forth in Item 3 of Schedule A hereto.

“Market Price” means, with respect to a particular security, on any given day, the last reported sale price regular way or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the average of the last closing bid and ask prices regular way, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the applicable securities are listed or admitted to trading, or if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and ask prices as furnished by two members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. “Market Price” shall be determined without reference to after hours or extended hours trading. If such security is not listed and traded in a manner that the quotations referred to above are available for the period required hereunder, the Market Price per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be (i) in the event that any portion of the Warrant is held by the Original Warrantholder, the fair market value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Original Warrantholder or (ii) in all other circumstances, the fair market value per share of such security as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors in reliance on an opinion of a nationally recognized independent investment banking corporation retained by the Company for this purpose and certified in a resolution to the Warrantholder. For the purposes of determining the Market Price of the Common Stock on the “trading day” preceding, on or following the occurrence of an event, (i) that trading day shall be deemed to commence immediately after the regular scheduled closing time of trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if trading is closed at an earlier time, such earlier time and (ii) that trading day shall end at the next regular scheduled closing time, or if trading is closed at an earlier time, such earlier time (for the avoidance of doubt, and as an example, if the Market Price is to be determined as of the last trading day preceding a specified event and the closing time of trading on a particular day is 4:00 p.m. and the specified event occurs at 5:00 p.m. on that day, the Market Price would be determined by reference to such 4:00 p.m. closing price).

“Ordinary Cash Dividends” means a regular quarterly cash dividend on shares of Common Stock out of surplus or net profits legally available therefor (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time), provided that Ordinary Cash Dividends shall not include any cash dividends paid subsequent to the Issue Date to the extent the aggregate per share dividends paid on the outstanding Common Stock in any quarter exceed the amount set forth in Item 4 of Schedule A hereto, as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

“Original Warrantholder” means the United States Department of the Treasury. Any actions specified to be taken by the Original Warrantholder hereunder may only be taken by such Person and not by any other Warrantholder.

 

- 3 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

“Permitted Transactions” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(B).

“Person” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

“Per Share Fair Market Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(C).

Post-Merger Side Letter ” means the side letter agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Original Warrantholder.

“Preferred Shares” means the perpetual preferred stock issued to the Original Warrantholder on the Issue Date pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and Post-Merger Side Letter.

“Pro Rata Repurchases” means any purchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to (A) any tender offer or exchange offer subject to Section 13(e) or 14(e) of the Exchange Act or Regulation 14E promulgated thereunder or (B) any other offer available to substantially all holders of Common Stock, in the case of both (A) or (B), whether for cash, shares of Capital Stock of the Company, other securities of the Company, evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any other Person or any other property (including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness of a subsidiary), or any combination thereof, effected while this Warrant is outstanding. The “Effective Date” of a Pro Rata Repurchase shall mean the date of acceptance of shares for purchase or exchange by the Company under any tender or exchange offer which is a Pro Rata Repurchase or the date of purchase with respect to any Pro Rata Repurchase that is not a tender or exchange offer.

“Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated into the Letter Agreement, dated as of the date set forth in Item 5 of Schedule A hereto, as amended from time to time, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Letter Agreement”), including all annexes and schedules thereto.

“Qualified Equity Offering” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Purchase Agreement.

“Regulatory Approvals” with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant for shares of Common Stock and to own such Common Stock without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

- 4 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

“trading day” means (A) if the shares of Common Stock are not traded on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market, a business day or (B) if the shares of Common Stock are traded on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market, a business day on which such relevant exchange or quotation system is scheduled to be open for business and on which the shares of Common Stock (i) are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market for any period or periods aggregating one half hour or longer; and (ii) have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the shares of Common Stock.

“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Warrantholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

“Warrant” means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Post-Merger Side Letter.

2. Number of Shares; Exercise Price . This certifies that, for value received, the United States Department of the Treasury or its permitted assigns (the “Warrantholder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to acquire from the Company, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, up to an aggregate of the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock set forth in Item 6 of Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price per share of Common Stock equal to the Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) and the Exercise Price are subject to adjustment as provided herein, and all references to “Common Stock,” “Shares” and “Exercise Price” herein shall be deemed to include any such adjustment or series of adjustments.

3. Exercise of Warrant; Term . Subject to Section 2, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder, at any time or from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Warrant by the Company on the date hereof, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date, as provided in Schedule A attached hereto (the “Expiration Time”), by (A) the surrender of this Warrant and Notice of Exercise annexed hereto, duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Company located at the address set forth in Item 7 of Schedule A hereto (or such other office or agency of the Company in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Company), and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased:

i. by having the Company withhold, from the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Warrantholder upon such exercise, shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant equal in value to the aggregate Exercise Price as to which this Warrant is so exercised based on the Market Price of the Common Stock on the trading day

 

- 5 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

on which this Warrant is exercised and the Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company pursuant to this Section 3, or

ii. with the consent of both the Company and the Warrantholder, by tendering in cash, by certified or cashier’s check payable to the order of the Company, or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Company within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three business days, a new warrant in substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised. Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.

4. Issuance of Shares; Authorization; Listing . Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three business days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Company hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Company agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Company may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Company will (A) procure, at its sole expense, the listing of the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time, subject to issuance or notice of issuance, on all principal stock exchanges on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded and (B) maintain such listings of such Shares at all times after issuance. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.

5. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional Shares or scrip representing fractional Shares shall be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of any fractional Share to which the Warrantholder would otherwise be entitled, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the Market Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day preceding the date of exercise less the pro-rated Exercise Price for such fractional share.

 

- 6 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

6. No Rights as Stockholders; Transfer Books . This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Company will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

7. Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company.

8. Transfer/Assignment .

(A) Subject to compliance with clause (B) of this Section 8, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, upon the books of the Company by the registered holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, and a new warrant shall be made and delivered by the Company, of the same tenor and date as this Warrant but registered in the name of one or more transferees, upon surrender of this Warrant, duly endorsed, to the office or agency of the Company described in Section 3. All expenses (other than stock transfer taxes) and other charges payable in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of the new warrants pursuant to this Section 8 shall be paid by the Company.

(B) The transfer of the Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 4.4 of the Purchase Agreement. If and for so long as required by the Purchase Agreement, this Warrant shall contain the legends as set forth in Sections 4.2(a) and 4.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement.

9. Exchange and Registry of Warrant . This Warrant is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Warrantholder to the Company, for a new warrant or warrants of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares. The Company shall maintain a registry showing the name and address of the Warrantholder as the registered holder of this Warrant. This Warrant may be surrendered for exchange or exercise in accordance with its terms, at the office of the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to rely in all respects, prior to written notice to the contrary, upon such registry.

10. Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

11. Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day.

 

- 7 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

12. Rule 144 Information . The Company covenants that it will use its reasonable best efforts to timely file all reports and other documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Warrantholder, make publicly available such information as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act), and it will use reasonable best efforts to take such further action as any Warrantholder may reasonably request, in each case to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to, if permitted by the terms of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement, sell this Warrant without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the written request of any Warrantholder, the Company will deliver to such Warrantholder a written statement that it has complied with such requirements.

13. Adjustments and Other Rights . The Exercise Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows; provided, that if more than one subsection of this Section 13 is applicable to a single event, the subsection shall be applied that produces the largest adjustment and no single event shall cause an adjustment under more than one subsection of this Section 13 so as to result in duplication:

(A) Stock Splits, Subdivisions, Reclassifications or Combinations . If the Company shall (i) declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that the Warrantholder after such date shall be entitled to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock which such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive in respect of the shares of Common Stock subject to this Warrant after such date had this Warrant been exercised immediately prior to such date. In such event, the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the record or effective date, as the case may be, for the dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination or reclassification giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant determined pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(B) Certain Issuances of Common Shares or Convertible Securities . Until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Original Warrantholder no longer holds this Warrant or any portion thereof and (ii) the third anniversary of the Issue Date, if the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock (or rights or warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into or exchangeable (collectively, a “ conversion ”) for shares of Common Stock) (collectively, “ convertible securities ”) (other than in Permitted Transactions (as defined below) or a transaction to which subsection (A) of this Section 13 is applicable) without consideration or at a

 

- 8 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

consideration per share (or having a conversion price per share) that is less than 90% of the Market Price on the last trading day preceding the date of the agreement on pricing such shares (or such convertible securities) then, in such event:

(A) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the date of the agreement on pricing of such shares (or of such convertible securities) (the “ Initial Number ”) shall be increased to the number obtained by multiplying the Initial Number by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on such date and (y) the number of additional shares of Common Stock issued (or into which convertible securities may be exercised or convert) and (B) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (I) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date and (II) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company for the total number of shares of Common Stock so issued (or into which convertible securities may be exercised or convert) would purchase at the Market Price on the last trading day preceding the date of the agreement on pricing such shares (or such convertible securities); and

(B) the Exercise Price payable upon exercise of the Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the date of the agreement on pricing of such shares (or of such convertible securities) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant prior to such date and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately after the adjustment described in clause (A) above.

For purposes of the foregoing, the aggregate consideration receivable by the Company in connection with the issuance of such shares of Common Stock or convertible securities shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of the net offering price (including the Fair Market Value of any non-cash consideration and after deduction of any related expenses payable to third parties) of all such securities plus the minimum aggregate amount, if any, payable upon exercise or conversion of any such convertible securities into shares of Common Stock; and “ Permitted Transactions ” shall mean issuances (i) as consideration for or to fund the acquisition of businesses and/or related assets, (ii) in connection with employee benefit plans and compensation related arrangements in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) in connection with a public or broadly marketed offering and sale of Common Stock or convertible securities for cash conducted by the Company or its affiliates pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or Rule 144A thereunder on a basis consistent with capital raising transactions by comparable financial institutions and (iv) in connection with the exercise of preemptive rights on terms existing as of the Issue Date. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 13(B) shall become effective immediately upon the date of such issuance.

(C) Other Distributions . In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of shares of its Common Stock of securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets, cash, rights or warrants (excluding Ordinary Cash Dividends, dividends of its Common Stock and other dividends or distributions referred to in Section 13(A)), in each

 

- 9 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

such case, the Exercise Price in effect prior to such record date shall be reduced immediately thereafter to the price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the reduction by the quotient of (x) the Market Price of the Common Stock on the last trading day preceding the first date on which the Common Stock trades regular way on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading without the right to receive such distribution, minus the amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of the securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights or warrants to be so distributed in respect of one share of Common Stock (such amount and/or Fair Market Value, the “ Per Share Fair Market Value ”) divided by (y) such Market Price on such date specified in clause (x); such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed. In such event, the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment, and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the distribution giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new Exercise Price determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. In the case of adjustment for a cash dividend that is, or is coincident with, a regular quarterly cash dividend, the Per Share Fair Market Value would be reduced by the per share amount of the portion of the cash dividend that would constitute an Ordinary Cash Dividend. In the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant then in effect shall be readjusted, effective as of the date when the Board of Directors determines not to distribute such shares, evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights, cash or warrants, as the case may be, to the Exercise Price that would then be in effect and the number of Shares that would then be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant if such record date had not been fixed.

(D) Certain Repurchases of Common Stock . In case the Company effects a Pro Rata Repurchase of Common Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be reduced to the price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of such Pro Rata Repurchase by a fraction of which the numerator shall be (i) the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such Pro Rata Repurchase and (y) the Market Price of a share of Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase, minus (ii) the aggregate purchase price of the Pro Rata Repurchase, and of which the denominator shall be the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Pro Rata Repurchase minus the number of shares of Common Stock so repurchased and (ii) the Market Price per share of Common Stock on the trading day immediately preceding the first public announcement by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the intent to effect such Pro Rata Repurchase. In such event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be increased to the number obtained by dividing (x) the product of (1) the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant before such adjustment, and (2) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the Pro Rata Repurchase giving rise to this adjustment by (y) the new Exercise Price determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, no increase to the Exercise Price or decrease in the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be made pursuant to this Section 13(D).

(E) Business Combinations . In case of any Business Combination or reclassification of Common Stock (other than a reclassification of Common Stock referred to in Section 13(A)),

 

- 10 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

the Warrantholder’s right to receive Shares upon exercise of this Warrant shall be converted into the right to exercise this Warrant to acquire the number of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such Business Combination or reclassification) upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Business Combination or reclassification would have been entitled to receive upon consummation of such Business Combination or reclassification; and in any such case, if necessary, the provisions set forth herein with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Warrantholder shall be appropriately adjusted so as to be applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, to the Warrantholder’s right to exercise this Warrant in exchange for any shares of stock or other securities or property pursuant to this paragraph. In determining the kind and amount of stock, securities or the property receivable upon exercise of this Warrant following the consummation of such Business Combination, if the holders of Common Stock have the right to elect the kind or amount of consideration receivable upon consummation of such Business Combination, then the consideration that the Warrantholder shall be entitled to receive upon exercise shall be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of all holders of the shares of common stock that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election).

(F) Rounding of Calculations; Minimum Adjustments . All calculations under this Section 13 shall be made to the nearest one-tenth (1/10th) of a cent or to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100th) of a share, as the case may be. Any provision of this Section 13 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be made if the amount of such adjustment would be less than $0.01 or one-tenth (1/10th) of a share of Common Stock, but any such amount shall be carried forward and an adjustment with respect thereto shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, shall aggregate $0.01 or 1/10th of a share of Common Stock, or more.

(G) Timing of Issuance of Additional Common Stock Upon Certain Adjustments . In any case in which the provisions of this Section 13 shall require that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after a record date for an event, the Company may defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the Warrantholder of this Warrant exercised after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise before giving effect to such adjustment and (ii) paying to such Warrantholder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock; provided , however , that the Company upon request shall deliver to such Warrantholder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Warrantholder’s right to receive such additional shares, and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(H) Completion of Qualified Equity Offering . In the event the Company (or any successor by Business Combination) completes one or more Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009 that result in the Company (or any such successor ) receiving aggregate gross proceeds of not less than 100% of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares (and any preferred stock issued by any such successor to the Original

 

- 11 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

Warrantholder under the CPP), the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of this Warrant then held by the Original Warrantholder shall be thereafter reduced by a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) 0.5 and (ii) the number of shares underlying the Warrant on the Issue Date (adjusted to take into account all other theretofore made adjustments pursuant to this Section 13).

(I) Other Events . For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs as to which the provisions of this Section 13 are not strictly applicable or, if strictly applicable, would not, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid. The Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall not be adjusted in the event of a change in the par value of the Common Stock or a change in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company.

(J) Statement Regarding Adjustments . Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13, the Company shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Company a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Company shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Company’s records.

(K) Notice of Adjustment Event . In the event that the Company shall propose to take any action of the type described in this Section 13 (but only if the action of the type described in this Section 13 would result in an adjustment in the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable or a change in the type of securities or property to be delivered upon exercise of this Warrant), the Company shall give notice to the Warrantholder, in the manner set forth in Section 13(J), which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth the facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect on the Exercise Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least 15 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of any such action.

(L) Proceedings Prior to Any Action Requiring Adjustment . As a condition precedent to the taking of any action which would require an adjustment pursuant to this Section 13, the Company shall take any action which may be necessary, including obtaining regulatory, New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Stock Market or other applicable national securities exchange or stockholder approvals or exemptions, in order that the Company may thereafter validly and

 

- 12 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable all shares of Common Stock that the Warrantholder is entitled to receive upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 13.

 

(M) Adjustment Rules . Any adjustments pursuant to this Section 13 shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein shall occur. If an adjustment in Exercise Price made hereunder would reduce the Exercise Price to an amount below par value of the Common Stock, then such adjustment in Exercise Price made hereunder shall reduce the Exercise Price to the par value of the Common Stock.

14. Exchange . At any time following the date on which the shares of Common Stock of the Company are no longer listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange (other than in connection with any Business Combination), the Original Warrantholder may cause the Company to exchange all or a portion of this Warrant for an economic interest (to be determined by the Original Warrantholder after consultation with the Company) of the Company classified as permanent equity under U.S. GAAP having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of the portion of the Warrant so exchanged. The Original Warrantholder shall calculate any Fair Market Value required to be calculated pursuant to this Section 14, which shall not be subject to the Appraisal Procedure.

15. No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.

16. Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Company and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Company at the address in Section 20 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 9 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

17. Binding Effect . This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

18. Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Warrantholder.

 

- 13 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

19. Prohibited Actions . The Company agrees that it will not take any action which would entitle the Warrantholder to an adjustment of the Exercise Price if the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable after such action upon exercise of this Warrant, together with all shares of Common Stock then outstanding and all shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, conversion and other rights, would exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock then authorized by its Charter.

20. Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in Item 8 of Schedule A hereto, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

21. Entire Agreement . This Warrant, the forms attached hereto and Schedule A hereto (the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein), and the Letter Agreement (including all documents incorporated therein), contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 14 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

[Form of Notice of Exercise]

Date:                     

 

TO: [ Company ]

 

RE: Election to Purchase Common Stock

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock set forth below covered by such Warrant. The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby agrees to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares of Common Stock in the manner set forth below. A new warrant evidencing the remaining shares of Common Stock covered by such Warrant, but not yet subscribed for and purchased, if any, should be issued in the name set forth below.

Number of Shares of Common Stock                                                          

Method of Payment of Exercise Price (note if cashless exercise pursuant to Section 3(i) of the Warrant or cash exercise pursuant to Section 3(ii) of the Warrant, with consent of the Company and the Warrantholder)                                                          

Aggregate Exercise Price:                                                          

 

        Holder:  

 

   

By:

 

 

    Name:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

- 15 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.

Dated: March 26, 2010

 

COMPANY:
M&T BANK CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ René F. Jones

Name:   René F. Jones
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Attest

By:  

/s/ Brian R. Yoshida

Name:   Brian R. Yoshida
Title:   Administrative Vice President and Deputy General Counsel

[Signature Page to Warrant]

 

- 16 -


UST Sequence No. 160

 

SCHEDULE A

Item 1

Name: M&T Bank Corporation

Corporate or other organizational form: corporation

Jurisdiction of organization: New York

Item 2

Exercise Price: $55.761

Item 3

Issue Date: November 14, 2008

Item 4

Amount of last dividend declared by the Company prior to the Issue Date: $0.70

Item 5

Date of Letter Agreement between Acquired Company and the United States Department of the Treasury: November 14, 2008

Date of Post-Merger Side Letter: March 26, 2010

Item 6

Number of shares of Common Stock: 407,542.10

Item 7

Company’s address: One M&T Plaza, Buffalo, New York 14203

Item 8

Notice information:

If to the Company:

M&T Bank Corporation

One M&T Plaza

Buffalo, New York 14203

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 716-842-5376

If to the Original Warrantholder:

United States Department of the Treasury

1500 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Room 2312

Washington, DC 20220

Attention: Assistant General Counsel (Banking and Finance)

Facsimile: 202-622-1974

 

EXHIBIT 10.7

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment Agreement dated as of November 26, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into between M&T BANK CORPORATION (the “ Borrower ”) and CITIBANK, N.A. (the “ Lender ”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 2000 (the “ Original Agreement ”), as amended by (i) that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 9, 2003, (ii) that certain Amendment No.2 dated as of January 30, 2009, (iii) that certain Amendment No.3 dated as of December 4, 2009, (iv) that certain Amendment No. 4 dated as of December 3, 2010, and (v) that certain Amendment No. 5 dated as of November 21, 2011 (the Original Agreement, as so amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender desire to amend the Agreement in certain respects;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings attributed thereto in the Agreement.

SECTION 2. Amendments .

(a) The definition of “Applicable Facility Fee Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is amended and restated in full as follows:

Applicable Facility Fee Rate ” means 0.20% per annum.”

(b) The definition of “Commitment Termination Date” in Section 1.01 of the Agreement is amended and restated in full as follows:

Commitment Termination Date ” means the day 364 days after November 26, 2012 or, in the event that the Commitment is extended pursuant to Section 2.04(d), the date to which the Commitment is extended; provided , that if such day is not a Business Day, the Commitment Termination Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.”


SECTION 3. Representations True; No Default . On and as of the date hereof and on and as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:

(a) the representations and warranties contained in Article IV of the Agreement are correct on and as of the date of this Amendment as though made on and as of such date; and

(b) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the execution and delivery of this Amendment, which constitutes a Default.

SECTION 4. Legal Obligation . The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf, and that the Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 5. Ratification . Except as amended hereby, the Agreement and all other documents executed in connection therewith (including, without limitation, the Note) shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, and all rights and powers created thereby or thereunder and under such other documents, are in all respects ratified and confirmed.

SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent . The amendments to the Agreement set forth in Section 2 hereof will become effective on and as of the first date on which the Lender has received the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (the “ Effective Date ”):

(a) a counterpart of this Agreement duly executed by the Lender and the Borrower;

(b) certified copies of all documents evidencing necessary corporate action and governmental and other third party approvals, if any, with respect to this Amendment;

(c) a favorable written opinion of the Deputy General Counsel of the Borrower, covering such matters relating to this Amendment as the Lender may require;

(d) a certificate of the Borrower’s Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary certifying the names and true signatures of the Borrower’s officers authorized to sign this Amendment; and

(e) evidence of payment by the Borrower of all documented fees and expenses of the Lender, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Lender, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment.

 

2


SECTION 7. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Agreement and this Amendment shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

(b) This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

(c) Any reference in the Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein” or words of like import, and each reference in any other document executed in connection with the Agreement (including, without limitation, the Note) to “the Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein” or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby.

(d) This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written above.

 

M&T BANK CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Darlene Spychala

Name:   Darlene Spychala
Title:   Administrative Vice President


CITIBANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Robert B. Goldstein

Name:   Robert B. Goldstein
Title:   Managing Director

EXHIBIT 10.22

M&T BANK CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

PLAN DOCUMENT

(February 1, 2013)


M&T BANK CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Definitions. Except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply:

Account – a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Administrator in the name of each Participant. Account does not include a Brokerage Account.

Administrator – the Nomination and Compensation Committee of the Board. Any reference to the Administrator includes a person appointed by the Administrator under Section 3.3 for purposes of the reference.

Affiliate – a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Corporation, as defined in Code Sections 424(e) and (f) (but substituting “the Corporation” for “employer corporation”), including parents or subsidiaries of the Corporation that become such after adoption of the Plan.

Board – the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Brokerage Account – an account established and maintained by a broker-dealer or financial institution in the name of each Participant to which is transferred Shares purchased hereunder on behalf of such Participant. The Administrator may transfer cash to a Participant’s Brokerage Account if a cash refund is owed to the Participant under the Plan.

Business Day – any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in New York, New York, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator.

Code – the Internal Revenue Code.

Common Stock – the common stock, par value $.50 per share, of the Corporation.

Compensation – the sum of the following amounts paid to an Employee by the Corporation and its Designated Affiliates during the Plan Year: (a) the Employee’s base salary for the Plan Year, and (b) if the Employee’s sales commissions for the calendar year within which the Plan Year begins are expected to exceed 50% of his total salary from the Corporation and its Designated Affiliates for the calendar year, 75% of the Employee’s sales commissions for the Plan Year. All forms of compensation paid in addition to base salary, (including, but not limited to, bonuses, overtime, commissions, and incentives), other than the commissions described in (b) above, are excluded from Compensation.

Corporation – M&T Bank Corporation, and any successor thereto.

Designated Affiliate – any Affiliate that has been designated by the Board or the Administrator as eligible to participate in the Plan.

Employee – a common law employee of the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate, excluding an individual who:

(a) is an officer of the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate at the Administrative Vice President level or any higher level. However, this exclusion does not apply

 

2


unless and until the individual is a “highly compensated employee” of the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate, as determined for purposes of the M&T Bank Corporation Retirement Savings Plan; or

(b) is under age 18, or is classified by the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate as a “fixed-term” employee who (i) has been employed by the Corporation and its Designated Affiliates less than two years or (ii) customarily works 20 hours or less per week or not more than five months in any calendar year.

The status of an individual as an Employee is not affected by a leave of absence from employment with the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract, policy or statute.

Enrollment Form – the form prescribed by the Administrator that is completed and executed by an Employee to participate in the Plan, and that is filed with the Administrator.

Exercise Date – January 31 of each Plan Year, or such other date as may be specified by the Administrator. If an Exercise Date is not a Business Day, then the Exercise Date is the next following Business Day.

Fair Market Value – unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an amount equal to the regular closing price (not taking into account extended trading sessions) for a Share on a given date on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such price quotations of the Common Stock are not then reported, then the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Administrator, using a reasonable method adopted in good faith for such purpose.

Notice – a notice provided by an Employee to the Administrator in such form as may be specified by the Administrator.

Offering Date – February 1 and August 1 of each Plan Year, or such other date as may be specified by the Administrator. If an Offering Date is not a Business Day, then the Offering Date is the next following Business Day.

Option – an option granted under Section 8.

Option Period – the period beginning on an Offering Date and ending on the next following Exercise Date. For example, assuming the Administrator does not specify an Exercise Date other than January 31 and/or Offering Dates other than February 1 and August 1, each Plan Year would contain two Option Periods, the first one running from February 1 through January 31, and a second one running from August 1 through January 31.

Option Price – the purchase price of a share of Common Stock as provided in Section 9.

Participant – any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan under Section 5, and elects for an Option Period to participate in this Plan.

Plan – the M&T Bank Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth herein, as amended.

 

3


Plan Year – February 1 – January 31. If the Administrator specifies an Exercise Date other than January 31, then the Plan Year will become the 12 month period ending on the new Exercise Date.

Share – a share of Common Stock.

2. Purpose

The purpose of this Plan is to provide Employees of the Corporation and its Designated Affiliates with an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and thereby to encourage Employee participation in the ownership and economic success of the Corporation. It is the Corporation’s intention that this Plan qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Code Section 423 and be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements thereof.

3. Administration of Plan

3.1. The Administrator will administer the Plan, and have discretionary authority and full power to:

(a) Construe and interpret the Plan and any Enrollment Form or Notice;

(b) Adopt rules not inconsistent with the Plan or Code Section 423 relating to the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to, (i) determining the time and manner in which to refund amounts credited to a Participant’s Account upon such Participant’s withdrawal from, or termination of eligibility to participate in, the Plan, (ii) specifying Offering Dates and Exercise Dates, (iii) specifying the duration of any Option Period (not to exceed one year), and (iv) specifying Option Prices; and

(c) Make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

3.2. The interpretations, determinations and decisions of the Administrator under the Plan will be final, binding and conclusive.

3.3. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator has the discretionary authority to appoint any other person or entity to manage the Plan and to delegate to them such authority with respect to the Plan as the Administrator deems advisable.

4. Effective Date; Term of Plan

4.1. The Plan is effective as of February 1, 2013. For purposes of qualifying the Plan under Code Section 423, the Plan will be submitted to the Corporation’s stockholders for approval at the Corporation’s 2013 annual meeting of stockholders.

4.2. The Plan will terminate as provided in Sections 16 and 23. Upon any termination of the Plan, any amount credited to a Participant’s Account will be refunded, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to each Participant or, in cases where a refund may not be possible, otherwise disposed of as determined by the Administrator.

 

4


5. Eligibility

An Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan as of the first Offering Date occurring at least 30 days after becoming an Employee. An eligible Employee may become a Participant as of such Offering Date or as of any subsequent Offering Date by executing and filing an Enrollment Form with the Administrator by the date prescribed by the Administrator. No Employee may participate in the Plan if immediately after an Offering Date, the Employee would be deemed for purposes of Code Section 423(b)(3) to possess 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Affiliate.

6. Payroll Deductions

6.1. Payment by a Participant for Shares to be purchased under the Plan will be made by after-tax payroll deductions from the Compensation paid to the Participant on each payday during an Option Period in increments of a whole percentage, from one percent to 10 percent, in accordance with the Enrollment Form executed by the Participant. A Participant who elects payroll deductions for an Option Period may not elect payroll deductions for a subsequent Option Period in the same Plan Year, even if the Participant discontinues payroll deductions and withdraws from the Plan in accordance with Section 6.4(c) before the subsequent Option Period begins.

6.2. Payroll deductions will start on the first payday following the Offering Date for the Option Period and will end on the last payday before the Exercise Date of the Option Period.

6.3. All amounts deducted from a Participant’s Compensation will be credited to the Participant’s Account. A Participant may not make any payments or contributions to his Account other than payroll deductions under this Section 6.

6.4. A Participant may change his payroll deductions during an Option Period as follows:

(a) A Participant may not increase the percentage of his payroll deductions during an Option Period.

(b) A Participant may decrease the percentage of his payroll deductions to any whole percentage greater than zero one time during any Option Period, by giving Notice to the Administrator by the date prescribed by the Administrator.

(c) A Participant may discontinue payroll deductions at any time during an Option Period, effective for the first payday that is as soon as practical after the Administrator receives the Participant’s Notice to discontinue deductions. If a Participant discontinues payroll deductions during any Option Period of a Plan Year, he will withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 19 for the remainder of the Plan Year.

6.5. If a Participant does not withdraw from the Plan during an Option Period, his Enrollment Form will remain in effect for the first Option Period of the next Plan Year. Alternatively, a Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of his payroll deductions for the first Option Period of the next Plan Year by executing and filing a new Enrollment Form with the Administrator by the date prescribed by the Administrator.

 

5


7. No Interest Credits

A Participant’s Account will not be credited with interest.

8. Grant of Option

On the Offering Date for each Option Period, each Participant will be granted an Option to purchase the number of whole Shares that can be purchased with the Participant’s Account balance as of the Exercise Date for the Option Period. The number of whole Shares purchased during an Option Period is determined by (a) dividing the Participant’s Account balance as of the Exercise Date by the Option Price per Share, and (b) rounding the result down to the nearest whole number.

9. Option Price

The Option Price per Share purchased by a Participant by the exercise of an Option is 90 percent of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Exercise Date.

10. Purchase of Shares

On the Exercise Date for each Option Period, the Option granted to each Participant under Section 8 for the Option Period will be exercised automatically, and the number of whole Shares subject to the Option will be purchased by charging the Participant’s Account with the product of (a) the Option Price of such Option, and (b) the number of Shares covered by the Option as determined in accordance with Section 8. If any balance remains in the Participant’s Account after the purchase of Shares for an Option Period, the remaining balance will be refunded to the Participant, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, as soon as practicable after the Exercise Date.

11. Limitations on Purchase

Subject to adjustment under Section 15, no Participant may purchase more than 5,000 Shares for any Option Period. No Participant may be granted an Option that gives the Participant the right to purchase Shares that exceed the limitations imposed by Code Section 423(b)(8) (relating to an annual $25,000 per Participant limitation on purchases of Shares under the Plan).

12. Transferability of Rights

During a Participant’s lifetime, an Option granted to a Participant may be exercised only by the Participant. Neither amounts credited to a Participant’s Account nor any rights of a Participant regarding an Option may be assigned, alienated, encumbered, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempt by a Participant to make any such prohibited assignment, alienation, encumberment, transfer, pledge or disposition will be null and void and without effect, provided that the Administrator may treat any such attempt as a withdrawal Notice in accordance with Section 19.

 

6


13. Delivery

As promptly as practicable after each Option Period, the Corporation will arrange for the Shares purchased by each Participant for such Option Period to be delivered to the custodian of the Participant’s Brokerage Account.

14. Common Stock Subject to the Plan

14.1. Subject to adjustment under Section 15, there is hereby reserved for issuance upon exercise of Options granted under the Plan an aggregate of 2,500,000 Shares.

14.2. If an Option terminates or is cancelled for any reason without being exercised under Section 10, the unissued Shares which had been subject to such Option will continue to be reserved for issuance and will be available for the grant of additional Options and for issuance and sale under the Plan.

15. Capital Adjustments

In the event of any change or adjustment in the outstanding Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split (or reverse stock split), recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, reincorporation, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, liquidation or other similar change in corporate structure or otherwise, the Administrator, in its discretion, may make or provide for a substitution for, or adjustment in, (a) the number and class of stock or other securities that may be reserved for purchase or purchased under the Plan, (b) the number of Shares covered by each Option that has not yet been exercised, (c) the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by a Participant for any Option Period, (d) the Option Price, and (e) the aggregate number and class of Shares that may be issued and purchased under the Plan.

16. Insufficient Shares

If the aggregate funds available for the purchase of Shares on any Exercise Date would cause an issuance of Shares in excess of the number of Shares then available for issuance and sale under the Plan, then (a) the Administrator will proportionately reduce the number of Shares that would otherwise be purchased by each Participant on such Exercise Date in order to eliminate such excess, and (b) the Plan will automatically terminate immediately after such Exercise Date. In that event, the Corporation will give notice of such reduction to each Participant affected thereby.

17. Confirmation

Each purchase of Shares under the Plan by a Participant will be confirmed by the Corporation in writing to the Participant.

18. Rights as Stockholders

Shares purchased by a Participant on any Exercise Date will, for all purposes, be deemed to have been issued, sold and transferred to the Participant as of the close of business on such Exercise Date. Prior to that time, none of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation will exist with respect to such Shares, and the Participant will have no interest, or voting or dividend rights, in such Shares.

 

7


19. Voluntary Withdrawal from the Plan

A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan during an Option Period by discontinuing payroll deductions in accordance with Section 6.4(c). Upon withdrawal, (a) the entire amount of a Participant’s Account balance will be refunded to the Participant at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, but not later than the Exercise Date following the Participant’s withdrawal (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (b) the Participant’s Option for the Option Period during which the Participant filed a withdrawal Notice will automatically terminate, (c) the Participant will not purchase any Shares under Section 10 on the Exercise Date for such Option Period, (d) no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares will be made from the Participant’s Compensation during such Option Period, and (e) the withdrawing Participant will cease to be a Participant for any subsequent Option Period in the same Plan Year. Any Participant who withdraws from the Plan under Section 6.4(c) and this Section 19 may again become a Participant for an Option Period in a subsequent Plan Year in accordance with Section 5.

20. Sale or Withdrawal of Shares from Account

20.1. During the first two years from the Offering Date for an Option Period, a Participant may not withdraw Shares acquired on the Exercise Date for that Option Period from his Brokerage Account or transfer such Shares from his Brokerage Account to an account of the Participant maintained with a broker-dealer, financial institution or other person or entity, but he may sell or otherwise transfer title to such Shares at any time. Such sales and title transfers may be effected only by the custodian of the Participant’s Brokerage Account on the Participant’s behalf. Sales and other title transfers will be subject to any fees imposed under Section 32.

20.2. Following the completion of two years from the Offering Date for an Option Period, a Participant may withdraw Shares acquired on the Exercise Date for that Option Period from his Brokerage Account in certificated form or transfer such Shares from his Brokerage Account to an account of the Participant maintained with a broker-dealer, financial institution or other person or entity as may be permitted by the custodian of the Brokerage Account. If a Participant elects to withdraw Shares, one or more certificates for whole Shares will be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Participant, plus cash in lieu of fractional Shares based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of withdrawal. If Shares are transferred from a Participant’s Brokerage Account to a broker-dealer, financial institution or other permitted recipient, only whole Shares will be transferred and cash in lieu of any fractional Share will be paid to the Participant based on the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of transfer. A Participant seeking to withdraw or transfer Shares from his Brokerage Account must provide instructions to the custodian thereof in such manner as prescribed by the custodian. Withdrawals and transfers are subject to any fees imposed in accordance with Section 32.

20.3. Upon termination of employment of a Participant for any reason, (a) the Administrator will cause the Participant’s Brokerage Account to continue to be maintained until the earlier of such time as the Participant sells or otherwise transfers title to all Shares in his Brokerage Account or two years after the Offering Date immediately preceding or coincident with the date on which the Participant ceases to be employed by the Corporation and its Affiliates, and (b) upon the expiration of such two-year period, the Participant may elect to continue to maintain the Brokerage Account, at the Participant’s expense, or to sell, withdraw

 

8


or transfer the Shares credited thereto, as permitted by the custodian of the Brokerage Account.

21. Termination of Eligibility

21.1. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 21, if a Participant ceases to be an Employee during an Option Period, then (a) the entire amount of his Account balance will be refunded to the Participant at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, but not later than the Exercise Date following the date the Participant ceases to be an Employee (or as soon as practicable thereafter), (b) the Participant’s Option for the Option Period during which he ceases to be an Employee will automatically terminate as of the date he ceases to be an Employee, (c) the Participant will not purchase any Shares under Section 10 on the Exercise Date for such Option Period, and (d) no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares may be made by the Participant after he ceases to be an Employee.

21.2. If a Participant ceases to be an Employee during an Option Period by reason of death, the Participant’s beneficiary may elect either (a) to be treated as a terminated Employee under Section 21.1 and to have the entire amount of the Participant’s Account balance refunded to him, or (b) to have the entire amount of the Participant’s Account balance applied toward the purchase of Shares on the Exercise Date for the Option Period in which the Participant dies. In either event, no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares under Section 10 may be made on behalf of the Participant after he dies.

21.3. If a Participant ceases to be an Employee during the three-month period ending on the Exercise Date for an Option Period by reason of (i) termination of employment after attaining age 55 and with at least 10 years of service that is taken into account for vesting purposes under the M&T Bank Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, or (ii) disability under any disability plan maintained by the Corporation or a Designated Affiliate, the Participant may elect either (a) to be treated as a terminated Employee under Section 21.1 and to have the entire amount of his Account balance refunded to him, or (b) to have the entire amount of his Account balance applied toward the purchase of Shares on the Exercise Date for the Option Period during which the Participant ceases to be an Employee. In either event, no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares under Section 10 may be made by the Participant after he ceases to be an Employee.

21.4. If a Participant becomes excluded from the definition of Employee during an Option Period, either because the Participant was promoted to the Administrative Vice President level or higher, or because the Participant became a “highly compensated employee”, the Participant may elect either (a) to be treated as a terminated Employee under Section 21.1 and to have the entire amount of his Account balance refunded to him, or (b) to have the entire amount of his Account balance applied toward the purchase of Shares on the Exercise Date for the Option Period in which the Participant is promoted or becomes a highly compensated employee. If a Participant elects the option in clause (b), payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares under Section 10 will continue for the remainder of the Option Period in which he is promoted or becomes a highly compensated employee, and will cease upon the expiration of the Period.

22. Notices

Any Notice that a Participant provides under the Plan must be made in such form and manner as prescribed by the Administrator, and any Notice or other communications by a

 

9


Participant to the Administrator under or in connection with the Plan will not be effective until received by the Administrator.

23. Termination or Amendment of Plan

23.1. The Board may amend or terminate this Plan in any respect at any time, except that after this Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Corporation, no amendment or termination of the Plan may be made without approval of (a) the Corporation’s stockholders to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or regulations or the requirements of the principal securities exchange or interdealer quotation system upon which the Common Stock then is listed or quoted, if any, and (b) each affected Participant if such amendment or termination would adversely affect his rights or obligations under any Option granted prior to the date of amendment or termination. No Options may be granted, no Shares may be issued and no payroll deductions may be made under the Plan after termination of the Plan. If the Plan terminates during an Option Period, the entire amount, if any, in the Participant’s Account will be refunded as soon as practicable and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to the Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the beneficiary designated by the Participant under Section 28.

23.2. Notwithstanding Section 23.1, without stockholder or Participant approval the Administrator may (a) change the duration and/or frequency of Option Periods for future offerings and (b) change the Option Price for future offerings. Any change in Option Period or Option Price will be communicated to Participants prior to the scheduled beginning of the first affected Option Period.

24. Use of Funds

All funds received by the Corporation in connection with this Plan may be used by the Corporation for any corporate purpose, and the Corporation is under no obligation to segregate such funds.

25. Legal Restrictions

25.1. The Corporation is not obligated to issue or sell Shares under the Plan (a) unless the approval of all regulatory bodies deemed necessary by the Administrator has been obtained and unless the issuance, sale and delivery of Shares under the Plan complies, to the Administrator’s complete satisfaction, with all provisions of federal, state or local law deemed applicable by the Administrator and all rules and regulations thereunder, and the requirements of any securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may then be listed or interdealer quotation system upon which the Common Stock is then quoted, or (b) if the Corporation determines that the issuance, sale or delivery of Shares under the Plan would violate any applicable law or regulation.

25.2. The Administrator may require any person acquiring Shares under the Plan to represent to, and agree with, the Corporation in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. The certificates for such Shares may include any legend that the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. All certificates for Shares issued under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon

 

10


which the Common Stock is then listed or interdealer quotation system upon which the Common Stock is then quoted, and any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Administrator may place or cause to be placed a legend or legends on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

26. Governing Law

The Plan and all rights and obligations thereunder will be governed, construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

27. Notice of Disposition of Shares

Each Participant must agree in the form prescribed by the Administrator to promptly provide Notice to the Administrator of any disposition of Shares purchased under the Plan that occurs within two years after the Offering Date of the Option under which the Shares were purchased.

28. Designation of Beneficiary

A Participant’s Beneficiary will be the beneficiary under the M&T Bank Corporation Life Insurance Plan unless the Participant designates otherwise. To designate a different beneficiary, a Participant may file with the Administrator a written designation of beneficiary, which designation will be effective when filed with the Administrator. Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant in writing at any time.

29. Indemnification of Administrator

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as the Administrator, each person serving as the Administrator (either alone or with one or more other persons) will be indemnified by the Corporation against the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which such person may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option and against all amounts reasonably paid by such person in settlement thereof or paid by such person in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner which such person believed to be in, and not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation.

30. Reports

Individual Accounts will be maintained for all Participants. A statement of Account will be provided to each Participant as soon as possible following the end of each Option Period, which sets forth the amounts credited to the Participant’s Account during the Option Period, the Option Price for Shares purchased for the Option Period, the number of Shares purchased for the Option Period, and the Participant’s remaining Account balance after the purchase of Shares, if any, to be refunded after the Option Period.

31. Withholding

The Corporation or any Designated Affiliate may withhold from any payment made to

 

11


a Participant, including any payroll or other payments not related to the Plan, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction under the Plan, including any disposition of Shares acquired under the Plan. A Participant’s enrollment in the Plan by executing an Enrollment Form constitutes his consent to such withholding. At the time of a Participant’s exercise of an Option or the disposition of Shares acquired under the Plan, the Corporation may require the Participant to make other arrangements to satisfy tax withholding obligations as a condition to exercise of rights or the distribution of Shares or other amounts credited to the Participant’s Account. If so required by the Administrator, a Participant must provide Notice to the Corporation of sales and other dispositions of Shares acquired under the Plan in order to permit the Corporation to comply with tax laws and to claim any tax deductions to which the Corporation may be entitled with respect to the Plan.

32. Cost

Costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan and maintenance of Accounts will be paid by the Corporation, including annual fees for maintenance of Brokerage Accounts under Sections 20.1, 20.2 and 20.3(a) (but not under Section 20.3(b)), provided that brokerage fees and commissions for the purchase of Shares upon any reinvestment of dividends and in connection with distributions will be charged to Participants’ Brokerage Accounts to the extent not paid by the Corporation. The custodian of Participants’ Brokerage Accounts may impose or charge to Participants’ Brokerage Accounts a reasonable fee for the withdrawal of Shares in the form of stock certificates, and reasonable fees for other services unrelated to the purchase of Shares under the Plan, to the extent communicated to Participants by the custodian of Participants’ Brokerage Accounts in connection with the establishment thereof. In no event will the Corporation pay any brokerage fees and commissions for the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan by a Participant.

33. Number and Gender

Where necessary or appropriate to the meaning thereof, the singular includes the plural, the plural includes the singular, the masculine includes the feminine and neuter, the feminine includes the masculine and neuter, and the neuter includes the masculine and feminine.

34. Miscellaneous

34.1. The establishment of the Plan does not confer upon any Employee any legal or equitable right against the Corporation, any Affiliate or the Administrator, except as expressly provided in the Plan.

34.2. Participation in the Plan does not give an Employee any right to be retained in the service of the Corporation or any Affiliate.

34.3. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor its submission to, or approval by, the stockholders of the Corporation will impose any limitations on the powers of the Corporation or its Affiliates to issue, grant, or assume options otherwise than under this Plan, or to adopt other stock option plans, stock purchase plans, or other plans, or to impose any requirement of stockholder approval upon the same.

 

12

EXHIBIT 12.1

M&T BANK CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Excluding interest on deposits

              

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense (excluding interest on deposits)

   $ 226,583         244,896         274,584         347,166         671,946   

Interest factor within rent expense (a)

     36,696         34,341         31,565         29,670         24,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 263,279         279,237         306,149         376,836         696,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

              

Income before income taxes

   $ 1,552,526         1,224,600         1,092,789         519,291         739,779   

Fixed charges

     263,279         279,237         306,149         376,836         696,564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earnings

   $ 1,815,805         1,503,837         1,398,938         896,127         1,436,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits

   x 6.90         5.39         4.57         2.38         2.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Including interest on deposits

              

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense

   $ 343,169         402,331         462,269         669,449         1,337,795   

Interest factor within rent expense (a)

     36,696         34,341         31,565         29,670         24,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 379,865         436,672         493,834         699,119         1,362,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

              

Income before income taxes

   $ 1,552,526         1,224,600         1,092,789         519,291         739,779   

Fixed charges

     379,865         436,672         493,834         699,119         1,362,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earnings

   $ 1,932,391         1,661,272         1,586,623         1,218,410         2,102,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits

   x 5.09         3.80         3.21         1.74         1.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The portion of rents shown as representative of the interest factor is one-third of total net operating lease expenses.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-57330, 333-63660, 33-12207, 33-58500, 33-63917, 333-43171, 333-43175, 333-63985, 333-97031, 33-32044, 333-16077, 333-84384, 333-127406, 333-150122, 333-164015, 333-163992, 333-160769, 333-159795, 333-170740 and 333-174312) of M&T Bank Corporation of our report dated February 22, 2013, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Buffalo, New York
February 22, 2013

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Robert G. Wilmers certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/    R OBERT G. W ILMERS        

  Robert G. Wilmers
 

Chairman of the Board

and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 22, 2013

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, René F. Jones, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:  

/s/    R ENÉ F. J ONES        

  René F. Jones
 

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 22, 2013

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

I, Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/ S /    R OBERT G. W ILMERS    

Robert G. Wilmers

February 22, 2013

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. §1350

I, René F. Jones, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of M&T Bank Corporation for the annual period ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of M&T Bank Corporation.

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

/s/    R ENÉ F. J ONES        

René F. Jones

February 22, 2013

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to M&T Bank Corporation and will be retained by M&T Bank Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 99.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER EESA §111(b)(4)

I, Robert G. Wilmers, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of M&T Bank Corporation (“M&T”), certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i) The compensation committee of M&T has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period (the “applicable period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risk these plans pose to M&T;

(ii) The compensation committee of M&T has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of M&T, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to M&T and has limited those features to ensure that M&T is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

(iii) The compensation committee of M&T has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of M&T to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

(iv) The compensation committee of M&T will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v) The compensation committee of M&T will provide a narrative description of how it limited during the applicable period the features in

(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of M&T;

(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose M&T to risks; and

(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of M&T to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi) M&T has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during the applicable period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii) M&T has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the applicable period;

(viii) M&T has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the applicable period;

(ix) M&T and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

(x) M&T will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the applicable period;


(xi) M&T will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the applicable period of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii) M&T will disclose whether M&T, the board of directors of M&T, or the compensation committee of M&T has engaged during the applicable period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii) M&T has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the applicable period;

(xiv) M&T has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between M&T Bank Corporation and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv) On August 21, 2012, the U.S. Department of the Treasury completed its sale of the M&T preferred stock that it held as a result of M&T’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. Therefore, the standard referred to in paragraph (xv) of the Model Certification for Years Following First Year Certification (the “Model Certification”) set forth in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, was not required to be met by M&T;

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

 

/s/    Robert G. Wilmers        

Robert G. Wilmers

Date: February 20, 2013

EXHIBIT 99.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER EESA §111(b)(4)

I, René F. Jones, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of M&T Bank Corporation, certify, based on my knowledge, that:

(i) The compensation committee of M&T has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period (the “applicable period”), senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee compensation plans and the risk these plans pose to M&T;

(ii) The compensation committee of M&T has identified and limited during the applicable period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of M&T, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to M&T and has limited those features to ensure that M&T is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;

(iii) The compensation committee of M&T has reviewed, at least every six months during the applicable period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of M&T to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;

(iv) The compensation committee of M&T will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;

(v) The compensation committee of M&T will provide a narrative description of how it limited during the applicable period the features in

(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of M&T;

(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose M&T to risks; and

(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of M&T to enhance the compensation of an employee;

(vi) M&T has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), of the SEOs and twenty next most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during the applicable period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;

(vii) M&T has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the applicable period;

(viii) M&T has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during the applicable period;

(ix) M&T and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy during the applicable period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;

(x) M&T will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during the applicable period;


(xi) M&T will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during the applicable period of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);

(xii) M&T will disclose whether M&T, the board of directors of M&T, or the compensation committee of M&T has engaged during the applicable period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;

(xiii) M&T has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the applicable period;

(xiv) M&T has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between M&T Bank Corporation and Treasury, including any amendments;

(xv) On August 21, 2012, the U.S. Department of the Treasury completed its sale of the M&T preferred stock that it held as a result of M&T’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. Therefore, the standard referred to in paragraph (xv) of the Model Certification for Years Following First Year Certification (the “Model Certification”) set forth in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, was not required to be met by M&T;

(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

 

/s/    René F. Jones        

René F. Jones

Date: February 20, 2013